\ \ « , l \ I OUTLINES OF LECTURES DELIVERED TO THE IiaTin Glasses \ OF THE University of Virginia, BY WM. E. PETERS, A PROFESSOR OF LATIN. wzsthut Hl library Mass NEW K DITTOING REVISED. Published by Anderson Bros., UNIVERSITY OF VA. 1894 . BOSTOK COLLEGE LIBRARY CHESTNUT HILL, MASS. Copyrighted 1885-1894, by Anderson Bros., University of Ya. 131232 The following presentation of the Latin Case Relations has been prepared for the convenience and aid of students who pursue their Latin Studies at the University. In its prepara¬ tion the facts are given as they have been observed in reading the Literature of the language. The attempt has been made to cover by General Principles as many facts as possible, and to teach exceptions always in connection with the principle which they violate. Again, if the fundamental sense of a verb requires a given case, the same sense when it characterizes an adjective should require the same case. The attempt has been made to show this fact. In the completion of this work I desire to express my thanks to my friends, Dr. Robert S. Radford, and Mr. J. H. Paxton, Assistant Instructor in Greek and Latin, who kindly assumed the work of reading the proof and of verifying the examples quoted. W. E. Peters. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS I. Parts of speech are the elements into which the words of language are distributed. They are: 1 . The Noun Substantive. The Noun Substantive is the name of anything which furnishes the matter of independent thought and conclusion. It may represent either a concrete or an ab¬ stract relation, as “Virtus,” “manhood,” “courage,” “vir¬ tue” ; “ Arbor,” “ a tree.” 2. The Pronoun. The Pronoun is a kind of noun-substantive: it is a noun-substantive modified. The modification necessary to render a noun-substantive a. Pronoun is that the foimci shall be conceived in the relation of speaker (first person), of the person addressed (second person), of the person or thing spoken of (third person). The Pronoun, then, is the represent¬ ative of a noun in the first, second , or third person. Hence Tu can represent Caesar only as the person addressed. 3 The Numeral. The numeral is the name of number, and as this, in a series , furnishes the matter of independent thought, the Numeral is a noun-substantive. 4 . The Adjective. The Adjective embraces two elements, a sub¬ stantive element and an attributive element. The substantive element of an adjective is quality. Hence an adjective attrib¬ utes quality; as vir fortis. In this phrase the quality courage is attributed to vir. 5. The Participle. The Participle embraces two elements, a sub¬ stantive clement and an attributive element. The substantive element of a participle is action or state. Hence a Participle attributes action or state; as, equus currens. In this phrase the action running is attributed to equus. Equus stans. Rem. The adjective differs from the participle only in the kind of its 10 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. substantive element; that of the adjective is quality, while that of the participle is action or state. They agree in their attributive character. 6 . The Verb. The Verb embraces two elements, a substantive element, and an affirmative or declarative element. The sub¬ stantive element of the Verb is action or state. The substan¬ tive element of the Verb is a noun substantive. Hence the element that distinguishes the Verb, as a part of speech, is the affirmative. In the phrase puer currit the action running is affirmed of the subject puer. 2. Particles. Particles express the circumstances of space, time, manner, degree, in which the substantive ele¬ ment of a verb, adjective, participle, or the essential sense of a second adverb exists or is conceived. They are: 1. The Preposition. The Preposition is a peculiar kind of ad¬ verb, or word associated with a verb to indicate the position or di¬ rection in space and time or in figurative relations, borrowed from space and time, in which the substantive element of a verb moves or exists. The preposition, apart from its associa¬ tion with the substantive element of a verb, cannot determine case. Hence it is a misconception of the office and capability of a preposition to say that it governs a given case. As the same preposition may be associated with two cases, the modi¬ fication in the sense of the preposition which determines which case is to be used must be sought elsewhere than in the prepo¬ sition itself. The restriction of the capability of the preposi¬ tion to a given case is fixed by the substantive element of the verb with which it is associated. To illustrate: The Accusative expresses the relation of the terminus or end in a general way. When the substantive element of the verb is motion, the case— accusative—which represents the end of motion, or general terminus, must be used. The employment of this case is here determined independently of the preposition. The office of the preposition is to so modify the substantive element of the verb as to show that the motion or action extends near to, up to, into, under, &c., the end or terminus stated in the accusative. Again, the ablative expresses the general where or at relation. When the substantive element of the verb denotes state or con- LATTIN CASE-RELATIONS. 11 dition, the case—ablative—which represents the where or at relation, must be used. The employment of the case is here, too, determined independently of the preposition. The office of the preposition is to so modify the substantive element of the verb as to show that the state or condition exists or occurs near, upon, in front of, under, &c., the object in the ablative. Again, the ablative expresses the general whence relation. This relation can be expressed only when the substantive element of the verb expresses action or motion. Here, too, the case is independent of the preposition, the office of which is to so modify the substantive element of the verb as to show that the action or motion proceeds from near, from within, down or up from the object in the ablative. If we consider the preposition from the stand-point of the case, the same result is substantially reached. By the aid of it when associated with the substantive element of the verb, the relation of the case-object to the verbal element is more exactly expressed than could be done by the ease alone—e. g., Puer currit. The substantive element is running. This may be modified by a preposition. Thus : Running to, up to, into. The case required is the Accusative which furnishes the general terminus or end. Running under —which reaches under. The Accusative as the case of the general terminus or end is required. Running upon —which ends upon. The Accusative as the case of the general terminus or end is required. Running through—which extends through. The Accusative as the ca.se of general extent is required. Running across or over. The Accusative as the case of gen¬ eral extent is required. Running on (in)—which occurs upon. The Ablative as the ease of the general at relation is required. Running under —which occurs under. The Ablative as the case of the general at relation is required. Running from near (ab)—which starts from near. The Abla¬ tive as the case of the general whence relation is required. Running out of (ex)—which starts from within. .The Abla¬ tive as the case of the general whence relation is required. 12 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Running from upon (cx)—which starts from upon. The Ab¬ lative as the case of the general whence relation is required. Hence: Puer ad tectum currit=The boy runs to the building. Puer in tectum currit=The boy runs into the building. Puer sub tectum currit=The boy runs under the building. Puer in tectum currit=The boy runs upon the building. Puer per tectum currit—The boy runs through the building. Puer per (trails) campum currit=The boy runs over ( across) the field. Puer in tecto currit=The boy runs on the building. Puer sub arbore currit=The boy runs under the tree. Puer pro tecto currit=The boy runs in front of the building. Puer a tecto currit=The boy runs from the building. Puer e tecto currit=The boy runs out of the building. Puer de templo currit=The boy runs down from the temple. The same office is performed by a preposition in association with a verb whose substantive element denotes state or condition. Thus: Puer sub arbore stat=nThe boy stands under the tree. Puer in tecto stat=The boy stands on the building. Puer pro tecto stat=The boy stands in front of the building. 2. The Adverb. The adverb expresses the relation of space, time, manner, degree, number, in which the substantive element of a verb, adjective, participle, or the essential sense of a second ad¬ verb is conceived—e. g., Alium esse censes nunc meatque olim. Recte et sapienter faeere. Magnopere desiderare. Tu eum nee nimis unquam nee nimis saepe laudaveris. 3. The Conjunction. The Conjunction presents the relation of condition, addition, cause, consequence, purpose, result, &c., in which one member of a sentence stands to a second—e. g., Si hoc dieis, erras. Venit et vidit. Quae cum ita sint. Haec acta res cst ut nolfiles restituerentur in civitatem. 4. 1 he Interjection. The Interjection cannot properly be called a pai t of speech. It is a natural vocal sound or exclamation, expressive of an emotion of pain, grief or pleasure. When a case is associated with an interjection, the explanation of the case is LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 13 best found in the meaning or force of the ease itself. In other words, the ease expresses the relation in which the object pre¬ sented by it stands to the emotion represented by and involved in the interjection—e. g., Heu me miserum! Here the Accusative, in accordance with a leading sense of the case, expresses the limitation, or measure, or extent of the emotion involved in the interjection. Vae miscro mihi! The Dative in one sense is the ease of general personal interest. It presents an object whose advantage or dis¬ advantage is sought or experienced. The interjection vae implies an emotion of pain or dread which properly finds its object in the Dative as the case of disadvantage. But here too the Accu¬ sative may be used which, as has been seen, furnishes the object as the limitation or measure of the emotion—e.g., Vae te. Plaut. Asin. II. 4. 75. 3. Case. Case is the relation in which a noun substan¬ tive stands to another word in a sentence. Modifications of this relation are indicated by certain additions to the stem, called case-endings—e. g., Reg-s, reg-is, reg-i, reg-em, reg-s, reg-e. Reg-es, reg-um, reg-ibus, reg-es, reg-es, reg-ibus. 4. Nominative. The Nominative is a casus rectus. It is the case of the subject. It simply states the subject of discourse, the person or thing spoken of. It answers the questions Who? What ? In the Nominative, as the sub¬ ject of discourse, may be presented a noun substantive, an adjective restricted to its substantive element, or stripped of its attributive force, an infinitive, a participle restricted to its substantive element or stripped of its at¬ tributive character, a sentence or part of a sentence, a word considered simply with reference to its sound, e. g., Puer discit. Bonum mentis est virtus. Facta honesta sunt. Mentiri non est tuum. Imperare sibi maximum est imperium. Aut longum aut breve est. 5. Vocative. The Vocative is also a casus rectus. It is 14 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. the case employed to introduce the subject in the relation of direct address or appeal. When the address or appeal is marked by surprise, joy, or anger, then the Interjection 0 is usually associated with the Vocative, in prose. In poetry, however, the Interjection is often used, even when there is no special emphasis—e. g., Vincere scis, Hannibal. Credo ego vos, indices, mirari. 0 dii boni! quid est in hominis vita din ! 0 paterni generis oblite ! Accusative Case. 6 . The Accusative is a casus obliquus. It is the ease of the object. In fact, the Accusative presents the primary and leading relation of the object. The other casus obli- cjui present only modifications of the antecedent and fun¬ damental relation of the object in the Accusative. What¬ ever is said or thought must be expressed or conceived in the Accusative. As the case of the object, the Accusative answers the questions Whom ? What ? 7. The Accusative presents the direct object of a tran¬ sitive verb by supplying the object upon which it operates or acts. Inner and Outer Object: Accusative of Extent. 8 . The Accusative presents the direct object of an active verb not as the object acted upon, but as the object effected or produced by the verb’s action. 9. 1 he Accusative furnishes the object as the nearer definition, or as the exact complement or measure of the substantive element of an intransitive or neuter verb, of a passive verb, ol an adjective, of a participle, or even of a statement oi idea. It may be well to consider more closelv these several relations of the object in the Accusative. EATIN CASE-REEATIONS. 15 10. The object may be one that receives and suffers the verb’s action, one that is acted upon and affected by it. In this case, the object, as compared with the verb’s ac¬ tion, is antecedent and preexistent , and hence external to it, and may be designated as the object external and af¬ fected—e. g., Miles captivum gladio transfixii. Here the object captivum is external to the verb’s action and affected by it. 11. The object maybe one preexistent as compared with the verb’s action, external to it, but not a ffected by it. In this case the object may be designated as the object exter¬ nal but not affected —e. g., Pauci regem sequebantur. Strepitum armorum audivit. 12. The object may be one that does not receive or suffer the verb’s action, but one that is developed , pro¬ duced , or effected by it. In this case the object is not pre¬ existent and external to the verb’s action, but is co-exist¬ ent with it, exactly measures it, and may be designated as the object internal and effected —e. g., Dens mundum creavit. Here the relation of the object mundum to the action of creavit is not that of captivum to the action of transfixit in the sentence given above. We cannot say that the object mundum is antecedent and external to the verb’s action. It is the object developed, produced, and effected by the action. It gives, in fact, the exact measure of the action which begins and ends with its product , namely, mundum. Hence the object expressed in mundum is the object internal to the verb’s action and, at the same time, the object effected by it. 13. The object may be internal to the verb’s action and hence furnish its measure, while it is not the object effected or produced. In this case the object may be designated as the object internal but not effected —e. g., Rex vulnus aeeepit. While the object vulnus is internal to and measures or restricts the action of aeeepit, it cannot be said to be the object effected by it. 16 UNIVERSITY OE VIRGINIA. 14. The following, then, may be accepted as the object- relations expressed by the Accusative and the connections in which they occur. 1. The object external and a ffected with a Transitive verb—e.g., Dubitavit an solveret pontem. Curt. IV, 61. Ipse in iis op- eribus milites disponit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 21. Ergo alter alte- rius ova frangit. Cic. N. D. II, 49, 125. Glandes sues fregere sub ulmis. Verg. Georg. II, 72. 2. The object external but not affected , with an Active verb—e. g., Palantes et incautos ostentabat. Curt. IV, 5. Romani pul- veris vim magnam animadvortunt. Sail. Jug. 53. Accedebat ut tempestatem ferrent faeilius. Caes. B. G. Ill, 13. Nos eun- dem potissimum Thucvdidem auctorem probamus.Nep.Them.10. 3. The object internal and effected with an active verb to cre¬ ate, to make, to form, to name, &c.—e. g., Patrio more sacrificium diis praesidibus loci fecit. Curt. Ill, 21. Quae homines arant, navigant, aedificant, virtuti omnia parent. Sail. Cat. 2. Si pacem populusRoinanus cum Helvetiis faceret. Caes. B. G. I, 13. 4. The object internal but not effected, with an active verb—e.g., Duo in obsidione urbis eius vulnera acceperat. Curt. IV, 28. Sentiet levem quemdam motum. Sen. de Ira. I, 16, 7. Ita oratoris mihi vim cum exprimere subtiliter visus es. Cie. de Or. II, 10, 39. Rem. 1. The difference between the object internal and effected and tha object internal but not effected is not always easily traced. Rem. 2 The simple Infinitive as the object of an Active verb is the inner object—e. g., Omnes magno fletu auxilium a Caesare petere coeperunt. Caess. B. G. I, 32. Here petere is the internal object and object effected of eoepe- runt. 15. The Accusative furnishes the object as the nearer definition, the exact complement or measure of the sub¬ stantive element of a verb intransitive, neuter, and pas¬ sive, of an adjective, of a participle, of a statement, thought, or idea. Here the object is internal. It is pre¬ sented in the following connections and technical uses of the Accusative. tvATIN CASK-RKTvATlONS. 17 16. The Accusative with verbs which express Peeling , or Emotion , to lament , to rejoice , &c.—e. g., Dimissatn Scriboniam, quia doluisset nimiam potentiam paeli- cis. Suet. Aug. 69. Quid ego nunc lugeam vitam hominum ? Cic. Tusc. I, 34, 83. Hoc esse graviorem fortunam Sequanorum, quod soli absentis Ariovisti crudelitatem horrerent. Caes. B. G. I, 32. Haec quidem vita mors est, quam lamentari possem, si liberet. Cic. Tusc. I, 31, 75. Haec in contione questus ex pro- vineia fugit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 30. Cognate Accusative. 17. The Cognate Accusative, or the Accusative of a noun substantive related to the verb with which it is as¬ sociated : 1. In origin—that is, the substantive has the same radical with the verb—e. g., Magna voce iuravi verissimum iusiurandum. Cic. Fam. V, 2, 7. Putarem me idoneum qui officii proponerem spem meis necessariis, quo tutiorem sese vitam meo praesidio victuros esse arbitrarentur. Cic. Verr. II, 2, 47, 118. Mirum atque inseitum somniavi somnium. Plaut. Rud. Ill, 1, 5. Nam ego hau din apud hunc servitutem servio. Plaut. M. G. II, 1, 17 (195). Magna moenis moenia. Plaut. M. G. II, 2, 73 (225). Atridae duo fratres eluent fecisse facinus maximum. Plaut. Asin. V, 9, 1 (925). Scelestiorem cenam cenavi tuam. Plaut. Rud. II, 6, 24 (508). Pulmoneum edepol nimis velim vomitum vomas. Plaut. Rud. II, 6, 27. . 2. In signification—that is, the substantive has a meaning cor¬ responding with that of the verb, which suits that of the verb, or which is necessary to complete the verb’s meaning—e. g., Licet hoc videre magis laudari, quod terrain quam quod cro- cum olere videatur. Cic. de Or. Ill, 25, 99. Equus spatio qui saepe supremo vicit Olympia. Cic. Sen. \ , 14. Tioiam lusit turma duplex. Suet. Caes. 39. Pyrrhicam saltaverunt Asiae Bithyniaeque principum pueri. Suet. Caes. 39. Ludit assidue alearn. Suet. Aug. 70. Non pugnavit ingens Idomeneus solus 18 UNIVERSITY OE VIRGINIA. dicenda Miisis proelia. Hor. Od. IV, 9, 19. Olet unguenta. Ter. Ad. I, 2, 37. Accusative with Compound Verbs. 18. The Accusative occurs with Intransitive Verbs com¬ pounded with the following prepositions: 1. Ad. —e. g., Vos qui accolitis Histrum fluvium. Cic. Or. 45, 152. Tyriam qui adveneris nrhem. Verg. Aen. I, 388. 2. Ante —e. g., Hoc animo decertabant ut non ita se reliquo- rum eivinm fatum antecedere existimarent. Caes. B. Civ. II, G. 3. Con. —e. g., Nunc hunc hau scio an colloquar: congrediar. Plant. Most. III. 2, 96 (770). 4. Circum. —e. g., Quintilius circumire acicm Curionis coepit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 28. Illi circumsistunthominem. Caes.B.G.V, 7. 5. Ex.—e. g., Urbe in decern annos prohibita est, donee fdius lnbricum iuventae exiret. Tac. Ann. VI, 49. Eloquentiae glo- riam praestantissimorum excessit. Suet. Caes. 55. Non vides ut tota corpora quietum egrediantur habitum. Sen. de Ira I, 1, 5. 6. In.—e. g., Cum aeie instructa audacius instaret hostes. Nep Epam. 9. Veritus ne reliquos populos metus invaderet. Sail. Jug. 35. 7. Inter. —e. g., Ludorum diebus, qui cognitionem intervenerunt. Tac. Ann. Ill, 23. Regio quae duas syrtes interiacet. Plin. N. H. V, 4, 27. 8. Oh. —e. g., 0 Apollo, qui umbilicum certum terrarum obsides. Cic. Div. II, 56, 115. Ferunt Xerxen, cum exercitum obisset. Plin. Epist. Ill, 7, 13. 9. Per— e. g., Caesar omnem agrum Picenum percurrit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 15. Venti terras perflant. Verg. Aen. I, 83. 10. Prae. e. g., Horum uterque Isocratem aetate praecurrit. Cic. Or. 52, 176. Is castra praefluebat. Tac. Ann. XV, 15. 11. Praeter. e. g., Altero die Apolloniam praetervehuntur. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 26. Decrescentia ripas flumina praetereunt. Hor. Od. IV, 7, 3. 12. Sub. —e. g., Testudine facta portas suecedunt. Caes. B. G. II, 6. Qui inter annos XIV tectum non subissent. Caes. B. G. I, 36. Lycius fecit puerum sufflantem ignes. Plin. N. H. XXXIV, 8, 19 (79). LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 19 13. Super .—e. g., Mater eius aetatis suae feminas pulehritucline supergressa. Tac. Ann. XIII, 45. Victor viros supereminet omnes. Verg. Aen. VI, 856. 14. Subtcr.—e. g., Criminum vim subterfugere nullo modo po- terat. Cie. Verr. 1,3,8. Cum fluctus Sieanos subterlabere. Verg. Eel. X, 4. 15. Trans e. g., Milites earn (munitionem) transgress! Caes. B. G. VII, 46. Fama est Remum novos transiluisse muros. Liv. T 7 2 Rem. 1. The Compound verbs express motion or state. With such verbs the Aeeusative, while representing the terminus or extent , is prop¬ erly the Accusative of the inner object, which limits, restricts, and meas¬ ures the substantive element of the verb. Ihe verb excedere, for example, means “ to go out," “ to go beyond." The verb’s action, when restricted to an object “ from which” or “ out of which” it proceeds, requires the object in the Ablative, which expresses the general whence relation ; but when it is intended to limit to a given object the action ” going out," “going beyond," "exceeding," to restrict it to and measure it by this object, then the Accusative, which furnishes the object that measures an action, and so is internal to it, must be used. Again the verb transite means “ to go over," “ to go across." The Accusative in connection with this verb may present an object as the extent of the action in accordance with a usual sense of the case, or the action "going over, across may be conceived as limited to and measured by the object in the Accusative. In this case the object restricts and measures the action, is internal to it, and so is the inner object. In the phrase “ flu men transire, while the action‘-going” extends “over” or “across” the river, the river limits, restricts and measures the action and thus stands to it in the relation ol the inner object. Rem. 2. Some of these verbs, in a secondary sense, must be interpreted as Active verbs, as is shown by their personal use in the Passive—e. g., Cum sapiens et bonus vir, qualis ille fuit, suftragiis praeteritur. Cie. Tusc. V, 19, 54. Neque praetores adiri possent. Cie. Q. fr. I, 2, 5. Greek Accusative. 19. The Greek Accusative, or the Accusative of the part affected .—In this case a general statement is made as ap¬ plicable totheentire person or personal relation, but which by the addition of the Accusative is restricted or confined to the part expressed by the Accusative. Ihe Accusative thus corrects and limits the general statement and, as it 20 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. thus presents the object of exact measure, it furnishes the object internetI. It occurs: 1. With a Passive Verb and Passive Partieiple and furnishes the measure , extent , and so the inner object of the state denoted by the Passive form—e. g., Et capita ante aras Phrygio velamur amictu. Verg. Aen. Ill, 545. Consurgit senior, tunicacpte inducitur artus. Verg. Aen. VIII, 457. Hannibal ipse adversum femur tragula ictus cecidit. Liv. XXI, 7, 10. Dextrum genu lapide ictus, et crus et utrumque brachium consauciatus. Suet. Aug. 20. Clymene laniata sinus totum percensuit orbem. Ov. Met. II, 335. He- liades caesae pectora palmis Phaethonta vocant. Ov. Met. II, 341. Miles ait fractus membra labore. Hor. Sat. I, 1, 5. Rem. A thing worn is thus expressed in the Accusative—e. g., Anna circumdat humeris et inutile ferrutn cingitur. Verg. Aen. II, 511. Pueri laevo suspensi loculos tabulamque lacerto. Hor. Sat. I, 6, 74. Inductaque cornibus aurum victima vota cadit. Ov. Met. II, 425. 2. With an intransitive verb. Compare with the accusative of extent —e. g., Stare loco nescit: micat auribus ettremit artus. Verg. Georg. Ill, 84. Caedit totidem nigrantes terga iuvencos. Verg. Aen. V, 97. 3. With an adjective. Compare with the accusative of extent — e - g-» Ferrum exercebat nudus membra Pyracmon. Verg. Aen. VIII, 425. Stabat glacialis Hiems canos hirsuta capillos. Ov. Met. II, 30. Deiphobum vidit lacerum erudeliter ora. Verg. Aen. VI, 495. Corruit ipse suo saucius ense latus. Prop. II, 8, 22. Rem. 1. The Accusative of the part affected is chiefly poetical. It is substituted by the Ablative, the Ablative with the preposition in, the Accusative with in (rarely occurring, and only when motion is implied in the verb), by the descriptive Ablative, and the Dative or Genitive of the person with the part affected as the subject—e. g., Ut Hectorem toto peetore trementem provocasse ad pugnam paeni- teret. Cic. Tusc. IV, 22, 49. Scaeva transfixus femore et h umero cus- todiam portae retinuit Suet. Caes. 68. In femore vulneratus est. Just. 9, 3. L. Cotta in adversum os vulneratur. Caes. B.G. V. 35. (In vul- nnaic in is implied the idea of aiming at). Armaornatumque mutave- LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 21 rant capite atque pedibus nudis. Sail. Jug. 94. Scipionis femur tragula confixum erat. Liv. XXIV, 42, 2. T. Balventio utrumque femur trag¬ ula traicitur. Caes. B. G. V, 35. Rem. 2. The Accusative with such verbs as retain a reflexive sense, usually verbs “ to clothe ,” “ to strip," may best be explained as the Ac¬ cusative of the direct outer object—e. g., Virgines longam vestem indutae=Having put on themselves, &c. Veil. II, 41. Tunicas albas subligati. Apul. Met. VIII, 27. Androgei galeam clipeique insigne decorum induitur. Verg. Aen. II, 392. Adverbial Accusative. 20. The Adverbial Accusatives most frequently occurring are niagnam (maiorem, maximam) partem, meam partem, meant (tuam, suam, nostram, vestram,&c.) vicem, cetera, reliqua, alia, pleraque, omnia, crebra, diversa, sera, sem- piterna, sempiternum, aeternum, perpetuum, longum, immensum, summum, postremum, supremum, ultimum, recens, nimium, praeceps, &c.—e. g., Magnam partem ex iambis nostra constat oratio. Lie. Or. 56, 189. Maiorem partem in ore habitas meo. Plaut. Paen. I, 3, 4. Maximam partem lacte atque pecore vivunt. Caes. B. G. IV, 1. Et meam partem itidem tacere. Plaut. Mil. Gl. Ill, 1, 5. Cum suam vicem functus officio sit. Liv. I, 9, 15. Quin oppetam pes- tem eri vicem meam (malam). Plaut. Capt. Ill, 3, 11. Qui sese excruciari meam vicem possit pati? Plaut. Most. II, 1, 8. Quo- niam res familiaris obsidis vicem apud rem publicam esse vide- batur. Gell. XVI, 10, 11. Praeter nomen cetera ignarus populi Romani. Sail. Jug. 19,7. Virum cetera egregium secuta ambitio est. Liv. 35, 6. Cetera tereti. Liv. XXI, 8, 10. Juvenemque et alia elarum. Tac. Ann. XII, 3. Alias res est impense impro- bus. Plaut. Epid. IV, 1, 39. Erratum offendimus in commen- tariis Vindicis hominis pleraque haud indiligentis. Gell. VI, 2, 1. Is pleraque impeccabilis. Gell. XVII, 19, 6. Omnia, quae pater imperat, parendum. Gell. II, T, 3. Equus pede terram crebra ferit. Verg. Georg. Ill, 500. Gleba versis aeternum frangenda bidentibus. Verg. Georg. II, 400. Exspectabam hodie aut sum- mum eras ab eo tabellarios. Cic. Att. XIII, 21, 2. A te bis terve summum et eas perbreves accepi. Cie. Fam. II, 1, 1. Et magna UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 22 w w supremum voce ciemus. Vcrg. Acn. Ill, 68. Spcctaculo intentos praeceps trahit. Tac. Ann. IV, 62. Rem. 1. Withtlie phrases magnam (maiorem,maximam) partem, com¬ pare the Ablative parte with ex—e. g., Magna ex parte me una vobiscum de re iudicium facturum eonfido. Caes. B. Civ. II, 31. Cum rnagna ex parte eorum preeibus adductus bellum susceperit. Caes. B. G. I, 16. Hanc victoriam rex maiore ex parte virtuti, quam fortumae suae debuit. Curt. IV, 63. Nondum sen- tiebat calamitatem ex maxima parte ad ipsum redundantem. Curt. IV, 41. Ne minima quidem ex parte Lycurgi legibus conferendi. Cic. Off. I, 22, 76. Rem. 2. Observe the phrases ex parte, aliqua ex parte, ulla ex parte, &c.—e. g., Quae ex parte res ad salutem exercitus pertinebat. Caes. B. G. VI, 34. Si ulla ex parte sententia huius interdictideminutasit. Cic. Caec. 13, 38. 21. Certain phrases composed of the Accusative neuter of a Pronoun with an Appositive Genitive or a Genitive of Quantity, and also certain phrases in the Accusative are used adverbially, as id aetatis, hocnoctis, id temporis, idem aetatis, id auctoritatis, quod aetatis, illud horae, idem temporis, &c.; id genus, hoc genus, omne genus, multum temporis, &c. While some of these phrases seem to substi¬ tute other case relations than the Accusative, the proper conception of them is that of the Accusative of the inner object—the Accusative of the nearer definition, &c.— e. g., Si potuisset scribere se in balneis cum id aetatis filio fuisse. Cic. Clu. 51, 141. Nam Brutus noster non audet hominem id aetatis monere. Cic. Att. XVI, 7, 5. Ut-id temporis Roma proficisceretur. Cic. Rose. Am. 34, 97. Mos habebatur prin- cipum liberos cum ceteris idem aetatis nobilibus sedentes vesci. Tac. Ann. XIII, 16. Romanorum nemo id auctoritatis aderat. Tac. Ann. XII, 18. Numquam publico se illud horae sine tribu- nis commisit. Suet. Nero 26. Scis me aliquid id genus stditum sciibere. Cic. Att. XIII, 12, 3. Quod genus in nostris membris latens animi vis est. Lucr. Ill, 278. 22. The Accusative in Exclamation, —This Accusative presents, perhaps, the simplest and purest form of the Inner LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 23 object. It is the complement or measure ol thought or feeling. It occurs: 1. Without an Interjection—e. g., Me caecum, qui haec ante non viderim ! Cic. Att. X, 10, 1. For- tunatum Nicobulnm, qui ilium produxit sibi! Plant. Bacch. Ill, 3, 51. Rem. 1. This Accusative associated with bene occurs in toasts —e. g., Bene vos.bene nos,bene te, bene me,bene nostram etiam Stephanium. plaut. Sticli. V, 4, 27. Sed “bene Messalam ” sua quisque ad pocula dicat. Tib. II, 1, 31. The explanation of this Accusative by ellipsis, as “bene te habere (valere) iubeo ” is unnecessary. Rem. 2. The particle ne is sometimes appended to this Accusative when the exclamation is characterized by the idea of disgust, aversion, oppo¬ sition, or lack ol belief—e. g., Huncine hominem ! hancineimpudentiam! banc audaciam ! Cic.Verr. II, V, 25, 62. 2. With an Interjection. Here the Accusative measures the emotion or feeling involved in the Interjection. Thus with en (em)-e. g., En causam cur lex ferretur! Cic. Phil. V, 6, 15. En memori- am mortui sodalis! en metum vivorum existimationis. Cic. Verr. II, I, 37, 93. With Ecce ! —e. g., Ecce me nullum senem. Plaut. Cas. II, 4, 26. Rem. 1. The interjection ecce does not occur with the Accusative in Cicero. With 0 !— e. g., 0 hominem pudentem! Cic. Att. XIV, 18, 1. 0 hominem opportunum mihi! Plaut. Pseud. II, 4, 41. With heu ( ehcu )—e. g., Heu me miserum! Cic. Phil. VII, 4, 14. Elieu me miserum! Sail. Jug. VII, 14, 9. Wizh hem ! in comedy—e. g., Hem amores tuos! Plaut. Poen. I, 1, *9. With Pro /—e. g., Pro deum atque hominum fidem. Sail. Cat. 20. Pro deorum atque hominum fidein! Cic. Tusc. V. 16, 48. Pro fidem ! Thebani cives. Plaut. Amph. I, 1, 220. 24 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGTNTA. With edepol! in Plautus—e. g., Edepol specie lepida mulierem ! Plant. Rud. II, 4, 2. Edepol hominem infelieem! Plant. Asin. II, 2, 20. With apage !—e. g., Apage istum eircumduetorem! Plaut. Most. Ill, 2, 159. 23. The Infinitive as the object of an Intransitive or Passive verb, or of an Adjective. 1. The Infinitive with an Intransitive verb measures the sub¬ stantive element of the verb and is the inner object—e. g., Helvetios-uti obsides accipere, non dare consuerint. Caes. B. G. I, 14. Quid dubitas uti temporis opportunitate ? Caes. B. Civ. II, 34. 2. The Infinitive with a Passive Verb and a Passive Participle furnishes the inner object—e. g., Stella crinita, quae summis potestatibus exitium portendere putatur. Suet. Nero 36. Exstinxisse nefas laudabor. Verg. Aen. II, 585. Beluae truci cantu deterritae sequi classem sub- ierunt aquas. Curt. X, 2. 3. The Infinitive with an adjective measures, as the inner object, the substantive element of the adjective. Insueto vera audire ferocior oratio visa est. Liv. XXXI, 18, 3. 24. The Infinitive in questions and exclamations.— In questions the Infinitive occurs with and without the en¬ clitic ne. Here the Infinitive furnishes the measure of thought or feeling —e. g., Servum antestari! vide. Plaut. Cure. V, 2, 25. Tantamne rem tarn neglegenter agere ? Ter. And. I, 5, 18. 25. Accusative and Infinitive in questions and exclama¬ tions, with and without the enclitic ne. Here the Accusa¬ tive and Infinitive presents the measure of thought or feel¬ ing—e. g\, Foras aedibus me eicier. Plaut. Asin. I, 2, 1. Perii, hoc servum meum non nauei faeere esse aussum ! Plaut. Baceh. V, 1, 16. Vir- ginalem me ore ploratum edere! Cic. Tusc. II, 8, 21. Tene ad eos venire, qui vere indices appellentur. Cic. Tusc. I, 41, 98. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 25 Menc incepto desistere vietam ? Yerg. Aen. I, 37. Hancine aeta- tem exercere me amoris gratia! Plaut. Mil. Gl. Ill, 1, 31. 26. The Supine in um may best be explained as the Ac¬ cusative of the Inner object, particularly when it presents theobject as the restriction or measure of the verb’s action. The purpose expressed by the supine is incidental to the Accusative as the end contemplated —e. g., Cognoscit profectum eum venatum. Nep. Dat. 4. Dico esse iturum me mercatum. Plaut. Merc. I, 1, 82. Filium Aruntem Ariciam oppugnatum mittit. Liv. II, 14, 5. 27. The Infinitive in the construction of the Accusative with the Infinitive with a verb of Saying or Thinking is the inner object of the governing verb, while the subject of the Infinitive is the outer object—e. g., Dieo amicum tuum venisse. In this sentence venisse (the arri¬ val) limits dico , while the person about whom the arrival is stated is amicum. 28. As the case of the outer or inner object—object af¬ fected or effected—must be explained the Accusative with a verbal substantive and the verbal adjective in -bundus. The verbal substantive retains the signification of the verb from which it is derived, and the kind of the object must be determined by the sense of the verb which the substantive represents. This construction occurs quite frequently in Plautus, and in the form of a question introduced by quid ? The Accusative with the verbal in -bundus finds its expla¬ nation in the fact that the adjective has the force of the present participle, with a strengthened meaning, of the verb from which it is derived—e. g., Quid tibi hanc curatiost rem ? Plaut. Amph. I, 3, 21. Quid tibi ergo meam me invito tactiost? Plaut. Aul. IV, 10, 14. Quid tibi hanc aditiost? Plaut. True. II, 7, 62. Haec prope contionabun- dus circumibat homines, Liv. Ill, 47, 3. Haec contionabundus in dies magis augebat iras hominum. Liv. V, 29, 10. Hanno 26 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. vitabundus castra hostium castra posmt. Liv. XXV, 13, 4 Populabundus agros ad oppidum pervenit. Cell. XI, 15, 7. Double Accusative. 29. The Double Accusative occurs with Active verbs compounded with the prepositions circum and trans. Of the two Accusatives one is the outer object, the other the inner object. The preposition trans mav be repeated with the inner object. The verbs most frequently occurring are circumducere, traducere, traicere, transportare—e. g., Caesar certior factus est tres partes copiarum Helvetios flumen traduxisse. Caes. B. G. I, 12. Flumen Axonam exercitum tra¬ ducere maturavit. Caes. B. G. II, 5. Postulavit ne quam multi- tudinem hominum amplius trans Rhenum traduceret. Caes. B. G. I 35. Milites his navibus flumen transportat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 54. Caesar equitum partem flumen traicit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 83. Ouos Pompeius omnia sua praesidia circumduxit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 61. Eho, istum, puere, circumduce hasee aedes. Plaut. Most. Ill, 2, 157. Rem. 1. In the phrase “milites flumen transportare” it is obvious that the Accusative flumen, which measures and limits the substantive ele¬ ment of transport are, is the inner object, while milites is the outer object. Rem. 2. From the examples it will be seen that the repetition of the preposition in composition is the exception. Rem. 3. The outer object becomes the subject of the compound verb in the Passive—e. g., Reperiebat Belgas Rhenum antiquitus traductos consedisse. Caes. B. G. II, 4. 30. Two Accusatives, one the outer object (a personal relation), the other the inner object (an impersonal rela¬ tion), occur with verbs “to teach” “ to conceal ” “to ask” “to request” “to beg” “to demand” and, to a limited extent, with verbs “to order” “to compel” “toaid” “to charge with” The following verbs will be considered: 1. Docere—e. g., Testudines, quas captivi (eos) docuerant, parare coeperunt LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 27 Caes. B.G.V, 42. Desine id me docere. Cic.Tusc. II, 12, 29. Ne- potes et litteras et notare aliaque rudimenta docuit. Suet. Aug. 64. Rem. 1. The verb docere “ to inform ,” “ to give notice," “ to apprise ,” requires the inner object to be expressed by the preposition de and the Ablative—e. g., Pollicetur L. Piso sese iturum ad Caesarem, qui de his rebus eum doceat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 3. Adherbal Romam legatos miserat, qui senatum docerent de caede fratris. Sail. Jug. 13. Rem. 2. The Passive of docere occurs with the external object as the subject, and the inner object retained in the Accusative, but not in the best Latin. The Passive of docere is best supplied by discere—e. g., Motus doceri gaudet Ionicos virgo. Hor. Od. Ill, 6, 21. Potius ilia doeendi erunt minus vulgata. Quint. I, 5, 11. Dionysius, cum a Zeno- ne fortis esse didicisset, a dolore dedoctus est. Cic. Tusc. II, 25, 60. Unde porro ilia potuit, quae docebat alios, ipse didicisse. Cic. Div. II, 23, 51. , . Rem. 3. With doctus the Accusative of the inner object maybe retained. It is, however, best expressed in the Ablative e. g., Docte sermones utriusque linguae. Hor. Od. Ill, 8,5. Familiares mei docti et Graecis litteris et Latinis. Cic. Brut. 46, 169. Litteris Graecis et Latinis docta. Sail. Cat. 25. Rem. 4. The Ablative of the Instrument occurs with docere. Apart from this Ablative, the Ablative with docere is best explained as the Ab¬ lative of Means —e. g., Socratem fidibus docuit nobilissimus fidicen. Cic. Fam. IX, 22, 3. Vicarium tibi expediam cui tu arma tradas et tecum ducas, docendum cures equo arniisque. Liv. XXIX, 1, 8. Rem. 5. The Passive of docere with the Ablative of the Instrument may be expressed by discere —e. g., Discebant fidibus antiqui. Cic. Sen. VIII, 26. The explanation of the Ablative of Instrument with docere and discere by ellipsis of canere is not necessary. Rem. 6. The Infinitive with docere must be explained as the Accusative of the inner object—e. g., Nepotes notare docuit. Suet. Aug. 64. Haec mulier docta saltaie elegantius quam necesse est probae. Sail. Cat. 25. Aequitatem de- fendere docentur. Cic. Or. I, 57, 244. 2. Edocere. Two accusatives occur with this verb, but not in Cicero. In the sense “to inform ” it retains uniformly the Accu¬ sative of the inner object, and does not require de with the Abla¬ tive. In other respects it allows, in the active and the passive, the same case-constructions as docere—e. g., 28 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Quos ille (ea) edocuerat quae dici vellet. Caes. B. G. VII, 38. Sed iuventutem mala facinora edocebat. Sail. Cat. 16. Subie- eit ut caelestes caerimonias idem pontifex edoceret. Liv. I, 20, 7. Cicero cuneta edoetus praetoribus imperat. Sail. Cat. 45. Iter hostium ab exploratoribus edoetus. Tac. Agr. 26. Tot cladibus edocti. Liv. XXX, 37, 1 (cladibus ablative of means.) 3. Dedocere. This verb does not often occur. It allows a double accusative. The Accusative of the inner object with the Passive does not occur. The outer object becomes the subject of the verb in the passive—e. g., Si a Polyaeno 'geometrica discere maluisset, quam ilium etiam ipsum dedocere. Cic. Fin. I, 6, 20. Dionysius, cum a Zenone fortis esse didicisset, a dolore dedoctus est. Cic. Tusc. II, 25, 60. Moneo regnorum gaudia temet dedoceas. Stat. Th. II, 409. 4. Erudire. This verb takes the Accusative of the outer object but not that of the inner object. The relation of the inner ob¬ ject is approximately supplied by the Ablative and by the prepo¬ sition in and the Ablative. With the meaning u to inform" the inner object is expressed by the preposition de and the Ablative. A double accusative with erudire occurs in late Latin, but is not to be imitated—e. g., Lentulum cum ceteris artibus, turn imitatione tui fac erudias. Cic. Fam. I, 7, 11. Sed tamen non fugisset hoc Graecos homines oratorem erudire in iure civili. Cic. Or. I, 58, 253. Obviae mihi velim sint tuae litterae quae me erudiant de omni re republica. Cic. Fam. II, 12, 1. Aliquem leges erudire Stat. Th. X, 507. Rem. 1. The outer object becomes the subject of erudire in the Passive, while the Accusative of the inner object does not occur in classical Latin. The relation of the inner object is expressed by the Ablative—e. g., Nonne Socraticis erant disputationibus eruditi ? Cic. Or. Ill, 34,139. Graecas res eruditi erant. Gell. II, 21, 3. Fiduciamque peccandi eru- ditus. Gell. XIX, 12, 9. 31. Celare. This verb is construed with two Accusatives, representing the outer and inner objects. It occurs in all periods of the language—e. g., Non enim te celavi sermonem T. Ampii. Cic. Fam. II, 16, 3. LATTIN CASE-RELATIONS. 29 Iter, quo haheat, omnes celat. Nep.Eum. 8. Quom istaec flagi- tia me celavisti et patrem. Plaut Baeeli. I, 2, 56. Rem. 1. The verb celare means not only “ to conceal ” but “ to keep in the dark” “ not to let know .” In accordance with the latter sense of the verb, the relation of the inner objeet must be expressed with the prepo¬ sition de and the Ablative—e. g., De armis, de ferro, de insidiis celare te noluit ? Cic. Deiot. VI, 18. Sed Bassus noster me de hoc libro celavit; te quidem non videtur. Cic. Fam. VII, 20, 3. Dixit Phylarchus se cupisse te celare de phaleris. Cie. Verr. II, IV, 12, 29. Rem. 2. With the Passive of celare the inner object, when a neuter pro¬ noun, becomes the subject, and the outer object remains in the Accusa¬ tive. In this case celare is rendered “ to conceal ” —e. g., Sed indicabo tibi quod in primis te celatum volebam. Cic. Q. fr. Ill, 5, 4. Quor haec, tu ubi rescivisti ilico, celata me sunt? Plaut. Pseud. I, 5, 76. Rem. 3. With the Passive of celare in the sense “ to conceal” the outer object becomes the subject, while the inner object is retained in the Accu¬ sative. This is the less natural construction—e. g., Nosne hoc celatos tarn diu? Ter. Hec. IV, 4, 23. Rem. 4. With celare in the Passive the outer object becomes the subject, while the inner object is expressed bv the preposition de and the Ablative. This is the more usual construction—e. g., Non est profecto de illo veneno celata mater. Cic. Clu. 66,189. Credo celatum esse Cassium de Sulla uno. Cic. Sulla. 13, 39. Debeo existi- mare te maximis de rebus a fratre esse celatum. Cic. Fam. V, 2, 9. Cf. Sed heus tu, celari videor a te. Cic. Q. fr. II, 15 (16), 4. 32. Rogare. This verb signifies both to ask (to question, to interrogate) and to request. In both senses it takes two Accusatives, one of the outer, the other of the inner, object. 1. Rogare—to ask (to interrogate)—e. g., Quid me istud, inquam, rogas ? Cic. Fin. V, 28, 83. Quid non fecit? quin tu id me rogas? Plaut. Bacch. II, 3, 24. Rem. 1. The verb rogare in the sense to ask (interrogate) is usual, at least in Cicero, only with sententiam or a neuter pronoun in the Accusa¬ tive of the inner object. The outer object becomes the subject of the verb in the Passive, with the inner object (sententiam, &c.) retained in the Accusative—e. g.. Quos priores sententiam rogabat. Cic. Rep. II, 20, 35. Quasi (eum) aliquid rogaturus propius accessit. Suet. Caes. 82. Multis iam senten- 30 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. tiis dictis rogatus sum sententiam. Cic. Dom. Sua. \ II, 16. S^ito me non esse rogatum sententiam. Cic. Att. I, 13, 2. Turn D. Junius Si- lanus primus sententiam rogatus. Sail. Cat. 50. Ibi C.Livius (is enim est primus rogatus sententiam) dixit. Liv. XXXVII, 14, 5. Rem. 2. The verb rogare, in the sense “toask” (to interrogate),allows the preposition de with the Ablative as the substitute of the relation of the inner object. Here rogare^^ to ask about e. g., Jam de istoc rogare omitte. Plaut. Pers. IV, 4, 90. Respondeto ad ea, quae de te ipso rogaro. Cic. Vatin. IV, 10. 2. Rogare=“to request,” “to beg.” The verb in this sense takes two Accusatives, of the inner and outer objects. Here the Accusative of inner object is, in Cicero, usually the neuter of a pronoun—e. g., Hoc vehementer etiam atque etiam rogo. Cic. Fam XIII, 28 b, 2. Cum eo perveneris, ut nihil deum roges, nisi quod rogare possis palam. Sen. Ep. X, 5. Otium divos rogat in patente prensus Aegaeo. Hor. Od. II, 16, 1. Roga me viginti minas. Plaut. Pseud. IV, 6, 8. Rem. 1. With rogare, in the sense “to beg,” “to request,” the external object mav be expressed by the preposition a (ab) and the Ablative e.g., Nunc (a) te illud primum ro gabo,nequid invitus mea causa facias. Cic. Fam. XIII, 1,2. Ab Metello petundi gratia missionem rogat. Sail. Jug. 64. Rem. 2. The external object becomes the subject of the verb in the Pas¬ sive, while the inner object is retained in the Accusative—e. g., Fuerant hoc rogati, fuerant ad hanc rem collocati. Cic. Cael. 27, 64. Ouicquid rogabatur, religiose promittebat. Nep. Att. 15. 33. The verb rogare is employed in several technical senses: 1. To ask (the people) in a legislative body, for the enactment of a law, or the passage of a bill, hence to introduce a bill, to propose a law—e. g., Quod plebem rogassint, ratum esto. Cic. Leg. Ill, 3, 9. Ego leges perniciosas rogavi. Cic. Phil. II, 29, 72. Rem. 1. The inner object becomes the subject of the verb in the Pas¬ sive—e. g., Nee me fallit eas leges esse, quae non in perpetuum rogentur. Quint. II, 4, 40. 2. To ask (the people), in a legislative body, to choose or to elect a magistrate, to offer him for election—e. g., LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 31 Ut quiplebemRomanamtribunosplebirogaret. Liv.Ill, 65, 4. Volet ut consules roget praetor. Cic. Att. IX, 15, 2. 3. To ask soldiers to bind themselves by an oath, hence to bind them bv an oath, to swear them. Here the ablative sacrament is usually employed—e. g., Petit quos consulis Sacramento rogavisset, ad signa convenire iuberet. Caes. B. G. VI, 1. Sacramento rogatos arma capere cogebat. Liv. XXXII, 26, 11. Rem. 1. In this sense rogare rarely occurs absolutely—e. g., Haben tabellas ? Vis rogare? (=Vis Sacramento militem rogare?) Plaut. M. G. 1, 1, 68. 34. Interrogare. With this verb occur two Accusatives, one representing the inner, the other, the outer object. The double Accusative with this verbis very rare in Cicero—e. g., Pusionem quedam Socrates interrogat quaedam geometrica. Cic. Tusc. I, 25, 52, Hoc quod (te) interrogo, responde. Plaut. Merc. I, 2, 70. Rf.m. 1. After Cicero this verb was used in the Passive with the outer object as subject and the inner object retained in the Accusative—e. g., Hannibal interrogatus sententiam in belli cogitationem regem aver- tit. Liv. XXXVI, 7, 1. Interrogatus Othonis libertus causam digres- sus respondet. Tac. H. II, 53. Rem. 2. The matter, when distinctly that about which inquiry is made, is expressed by the preposition de and the Ablative—e. g., Visne ut ego te eisdemde rebus Latine interrogem ? Cic. Part. Or. 1,1. Rem. 3. The verb interrogare occurs in a judicial sense—“ to bring an action against,” “to sue.” The manner of complaint is stated in the Genitive —e. g., Pepigerat Pallas, ne cuius facti in praeteritum interrogaretur (=reus fieret) Tac. Ann. XIII, 14. 2. Perrogare. This verb occurs, but rarely, with two Accusa¬ tives, one the inner, the other the outer object. While the outer object regularly becomes the subject of the verb in the passive, yet the inner object may be used as the subject—e. g., Cum perrogarent (senatores) sententias consules. Tac. H. IV, 9. Ceteri populi Achaeorum cum sententias perrogarentur. Liv. XXXII, 13, 1. Perrogari eo die sententiae non potuere. Liv. XXIX, 19, 10. 32 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Rem. 1. The matter about which is expressed by the preposition de and the Ablative—e. g., . Sententias de maiore negotio non more atque ordme perrogabat. Suet. Aug. 35. Rem. 2. The verb perrogare is used in the technical sense to carry through,” “ to pass a law ” after it has been proposed (rogare)—e. g., Tribunus plebis legem perrogavit. Val. Max. VIII, 6. 3. With percontari. This verb occurs occasionally with two Accusatives—one of the inner, the other of the outer object—e. g., Forte meum si quis te percontabitur aevum. Hor. Ep. I, 20, 26. Earn, quoque esse, quae percontari vellet. Liv. XXXIX, 12 , 1 . Rem. 1. The external object is best expressed by the preposition ex and the Ablative—e. g., Cum percontaretur ex auicula quadam quanti aliquid venderet. Cic. Brut. 46, 172. Solebat ex me Deiotarus percontari nostri augurii dis- ciplinam. Cic. Div. II, 36, 76. Rem. 2. Nearly identical with percontari and the outer object in the Ablative with the preposition ex is percontari with the outer object in the Accusative and the inner object in the Ablative with the preposition de e. g-, Deinde ego ilium de suo regno, ille me de nostra re pubhca perconta- tus est. Cic. Rep. VI, 9, 9. Percontatus regionis peritos de ascensu Haeini. Liv. XL, 21, 2. 35. The following verbs occur occasionally with two Ac¬ cusatives, one the outer, the other the inner, object. 1. Cnnsulere —“ to consult’ 1 —e. g., Nee te id consulo. Cic. Att., VII, 20, 2. Ibo et consulamhanc rem amicos, quid faciendum censeant. Plaut. Men. IV, 3, 26. Rem. 1. The inner object is best stated in the Ablative with the prepo¬ sition de —e. g\, De quo cum consulerent Athenienses Apollinem Pythium, oraculum editum est. Cic. Leg. II, 16, 40. 2. Velle —e. g., Quin tu uno verbo die, quid est quod me velis? Ter. And. I f 1, 18. Si quid ille se velit, ilium ad se venire oportere. Caes. B. G. I, 34. 36. The following verbs occur with two Accusatives, one the outer, the other the inner, object. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 33 1. Orare. This verb in Cicero and the Comedians, takes two Accusatives, when the Accusative of the inner object is the neu¬ ter of a pronoun. In later writers the inner object is not re¬ stricted to the neuter of a pronoun—e. g., Illud te ad extremum et oro et hortor. Cic. Q. fr. I, 1, 46. Libertate, quam imperium adeptum suppliciter orabat. Suet. Vesp. 16. Hi omnes auxilia regem orabant. Liv. XXVIII, 5, 6. Summo hausit de gurgite lymphas, multa deos orans. Verg. Aen. IX, 24. 2. Exorare. This verb, chiefly in the Comedians and Poets, takes two Accusatives—the inner and outer objects—e. g., Hanc veniam illis sine te exorem. Plaut. Bacch. V, 2, 82. Unum exorare vos sinite nos. Plaut. Capt. II, 1, 17. 3. Obsecrare. This verb occurs occasionally with two Accusa¬ tives—the inner and outer objects—e. g., Itaque hoc te obsecro. Cic. Quinct. 31, 99. Nunc hoc te obse- cro. Ter. Heaut. IV, 1,32. 4. Venerari. This verb occasionally takes two Accusatives, the inner and outer objects—e. g., Cum ignorit omnibus, qui multa deos venerati sint contra eius salutetn. Cic. Fam. VI, 7, 2. 5. Implorare. This verb may be construed with two Accusa¬ tives, the inner and outer objects. This is shown by the per¬ sonal verb in the Passive, with the outer object as subject—e. g., Cum legatus Romanorum merita extulisset, imploratos auxil- ium. Liv. XXXIV, 23, 2. 6. Precari. This verb sometimes occurs with two Accusatives, the inner and outer objects—e. g., Efficiatis ut quod deos precati eritis, id vos velle etiam homi¬ nes credamus. Liv. XL. 46, 9. Sed haec ne experiare! quod precarer deos, nisi meas preces audiredesissent. Cic.Q.fr. 1,3,9. 37. The verbs “to admonish,” “to remind*” take two Accusatives, one the inner, the other the outer, object. 1. Monere. This verb is construed with two Accusatives, when the inner object is the neuter of a pronoun, of an adjective, a 34 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. multa, &c.; in any other ease the inner object is expressed in the Ablative with the preposition c/e—e. g., Fabius earae monuit,quae non mihi venerant in mentem. Cic. Fam. Ill, 1, 1. Id ipsum, quod me mones. Cic. Att. XIV, 19, 1. Unum illud monere te possum. Cic. Fam. VIII, 6, 2. Quae tibi eo scribo, quod me de retinenda Sestii gratia litteris saepe mon- uisti. Cic. Q. fr. II, 3, 6. Oro ut Terentiam moneatis de testa- mento. Cic. Att. XI, 16, 5. Rem. 1. The outer object becomes the subject of the verb in the Pas¬ sive—e. g., Idem dici de Moneta potest, a qua praeterquam de sue plena quid unquam moniti sumus? Cic. Piv. II, 32, 69. Ea,quae ab eamonemur* audimus. Cic. Am. XXIV, 88. Ut moneatur officium suum. Plant- Stich. 1.2,1. This example points to officium instead of de officio with the Active of the verb. Rem. 2. With monere the Genitive of the inner-object relation occurs, but not in standard Latin—e. g., Turn contractos in principia temporis ac necessitatis monet. Tac. Ann. I, 67. 2. Admonere. This verb takes two Accusatives, when the inner object is a neuter pronoun, or a neuter adjective, as multa ; other¬ wise the relation of the inner object is expressed in the Ablative with the preposition de. Late writers use the Genitive treely. Illud me praeclare admones, cum ilium videro. Cic. Att. IX, 9, 2. Sed te illud admoneo. Cic. Q. fr. I, 1, 38. In epistola de aede Telluris et de porticu Catuli me admones. Cic. Q. fr. Ill, 1, 4. Earn rem nos locus admonuit. Sail. Jug. 79. De moribus civitatis tempus admonuit. Sail. Cat. 5. Admonebat alium egestatis, alium cupiditatis suae. Sail. Cat. 21. Rem. 1. The inner object is retained in the Accusative, or in the Abla¬ tive with the preposition de with the Passive of admonere, while the outer object becomes the subject—e. g., Illud tamen te esse admonitum volo. Cic. Cael. Ill, 8. Libente me vero, ut aliquid de doctrinae studiis admoneamur. Cic. Rep. I, 9, 14. Multa a multis admonetur. Plaut. Ep. V, 3, 9. 3. Praemonere. With this verb, rarely occurring, the inner ob¬ ject, when the neuter of a pronoun, can be stated in the Accusa¬ tive ; rarely when any other word. It is best expressed in the Ablative with the preposition de. The external object becomes the subject of the verb in the Passive—e. g., LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 35 Haec nequiquam praemonito magistro equitum Romam est profectus. Liv.XXII, 18, 10. Reperietis nos de istius scelere ac de impendentibus periculis praemoneri. Cic. Har. IV, 10. Alias auxiliis iuverunt, alias praemonendo conatus hostis. Liv. XXXIII, 20, 12. Caeli varietatem praemonitus. Col. 11, 2. Here praemonitus varietatem points to praemonere varietatem in the Active. 4. Commonere. This verb takes two Accusatives of the inner and outer objects in Plautus. In other writers the relation of the inner object is expressed in the Ablative with the preposition de , sometimes in the Genitive—e. g., Officium vostrum ut nos malo eupiatis commonerier. Plaut. Pseud. I, 2, 17. Officium commonerier points to officium com¬ monere in the Active. Quis in circum maximum venit quin is de avaritia tua com- moneretur? Cic. Verr. II, I, 27, 97. Sin autem adversae, de periculo commonendi (erunt). Cic. Part. Or. 27, 97. Grammat- icos officii sui commonemus. Quint. I, 5, 7. 5. Commonefacere does not occur with two Accusatives. 38. The verbs “to demand,” “to order” (iubere) take two Accusative of the inner and outer objects. 1. Poscere. While two Accusatives regularly occur with this verb, the relation of the outer object may be expressed in the Ab¬ lative with the preposition ab —e. g., Iste unus inventus est qui parentes pretium pro sepultura liberum posceret. Cic. Verr. II, I, 3, 7. Terentius claves cum magistratus poposcisset. Liv. XXVII, 24, 8. Magistratum Sicyonium nummos poposcit. Cic. Verr. II, I, 17, 44. Sagmina, inquit, te, rex, posco. Liv. I, 24, 4. Quamquam non debebam ego abs te has litteras poscere. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 16, 36. Si hoc a me muneris non universa provincia poposcisset, tamen digna causa videretur. Cic. Verr. II, II, 47, 117. Quasi Juppiter com- pluribus tutorem a se poscentibus unum ex eis demonstrasset. Suet. Aug. 94. Rem. 1. The outer object becomes the subject of poscere in the Passive, with the inner object retained in the Accusative. This construction with the Passive of poscere does not occur in standard prose—e. g., 36 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Nec tantum segetes alimentaque debita dives poscebatur humus. Ov. Met. I, 138. 2. Reposcere. Two Accusatives—the inner and outer objects— are frequent with reposcere in all periods of the Language. The outer object, however, may be expressed in the Ablative with the preposition ah. The use of the Passive of reposcere with the outer object as subject is not to be imitated—e. g., ' Dixerunt sese hoc habere mandatum ut Verrem simulacrum Cereris reposcerent. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 51,113. Talenta Thebani reposcunt Thessalos. Ouint. V, 10, 111. Eum tu continuo vid- ulum reposcito. Plaut. Rud. V, 2, 58. Hi sapient et si gravius quid acciderit, abs te rationem reposcent. Caes. B. G. V. 30. 3. Exposcere. This verb occurs very rarely with two Accusa¬ tives. The external object may be expressed in the Ablative with the preposition ah —e. g., Quod deos immortales inter nuncupanda votaexpoposci. Liv. VII, 40, 5. Facile erat prospicere ut omnes victoriam ab dis exposcerent. Caes. B. Civ. II, 5. 4. Postulare. The use of two Accusatives with postulare is questionable—e. g., Orationes (me) duas postulas. Cic. Att. II, 7, 1. Here a me is also read. Quas (sollicitudines) elevare tua te prudentia pos- tulat, Luceei. ap. Cic. Fam. V, 14, 2, where the double Accusative occurs in the form of the Accusative with the Infinitive. Rem. 1. With postulare express the outer object in the Ablative with the preposition ab —e. g., Acerbitatem inimicorum docet, qui, quod ab altero postularent, in se recusarent. Caes. B. Civ. 1,32. Haec esse quae ab eo postularet. Caes. B. G. I, 35. Rem. 2. The verb postulare occurs in the Passive with the inner object as subject—e. g., Cum aliquid ab amicis quod rectum non esset postularetur. Cic. Am. X, 35. Rem. 3. When the sense is to make a demand about or touching , pos¬ tulare is used with the Ablative and the preposition de —e. g., Ariovistus legatos ad eum mittit, quod antea de colloquio postula- sset, id per se fieri licere. Caes. B. G. I, 42. 5. Expostulate. This verb does not occur with two Accusa¬ tives. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 37 6. Flagitare .* The verb flagitare takes two Accusatives of the inner and outer objects—e. g., Interim cotidie Caesar Aeduos frumentum flagitare. Caes. B. G. 1,16. Dicendum est id, quod ille meflagitat. Cic. Plane. II, 6. Non a te ipso instituta me frumentum flagitat? Cic. Dom. VI, 14. Nee potentem amicum largiora flagito. Hor. Od. II, 18,13. Rem. 1. The outer object may be expressed in the Ablative with the preposition ab — e. g., Quid acta tua vita a te flagitet tu videbis. Cic. Fam. IV, 13, 4. Uni- cum miser abs te filium optimum flagitat. Cic. Verr. II, V, 49, 128. A te cum tua promissa per litteras flagitabam. Cic. Fam. Ill, 11, 4. Rem. 2. The Passive of flagitare occurs with the inner object as sub¬ ject—e. g., Idque ex omnibus partibus ab eo flagitabatur. Caes. B. Civ. 1, 71. 7. Effiagitare. This verb does not occur with two Accusatives. 8. Exigere. This verb does not occur with two Accusatives. The relation of the outer object is expressed iu the Ablative with the preposition ab —e. g., Obsides ab Apolloniatibus exigere coepit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 12. Mancipes a civitatibus pro frumento pecuniam exegerunt. Cic. Caecil X, 33. Rem. 1. The Passive of exigere occurs with the inner object as subject, and the outer object in the Ablative with the preposition ab— e. g., Tota Italia pecuniae a municipiis exiguntur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 6. Rem. 2. The use of the Passive of exigere with the outer object as sub¬ ject and the inner object retained in the Accusative is not to be imitated —e. g., Ego illud minus nihilo exigor portorium. Gell. XV, 14. Cum sciret socios questum venisse sese pecunias exactos esse. Gell. XV, 14. The better construction would be pecunias a se exactas esse. 9. Jubere. The verb iubere occasionally occurs with two Accu¬ satives, when the inner object is a neuter pronoun—e. g., Quae te aliquid iuberent. Cic. Fam. XIII, 26, 3. Quod te iubet soror. Plaut. Aul. II, 1, 31. Rem. 1. The outer object becomes the subject of iubere in the Passive, while the inner object remains in the Accusative—e. g., Quod iussi sunt, faciunt. Caes. B. G. Ill, 6. 39. The verbs “to eompel ” occur with two Accusatives, the inner and outer objects. 38 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 1. With cogere. With this verb the Accusative of the inner object furnishes the restriction and exact measure of the action of the verb—e. g., Ille civis, qui id cogit omnes imperio. Cic. Rep. I, 2, 3. Ad .id quod sua quemque mala cogebant. Liv. Ill, 7, 8. Quid non mortalia pectora cogis? Verg. Aen. Ill, 55. Rem. I. The external object becomes the subject of this verb in the Pas¬ sive, while the inner object is retained in the Accusative—e. g., Quod aliquando voluisset, quam quod turn cogerentur. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 64, 142. Si cogi aliquid.possent. Liv. IV, 26,16. Stoicus homo cogi aliquid potest—sapientem nihil cogi posse. Gell. XII, 5, 4. 2. With Adduci. The Passive adduci, after the analogy of cogi, rarely occurs with the Accusative of the inner object and the outer object as subject—e. g., Nam illud adduci vix possum, ut ea, etc. Cic. Fin. I, 5, 14. 40. The verbs “ to aid,” “ to help,” occur with two Accusatives —the inner and the outer objects. This construction is rare, and found only in comedy. 1. Adiutare —e. g., Id adiuta me, quo id fiat facilius. Ter. Hun. I, 2, 70. 2. Adiuvare —e. g., Neque me quicquam consilio adiuvas? Ter. Heaut. V. 2, 59. 41. The following verbs also occasionally occur with two Accusatives—one the inner, the other the outer, object. 1. Arguere ‘‘to impeach”—e. g., Id unum (masculine) ex iis, qui sibi rem aperuisset, arguere sese paratam esse. Liv. XXVI, 11.17. Quid undas arguit ? Lucr. VI, 404 (Wakefield). Id me arguit. Gell. II, 23, 10. Rem. 1. In the Passive arguere retains the inner object in the Accusa¬ tive, with the outer object as subject — e. g., Exin Cotta Messallinus arguitur pleraque. Tae. Ann. VI, 5. 2. Donare and Condonare. These verbs occur rarely, in come¬ dy, with two Accusatives of the inner and outer objects—e. g., Egone te pro hoc nuntio quid donem ? Ter. Hec. V, 4, 9. Argentum quod habes condonamus te. Ter. Phor. V, 8, 54. Si quam rem habes, te condono. Plaut. Bacch. V. 2. 24. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 39 Rem. 1. The passive of condonare may retain the inner object in the Accusative. Habeo alia, quae condonabitur. Ter. Eun. prol. 17. Here condona- bitur is used impersonally. 42. The following verbs occur with two Accusatives— inner and outer objects. 1. Advertere , outer object animum ; inner object id, hoc , &c. e. g., Postquam id animum advertit. Caes. B. G. I, 24. 2. Ire ; inner object infitias —e. g., Hoc quod nemo it infitias. Nep. Ep. 10. Amicitiam hadeo non eo infitias. Curt. VII, 4. 3. Dare. Objects operam and id; operam the outer, ic? the inner, object—e. g., Et nunc id operam do, ut, &c. Ter. And. I, 1, 130. 4. Inducere. Objects animum outer, quod , &c., inner—e. g., Id, quod animum induxerat paulisper, non tenuit. Cic. Att. VII, 3, 8. 5. Adigere. A personal relation the outer, iusiurandum the inner, object—e. g., Idem iusiurandum adigit Afranium. Caes. B. Civ. 1,76. Pro- vinciam omnem in sua verba iusiurandum adigit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 118. Censores iusiurandum adigebant. Liv. XLIII, 15, 8. 43. The following verbs “to ask,” “to beg,” “to re¬ quest,” do not allow two Accusatives. The relation ot the outer object must be expressed in the Ablative with the preposition ab, while the inner object is expressed in the Accusative. 1. Petere—e. g., Fidem ab imperatore de Afranii vita petunt. Caes. B. Civ. I, 74. Auxilium ab eo petebant. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 9. Haec cum pluribus verbis flens a Caesare peteret. Caes. B. G. I, 20. Pacem ab Romanis petierunt. Caes. B. G. II, 13. Iphicratem ab Atheniensibus ducem petivit. Nep. Iph. 2. A quo cum pe- terent opem. Nep. Epam. 7. Ecquid mirum est, si tarn ab 40 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. amico ammo paccm petit? Curt. IV, 43. Ad te confugimus, a te opem petimus. Cic. Tusc. V, 2, 5., T ri bun a turn ab eo petivi. Cic Q. fr. II, 13 (15, a) 3. M Rem. 1. With the preceding is not to be confounded the use of petere with the preposition ex in the sense “to seek to get, or obtain over (from)”—e. g., Papirius ex Romano imperatore victoriam et triumphum petebat. Liv. VIII, 33, 13. 2. Expetere—e. g., Italia ab hoc auxilium absente expetivit. Cic. Imp. Pomp. XI, 29. 3. Repetere —e. g., Cicero Galium ab eodetn Verticone repetit. Caes. B. G. V,49. Rem. 1 . The inner object becomes the subject of petere, expetere, and repetere in the Passive. 44. The following verbs “to ask,” “to inquire,” do not allow two Accusatives. The relation of the outer object must be expressed in the Ablative with a preposition, while the inner object is expressed in the Accusative or in the form of an Indirect Question. 1. Quaerere. With this verb the relation of the outer object is expressed in the Ablative with a preposition— a. With the preposition ex and the Ablative of the outer ob¬ ject—e. g., Quaerit ex solo ea, quae in conventu dixerat. Caes. B. G. I, 18. Eius rei quae causa esset, miratus ex ipsis quaes iit. Caes. B. G. I, 32. Cum ex eaptivis quaereret Caesar, quam ob rem Ariovistus proelio non decertaret. Caesar B. G. I, 50. E eaptivis quaerit, quis castris ad Bagradam praesit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 39. Ego quaesivi ex Phania quam in partem pro- vinciae putaret, etc. Cic. Fam. Ill, 6, 1. Statim quaesivi e Balbo per codicillos quid esset in lege. Cic. Fam. VI, 18, 1. b. With the preposition a (ab) and the Ablative of the outer object—e. g., Eadem secreto ab aliis quaerit. Caes. B. G. I, 18. Cum ab his quaereret, quae civitates in armis essent. Caes. B. G. II, 4. A quo cum quaesisset, quo se deduci vellet. Nep. Epam. 4. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 41 Quaesivit a me vellemne seeum in castra proficisci. Nep. Han. 2. Quaero abs te; cum utrisne istius factum collaturus es? Cic. Verr. II, III, 83, 191. c. With the preposition de and the Ablative of the outer object—e. g., Quaerebat de me quid suo mihi opus fuisset auxilio. Cic. Pis. IX, 18. De te ipso quaero utrum putes huic urbi me¬ lius fuisse me in hac civitate nasci an te. Cic. Vat. IV, 10. Quaero de te arbitrerisne Sempronium in tempore pugnam inisse. Liv. IV, 40, 6. Messala de Pompeio quaesivit quid de religione sentiret. Cic. Att. I, 14, 2. 2. Exquirere. With this verb the relation of the outer object is expressed in the Ablative with a preposition. a. With the preposition a ( ah ) and the Ablative of the outer object—e. g., A te nihildum certi exquiro, sed quid videatur. Cic. Att. VII, 12, 4. b. With the preposition de and the Ablative of the outer object—e. g., Jaetabat exquisiturum se vel fidiculis de Caesonia siva, cur earn tantopere diligeret. Suet. Cal. 33. c. With the preposition e(ex) and the Ablative of the outer object—e. g.. Cum ex te causas divinationis exquirerem, multa verba fe- eisti. Cic. Div. 11,20,46. Quae ex te poterit argumentis hanc rem magis exquirere. PI. Rud. IV, 4, 136. 3. Requirere. With this verb the relation of the outer object is expressed in the Ablative with a preposition. a. With the preposition a(ab) and the Ablative of the outer object—e. g., Facilia sunt ea, quae a me de Vatinio et de Crasso requiris. Cic. Fam. I, 9, 19. b. With the preposition e(ex) and the Ablative of the outer object—e. g., De quibus tu ex me requiris quid sibi voluerint. Cie. Att. V, 21 , 2 . Rem. 1. As may be gathered from the preceding examples, the object 42 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. “ about which ” an inquiry is made is expressed in the Ablative with the preposition de. 45. The verbs “to name,” “to judge,” “tochoose,” “to appoint,” “to make,” and the like, take two Accusatives. The word which completes the sense of the verb is the inner object; the person or thing of whom or which the state¬ ment is made is the outer object e. g., Cum frugem Cererem appellamus, vinum autem Liberum. Cic. N. D. II, 23, 60. Clamor oritur regem patrem appellantium. Curt. IX, 13. Hie est dominus populi, quern Graeei tyrannum vocant. Cic. Rep. II, 26, 47. Dictatorem Albani Mettum Fufte- tium creant. Liv. I, 23, 4. Cidarim Persae vocabant regium capitis insigne. Curt. Ill, 8. Pylas incolae dicunt artissimas fauces. Curt. Ill, 9. Hamilcarem imperatorem fecerunt. Nep. Ham. 2. Testamento fecit heredem filiam. Cic. Verr. II, 1,43, 111. Rem. 1. The outer object becomes the subject of these verbs in the Pas¬ sive, and the inner object becomes the predicate-appositive or the predi¬ cate attributive—e. g., Regem patrem appellant becomes Rex pater appellatur {pater is pred¬ icate-appositive). Miserum me habes becomes Miser (ego) habeor (miser is predicate-attributive of ego). 46. The Accusative with the Infinitive may best be ex¬ plained as a double Accusative. The logical subject (Ac¬ cusative before the Infinitive) is the grammatical outer object of the leading or governingverb, while the Infinitive is the grammatical inner object of the same verb—e. g., Dicit amicum suum advenisse^rrHe says that his friend has ar rived, or he states the arrival (advenisse) of (about) his friend (amicum), as to his friend. Accusative of the Terminus or End. I. In Space. 47. For practical purposes we may consider that the Accusative, apart from its relation as object, inner or outer, affected or effected, presents as its second general sense an object as the Terminus or End reached or intended to be reached, an object contemplated, and hence an object in a LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 43 terminal or final relation. The object in this sense occurs in three connections. 48. I.— In Space. Here the Accusative presents an object as a place reached or intended to be reached. With the Accusative in this sense a preposition is regularly asso¬ ciated. The preposition to be used depends upon the exact relation in which the object in the Accusative stands to the verb’s action; that is, whether the action or motion ex¬ pressed by the verb extends up to and ends at or near the object; whether it extends into and ends within the object; whether it extends into and ends at a point between (of two objects) or among (of several objects); whether it reaches the top of and ends at a point on the object; whether it reaches a point under the object; whether it extends around to each of several objects; whether the object is reached or intended to be reached with the addi¬ tional idea of hostility or friendship ; whether the action extends to a place before an object, &c.—e. g., Itinera duo, quae ad portum ferebant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 27. Libo quadriremes quinque ad eas misit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 24. In pro- vincias praetores mittuntur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 6. C. Julium in Apuliam demisit. Sail. Cat. 27. Quod priusin tumulum Afraniani venerant, nostri repelluntur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 43. Equitatus noster in iugum eonititur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 46. Reperti sunt mi- lites, qui in phalangas insilirent. Caes. B. G. I, 52. Quos Caesar in Britanniam proficiscens reliquerat. Caes. B. G. IV, 37. Cae- sari nunciatum est equites Ariovisti tela in nostros conicere. Caes. B. G. I, 46. Caesar quod memoria tenebat exereitum eius sub iugum missum. Caes. B. G. I, 7. Dimisit eircum omnes pro- pinquas provincias. Caes. B. G. Ill, 112. Cursare iste homocum filio blando eircum tribus. Cic.Verr. Act. pr. IX, 25. Unde, pop- ulo consalutato, eircum templa deductus est. Suet. Tib. 17. Le- gatos circa vicinas gentes misit. Liv. I, 9, 2. Custodes circa omnes portas missi, ne quis urbe egrederetur. Liv. XXVIII, 26, 11. T. Quinctius ante signa progressus dixit. Liv. VII, 41, 1. Sequi sese iubet et ante omnes praecurrit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 34. 44 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Equitatus inter duas acies perequitans nostris receptum dat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 46. Fama est processisse Latinum inter pri- mores. Liv. I, 1, 7. Se inter equitum turmas insinuaverunt. Caes. B. G. IV, 33. Ille supplicem reeipi inter suos iussit. Curt. IV, 27. Perturbantur copiasne adversus hostem ducere an cas- tra defendere praestaret. Caes. B. G. IV, 14. Cum alii super ali- orum capita ruerent. Liv. XXIV, 39, 5. Contra hostem si du- cerentur. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 31. Contra hostem profieiscitur. Caes. B. G. VI, 7. Aggressi universi intra multitudinem sagittas coniciebant. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 50. In provinciam Narbonem versus eruptionem facere contendit. Caes. B. G. VII, 7. Labie- num ad oceanum versus in eas partes proficisei iubet. Caes. B. G. VI, 33. Rem. 1. With certain prepositions the Accusative does not so much present an object as the real end ot the verb’s action as one with refer¬ ence to which the end of the action is fixed; as “to go a point over, above, behind, this side of, beyond, without, below, at the foot of, across (over)” the object stated in the Accusative. The prepositions are super, supra, post, citra, ultra, extra, sub—e. g., Pedes levatis super capita armis ad ipsum alveum penetrat. Curt. IV, 38. Here super capita means to a point above their heads. Terri- bilis facies erat, cum manu arma super se regentibus traderent. Curt. VIII, 49. Si essent qui sub terra habitassent nec tamen exissent supra terram. Cic. N. D. II, 37, 95. Here supra terram means to a point above (over) the earth. Baleares post montes circumducit. Liv. XXII. 4, 3. Here post montes means to a point behind the mountains. Is naves interiorem in portum post oppidum reduxit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 39. Ut omnes citra flumen eliceret. Caes. B. G. VI, 8. Here citra flumen means to a point this side the river. Caesar ultra eum locum castra transtulit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 66. Here ultra eum locum means to a point beyond that place. Unam cohortem, quae extra aciem procur- rerat, circumveniunt. Caes. B. Civ. I, 55. Here extra atiem means to a point without the line of battle. Agmen extra munitiones proces- serat. Caes. B. G. VI, 8. Delata confestim materia infra Veliam. Liv. II, 7, 12. Here infra Veliam means to a point below the Velia. Sub montem, in quo erat oppidum positum Ilerda, succedunt. Caes. B. Civ. I, 45. Here sub montem means to a point under (at the foot of) the mountain. Cognoverat magtiam partem equitatus trans Mosam missam. Caes. B. G. IV, 9. Here trans Mosam means to a point over, across, the Meuse. 49. While a preposition is regularly employed with the LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 45 Accusative in a terminal relation in space, the preposition may be in composition —e. g., Facile erat prospicere ut omnes templa deorum adirent. Caes. B. Civ. II, 5. Eos a tergo incurrerunt. Sail, fragm. Hie tibi rostra Cato advolat. Cic. Att. I, 14,5, Jugum rigida cerviee subeuntibus barbaris tempore opus est. Curt. VI, 7. At Xerxes protinus accessit astu. Nep. Them. 4. Rem. 1. The preposition in composition is sometimes repeated or a dif¬ ferent preposition employed with its proper modification of the action of the verb—e. g., Si ille ad earn ripam naves apptilisset Cic. Phil. II, 12, 26. Quia in urbem non inierat. Liv. XXIV, 9, 2. Alexandrum in Italiam classem appulisse constat. Liv. VIII, 3, 6. 50. The Accusative of the Terminus or End, with a prep¬ osition, is employed with a verb in which motion is implied, also with a substantive in which motion is implied —e. g., Haec ad eum latius atque inflatius Afranius perscribebat. Caes. B. Civ. II, 17. Ea, quae in terram occultaverunt Romani, con- tegit. Caes. B. G. VII, 85. Illi earros impedimentaque sua in silvas abdiderunt. Caes. B. G. VII, 18. Se Remis in elientclam dicabant. Caes. B. G. VI, 12. In fronton lateraque pugnari coep- tum est. Liv. XXII, 4, 7. Sed quid ago? paene orationem in epistolam inclusi. Cic. Att. 1,16,10. Itaque dierum quinque scho- las in totidem libros contuli. Cic. Tusc. I, 4, 8. Archimedes lunae. solis, quinque errantium motus in sphaeram illigavit. Cie. Tusc. I, 25, 63. Venit in suspicionem mandata ad complures dedisse ambigua. Suet. Tib. 12. Audivi conscensionem in naves fore, Rhodiorum elassi domumitionem dari. Cic. Div. I. 32, 68. Ouidve hincabitio? quidve in navem inscensio? Plaut. Rud. II, 6, 19. Qui inde reditus Romam ? Cic. Phil. II, 42, 108. Iter a Gomphis Ambraciam. Liv. XXXII, 15, 6. Spe domum reditionis sublata. Caes. B. G. 1, 5. When the terminal Accusative is domum, or the name of a city, or any other word requiring it, the preposition is, of course, omitted. 51. When the Accusative of the terminus is associated with any other relation of the terminus, this also must be 46 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. expressed in the Accusative. (Care must betaken here not to follow the English form of expression.)—e. g., In hiberna in Sequanos exercitum deduxit. Caes. B. G, I, 54. (—into winter-quarters in the country of the Sequani, but not in Sequanis). Cum se in silvas ad suos receperant. Caes. B. G. II, 19 [not in silvis). Pompeius iter in hiberna Appolloniam habebat. Caes.B.Civ. Ill, 11. Caelius ad Caesarem pervenit Thurios. Caes. B. Civ.Ill, 22. Qui litterasin Macedoniam ad suosnecessariosscrip- sisset. Curt. VII, 10. Rursum eum ad se intra munitiones reci- pit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 58. Impellit uti Romam ad suos necessa- rios scribant. Sail. Jug. 65. Ad Pharnabazum in Asiam transiit. Nep. Ale. 9. Rem. 1. To express a terminal qualification in the Ablative is a rare irregularity, and one not to be imitated—e. g., Parthorum legati, mandatis Augusto Romae redditis, eum quoque adire in provincia iussi. Suet. Lib. 16. 52. In classical prose the omission of a preposition with the Accusative of the name of a place, as of a country, province, &c., in a terminal relation is very rare. The imitation in prose of this usage commenced with Sallust. It is occasionally found in other prose writers—e. g., Qui dicitur Aegyptum profugisse. Cic. N. D. Ill, 22 56. Coniectans eum Aegyptum iter habere. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 106. These are the only well-established cases of the omission of a pre¬ position, in classical prose, with the Accusative of the name of a country in a terminal sense—I tali am Laviniaque litora venit. Verg. Aen. I, 2. Devenere locos, ubi nunc ingentia cernes moenia. Verg. Aen. IV, 365. Quo regnum Italiae Libycas aver- teret oras. Verg. Aen. IV, 106. Etruriam transducto exercitu. Liv. X, 37,1 (properlyin Eturiam.) Aegyptum proficiscitur. Tac. Ann. II, 59. Rediens Campaniam. Suet. Tib. 72. Names of Towns and Small Islands. 53. With the name of a city, town, or small island in a terminal sense, in the Accusative, the preposition is regu¬ larly omitted. 1. Name of city or town—e. g., LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. Bq *mm L H E . GE ■ HtyL. h Af .c Mass. Brundisium erat profectus obviam legionibus. Cic. Fam. XII, 23, 2. Cognita militum voluntate Ariminum proficiscitur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 8. Adherbal cum paucis equitibns Cirtam pro- fugit. Sail. Jug. 21. Legati Carthaginienses Romam venerunt. ' Nep. Hann. 1. Ille Damascum ante lucem intrat. Curt. III. 33. Amyntas fuga Tripolin pervenit. Curt. IV, 5. 2. Name of an island—e. g.. Biduum tempestate retentus inde Cyprum pervenit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 102. Delum venit. Cic. Verr. II, I, 17, 46. Rex' Aegi- nam ad classem se recepit. Liv. XXXI, 15, 7. Rhodii Ciam, inde per insulas Rhodum navigaverunt. Liv. XXXI, 15, 8. Rem. 1. In conformity with the omission of a preposition with the terminal Accusative of the name of a small island, the preposition is, in classical prose, occasionally omitted with the accusative of the name of a large island—e. g., Inde Sardinian! cum classe venit. Cic. Imp. Pomp. XII, 34. 54. When the preposition ad is associated with the name of a town, city or island in the Accusative. 1. The direction is indicated ; that is, the town, city, or island, is the place in the direction of which the verb’s action tends. Observe in this connection the Accusative of the name of a town, &c., with versus —e. g., Tres viae sunt ad Mutinam, quo festinat animus. Cic. Phil. XII, 9, 22. Prosequebantur coactos fugere atque ad Ilerdam reverti. Caes. B. Civ. 1,69. Cum ab Aegina Megaram versus navigarem. Cic. Fam. IV, 5, 4. 2. Ad=£o the vicinity of: that is, the vicinity or neighborhood of the town, city, or island is the place reached—e, g., Eodem tempore Laelius cum classe ad Brundisium venit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 100. Caesar ad Genevam pervenit. Caes. B. G. I, 7. Caesar castra adGergoviam movit. Caes. B. C. VII, 41. In Italiam ad Hvdruntem pervenimus. Cic. Fam. XVI, 9, 2. 3. When the end of distance, or mere extent , to the exclusion of motion, is the relation to be expressed, the preposition is the rule with the Accusative—e. g., A Salonis ad Oricum portus classibus occupavit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 8. Ad Cassiopen stadia CXX processitnus. Cic. Fam. XVI, 9, 1. 48 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 4 The preposition in with the name of a city, town, or island m the Accusative was, in the early period of the language, very common-e. g., Eanique hue invitam mulieram in Ephesum advehit. Plaut. M. G. II, 1, 35. Postquam hinc in Ephesum abii. Plaut. Bacch. I, 2, 61 [171]. Eas in Anactorium devehit. Plaut. Poen. prol. 87. Commi- gravit in Calvdonem. Plant. Poen. prol. 94. Rem. 1. We are inclined to insist too strenuously, perhaps, upon the exclusion of the preposition from the Accusative and Ablative of the names of cities, towns and islands. While such exclusion was the usage, and one which should be observed, the preposition is found too frequently to be explained by the restrictions which we are accustomed to assign. Suetonius in his biographical sketch of Augustus intimates that the use of the preposition with the names of cities was not inconsistent with an elegant style. He states that Augustus, whose style was elegans et temperatum (Suet. Aug. 86), did not hesitate to use a preposition with the uame of a city, when to do so contributed to clearness of statement. The language used by Suetonius implies a discretion in the use of a pre¬ position with the name of a city, while, on the other hand, an allusion by him to the habit of Augustus suggests that the latter, in the frequent use of a preposition with the name of a city, departed from a recognized usage. On the contrary, Cicero, in a letter to Atticus (Cic. Att. VII, 3, 10), condemns the use of in before the name of a town. In a previous letter (Att. V, 9, 1), he had used in Piraeea. In VII, 3, 10, he writes: Venio ad Piraeea, in quo magis reprehendendus sum. quod homo Roma- nus Piraeea scripserim,non Piraeeum —sic enim omnesnostri locuti sunt— quam quod in addiderim (Att. V, 9, 1). Non enim hoc ut oppido prae- posui, sed ut loco. He thus recognizes the principle that in should not be used with the name of a town, and justifies in Piraeea on the ground that it was not the name of a town, but ol a locality (a deme). Rem. 2. When the uame of a city or town is associated with the name of any other place, as of a province, &c., which usually requires a prep¬ osition, the preposition may be omitted with the name of the province, &c. The construction of the name of the province thus conforms to that of the city, and is used without a preposition. This construction is not frequent—e. g.. Legiones Regium atque inde Siciliam transvectae. Sail. Jug. 28. Rem. 3. When the name of the city, &c., is associated with the name of a province, &c., it is best to construe each according to the rules, omitting the preposition with the name of the city, &c., and using it with the name of the province, &c\—e. g., In Ciciliam atque inde Cyprum pervenit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 102. C. Manlium Faesulas atque in earn partem Etruriae dimisit. Sail. Cat. 27. Cum his ad Domitium Corfinium pervenit. Cats. B. Civ. I, 15* LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 49 Varro Cordubam ad Caesarem venit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 19. Senatum omnem ad se Decetiam evocavit. Caes. B. G. VII, 33. 55. When an apposition urbem, oppidum, insulam is asso¬ ciated with the name of a town, city, or island in the Ac¬ cusative, a preposition, in or ad , according to the sense to be expressed, is used, and placed before the phrase—e. g., Ad urbem Celaenas exercitum admovit. Curt. Ill, 1. Ad urbem Ancyram ventum erat. Curt. Ill, 3. Ad urbem Tarson pervenit. Curt. Ill, 11. Castra movit ad urbem Marathon. Curt. IV, 1. Ad urbem Solos pervenerat. Curt. Ill, 17. Ad urbem Gryam cum omnibus copiis venit. Curt. IV, 22. Ad urbem Maracanda mi-sit. Curt. VII, 28. Ad urbem Marganiam pervenit. Curt. VII, 40. Se ad urbem Ilerdam receperunt. Caes. B. Civ. I, 45. Ad urbem Noram cum exercitu missus. Curt. VIII, 39. Ad oppidum Avaricum profectus est. Caes. B. G. VII, 13. Pervenit ad oppi¬ dum Suthul. Sail. Jug. 37. Ad oppidum Noviodunum contendit. Caes. B. G. II, 12. Se in urbem Corfinium contulit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 19. In urbem Chium praesidium introduxit. Curt. IV, 6. In urbem Cirtam pervenit. Sail. Jug. 102. Rem. 1. The name of the town or city may precede the apposition urbem, oppidum—e. g., Alexander ad Mennim urbem pervenit. Curt. V, 2. Ad Maracanda urbem contendit. Curt. VII, 38. Ad Nvsam urbem pervenit. Curt. VIII, 35. Rem. 2. The omission of the preposition is rare—e. g., Iam pervenerat Arbela vicum. Curt. IV, 36. Ilvam insulam traiecit. Liv. XXX, 39, 2. In such cases the name of the city or island determines the construc¬ tion. 56. When the apposition urbem, oppidum, &c., is de¬ fined by an adjective or genitive, the apposition may de¬ termine the construction and take a preposition, or the name of the city, &c., may determine the construction, in which case the preposition is omitted. In case of the use of the preposition, the name of the city may precede (so most commonly) or follow the preposition; in case of the 50 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. omission of the preposition, the name of the city should precede the opposition. 1 The apposition with an attributive e. g., Thalam pervenit in oppidum magnum atqueopulentum. Sail. Tug 75 Segestam ad immunem civitatem Venenus Symma- chus immittitur. Cic. Verr. II, HI, 40. 92. Ad Sidona ventum est urbem vetustate inclitam. Curt. IV. 3. Rem. 1. The preposition muy be omitted. In this case the name of the city determines the construction and precedes—e. g., # ' Capuam cotoniadeducetur urbem amplissimam atque ornatissimam. Cic. Leg. Agr. II, 28, 76. Catinam cum venisset oppidum locuples, honestum, copiosum. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 23, 50. 2. The apposition with a Genitive—e. g., Ad oppidum Eleutherocilicum Pindenissum exercitum adduxi. Cic. Fam. XV, 4, 10. Tanta hominum oblivio ut maior pars Veios ad hostium urbem fugerent. Liv. V. 38, 5. Demaratus se contulit Tarquinios in urbem Etruriae florentissimam. Cic. Rep. II, 19, 34. Devecta ad urbem Syriae Thapsacum. Curt X, 3. Mittitur Sextius in oppidum Jugurthae Vagam. Sail. Jug. 29. Altero die ad oppidum Senonum Vellaunodunum vemt Caes. B. G. VII, 11. Rem. I. The preposition may be omitted. In this case the name of the city determines the construction and precedes e. g-, Profectus Politorium urbem Latinorum, vi cepit. Liv. I, 33, 1. Me- deonem Labeatium gentis urbem profectus est. Liv. XLIV, 32, 3. Inde profectus Gergoviam Boiorum oppidum. Caes. B. G. VII, 9. Rem. 2. The city or town may be described by a phrase introduced by the relative, or by the Genitive without the apposition e. g., Alesiam, quod est oppidum Mandubriorum, iter facere coepit. Caes. B. G. VII, 68. Ipse Genabum Carnutum proficiscitur. Caes. B. G. VII, 11. Ram. 3. The Accusative of the name of a city with an attributive oc¬ curs chiefly in poetry, and both with and without a preposition—e. g., Iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas. Prop. IV, 21, 1. Atque ali- quis doctas iam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas. Ov. Her. II, 83. 57. The Accusatives domum, domos, rus are used m a terminal sense in the Accusative without a preposition e. g*, Sieulis denuntiatum esse audio domum ad ilium ut venirent. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 51 Cic. Verr. Act. pr. IX, 2, 5. Milites domum revertuntur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 12. Desperatis nostris rebus domum contendunt. Caes. B. G. II, 24. Cum aliis reverti domos placeret. Curt. V,18. Ite reduces domos Curt. IX, 11. Cum rus ex urbe tancpiam e vineulis evolavissent. Cic. Or. II. 6, 22. Quom rus homines eunt. Plaut. Capt. I, 1, 10. 58. Domum with a possessive meam, tuam, suam, nos¬ tram, vestram allows a preposition only in the comic po¬ ets. 1. With a preposition (only in comedy, and not to be imitated )—e. g., Quor non intro eo in nostram domum ? Plaut. Amph. I, I, 253. In nostram advenit domum. Plaut, Capt. IV, 4, 3. 2. Without a preposition (the usual construction)—e. g., Quae fuit causa cur cuncta civitas Lampsacenorum domum tuam concurrent? Cic. Verr. II, 1,21,80. Dies fere nullus est quin hie Satrius domum meam ventitet. Cic. Att. 1,1, 3. Spolia domum suam referre conatus est. Cic. Verr. II, I, 60,157. Recta a porta domum meam venit. Cic. Fam. IX, 19, 1. Domum suam istum non fere quisquam vocabat. Cic. Rose. Am. XVIII, 52. Cum nihil aliud ex tanta praeda domum suam deportavisset. Cic. Rep. I, 14, 21. Nihil unquam domum suam contulit. Nep. Ages. 7. Alius alium domos suas invitavit. Sail. Jug. 66. Rem. 1. Instead of domum with a possessive the Accusative of the personal pronoun with ad may be used. This use of a personal pro T noun with a preposition is frequent—e. g., It ad nos. Plaut. M. G. IV, 5, 67 (1282). Ilia ad nos pergit. Plaut. M. G. IV, 5, 52 (1267). Transcurre curriculo ad nos. Plaut. M. G., II, 6, 43 (523). Transcurrito ad vos. Plaut. M. G. II, 6, 45 (525). Jam ego ad te exibo foras. Plaut. M. G. II, 6, 57 (537). Ad se ut eas. Plaut. M. G. IV, 5, 60 (1275). 59. Domum with the Genitive of the possessor occurs both with and without a preposition. 1. With preposition—e. g., Arma omnia in domum Galloni contulit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 18. Dico te priore nocte venisse in M. Laecae domum. Cic. Cat. I, 4, 8. In domum Chelidonis praeturam totam detulisti. Cic. Verr. II, V, 15, 38. 52 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 2. Without a preposition—e. g., Cum prima luce Pomponii domum venisse dicitur. Cic. Off. Ill, 31, 112. Ouo dolore tales viros meretricis domum venisse arbitramini ? Cic. Verr. II, I, 52, 137. Domum Chaionis de verterunt. Nep. Pelop. 2. Rem. 1. Instead of domum with the Genitive, of the possessor, the Ac¬ cusative of the person or of a. personal pronoun maybe used with a pre¬ position—e. g., Egon ad illam earn, quae nupta sit? Plaut. M. G. IV, 5, 61 (1276). Transeuudumst nunc tibi ad Menedeum. Ter. Heaut. IV, 4, 17 (739). Rem. 2. When domum is defined by an adjective representing the Gen¬ itive of the possessor, the preposition may or may not be used. 1. With a preposition—e. g., Si in domum meretriciam deducar. ler. Eun. II, 3, 91. In meietri- cinm domum. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 55, 123. Onera atque merces in prae- toriam domum deferebantur. Cic. Verr. II, V, 56, 14o. 2. Without a preposition—e. g., Aurum atque argentum domum regiam comportant. Sail. Jug. 76. Rem. 3. With any other than possessive pronoun, and with any other than an adjective representing the possessor, domum takes a preposi¬ tion—e. g., In alias domos tamquain in colonias exeunt. Cic. Oft'. I, 17, 54. In domum maguifieam (in illam domum) venit. 60. When domum signifies “House,” “Building,” and not “ Home,” the use of the preposition is the rule. Some writers, notably Livy, seem not uniformly to have ob¬ served the distinction, but to have used the preposition with domum in the sense of “Home”—e. g., Tanta coustantia voeis.ut ex domo in domum videretur mi- grare. Nep. Att. 22. Milites hieme saltern in domos ac tecta reduci oportet. Liv. V, 2, 11. Tunc in domos atque in tecta re- fugiebant. Liv. XXVI, 10, 7. Rex in domum se recepit. Liv. XLIV, 45, 12. 2. When domum means “family” or “philosophical school, the use of the preposition is the rule—e. g., Veni ad te, qui plurima mala in domum tuam intuli. Nep. Them. 9. Antiocho licuit remigrare in domum veterem e nova. Cic. Fin. I, 4, 13. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 53 II. Accusative of the Terminus or End in Time. 61. The Accusative presents not only the object reached, or intended to be reached, in Space, but also the Time up to or into which an action or event reaches. In this sense a preposition is associated with the Accusative. 1. With the preposition ad —a. g., Acies ad solis occasum continentur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 83. Ad id tempus facultas colloquendi non fuit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 24. Ad meridiem res erat producta. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 95. Ab hora sep- tima ad vesperum pugnatum est. Caes. B. G. I, 26. Ad horam nonam in ancoris exspeetavit. Caes. B. G. IV, 23. Resadmediam noctem perducitur. Caes. B. G. V, 31. Ad senectutem vixdt. Nep. Iph. 3. Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit. Cic. Sen. VII, 22. 2. With usque ad —e. g., Acriter utrimque usque ad vesperum pugnatum est. Caes. B. G. I, 50. Hie usque ad septimum diem deliberandi spatium re- liquit. Nep. Eum. 12. Epistolae usque ad extremum tempus ad Atticum missae. Nep. Att. 16. Quidam (dicunt) et naves pinxisse usque ad quinquagesimum annum. Plin. N. H. XXXV, 101 . 3. With the preposition in. With the preposition in it is meant that a point within a period stated stated in the Accusative is the end of the action—in other words, that the action or state expressed in the verb extends into the period of time—e. g., Romani ab sole orto in multum diei in acie stetere. Liv. XXVII, 2, 9. Qui,si in nostrum annum reciderit. Cic. Att. 1,1, 2. Dixit in noctem atque etiam nocte illatis lueernis. Plin. Ep. IV, 9, 14. Rem. 1. With usque in, a more distinct statement of in. Neque illi didicerunt haec usque in senectutem. Ouint. XII, 11, 20. Senes male in ilium usque diem servati. Quint. VIII, 3, 68. Rem. 2. Time, while not distinctly expressed, may be implied in the word in the Accusative—e. g., Rem integram ad reditum suum iussit esse. 62. The preposition ad with a period of time expresses 54 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. the end of the period as the limit had in view. This rela¬ tion is more exactly rendered by the English “ hence —e. g., Needs quid intersit utrumilluc nunc an ad decern annos veniam. Cic Att. XII, 46. Here ad decern annos=ten years hence. Cur doleam si ad decern milia annorum gentem aliquam urbe nostra potituram putem ? Cic. Tusc. I, 37, 90. An exploratum cuiquam potest esse quomodo sese habiturum sit corpus non dico ad an¬ num sed ad vesperum ? Cic. Fin. II, 28, 92. 63. The relation “by” or “against” a given time is ex¬ pressed in Latin by ad and in with the Accusative. With ad the beginning of the period of time is the limit contem¬ plated ; with in a point within the period or end had in view. In other words, with ad the conception is up to, with in it is into the period of time. This Accusative oc¬ curs quite frequently with verbs “todelay, “toappoint, “ to return,” &c. 1. With the preposition ad—e. g., Quando ilia frumentum quod deberet non ad diem dedit? Cic. Verr. II, II, 2, 5. Here ad diem means by the day; ready to give by the appointed day. Edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet. Caes. B.Civ. II, 19. Here ad quam diem means against or by what time he wished the civil magistrates to present themselves to him at Cordova. They could defer their arrival at Cordova only to (up to) the time appointed. Dixit se Laodiceae fore ad meum adventum. Cic. Fam. Ill, 5, 3. Nulla fuit civitas quin ad id tempus partem senatus Cordubam mitteret. Caes. B. Civ. II, 19. Non civis Romanus paulo notior quin ad diem conveniret. Caes. B. Civ. II, 19. Si quid vellent, ad idus Apriles reverter- entur. Caes. B. G. 1, 7. His ad diem adductis, arbitros inter civitates dat. Caes. B. G. V,l. Dies appetebat septiinus, quern ad diem reverti constituerat. Caes. B. G. VI, 35. An, quod ad diem non venerunt, de eorum fide dubitatis? Caes. B. G. VII, 77. 2. With the preposition in— e. g., Petierunt ut sibi concilium totius Galliae in diem certam in- dicere liceret. Caes. B. G. I, 30. Itaque se quod in longiorem Latin case-relations. 55 diem collaturus fuisset, repraesentaturum. Caes. B. G. I, 40. Is de se consultum dicebat, utrum igni statim necaretur an in aliud tempus reservaretur. Caes. B. G. I, 53. Auctio consti- tuta in mensem Januarium. Cic. Leg. Agr. 1,2,4. Pugilnm par postulatum distulit in insequentis diei matutinum tempus. Suet. Aug. 44. Rem. 1. While the Accusative with the preposition ad properly pre¬ sents the time by which an action must be accomplished, and up to which it may be deferred, it seems that, in some cases, the Accusative with ad present the time within or on which the action occurs—e. g., Admonuit tamen ut pecuniam reliquam Buthrotii ad diem solverent. Cic. Att. XVI, 16, 4. 64. The Accusative of a period of time or of an event with the preposition sub expresses the time immediately before or after which the event occurs. I. Time immediately before—e. g., Sub vesperum Caesar portas claudi iussit. Caes. B. G. II, 33. Videbant praefectum suum sub ipsam certaminis diem ablega- tum. Liv. XXV, 41, 3. Senatus fuit frequentior quam putar- amus esse posse mense Decembri sub dies fastos. Cic. Q. fr. II, II. Quibus indictis sub tempus pueros venatum ablegavit. Liv. I, 35, 2. Serite hordea campis usque sub extremum brumae imbrem. Verg. Georg. I, 211. 1. Time immediately after. Compare secundum with the Accu¬ sative. Immediate sequence not implied—e. g., Africum bellum quod fuit sub recentem Romanam pacem. Liv. XXI, 2,1. Sub haec dicta omnes pleni lacrimarum in ves- tibulo curiae procubuerunt. Liv. VII, 31, 5. Sub hanc vocem haud minus ferociter subclamatum est. Liv. XXI, 18, 13. Co- actus est Pompeius selegionem abducturum, sednon statim sub mentionem obtrectatorum. Cic. Fam. VIII, 44. Scripseras fore ut secundum comitia aliquid de nobis in senatu ageretur. Cic. Att. I. 13, 1. Tua ratio est ut secundum binos ludos mihi respondere incipias. Cic. Verr. prim. act. XI, 33. 65. Approximate time, expressed in English by about , and representing time near that stated, with no distinct 56 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. reference to a time before or after it, is also expressed in Latin bv the preposition ad with the Accusative. re facts in the language do not authorize the invariable in¬ terpretation of this relation of time by the English toward implying time before -e. g., Audivi ex te cum magnam partem noctis vigilasses ad lucem dormire te coepisse. Cic. Div. I, 28, 59. III. Accusative of the Terminus in Abstract Relations, 66. In Abstract of Figurative Relations. As the Accu¬ sative expresses an object in Space, which is the end or t e proposed end of an action, and a period of Time to wmch or into which an action tends or reaches, so it expresses a state or condition reached or intended to be reached. The State or Condition in the Accusative is as really the Terminus or End as is the object in space or the period of time. With the Accusative denoting a state or condition, reached or intended to be reached, the use ot the preposi¬ tion is the rule. The preposition to be employed must be determined by the same considerations which determine it in a relation of Space or Time. 1. The preposition ad— e. g., Inflammare ad gloriam. Cic. Fam. I, 7, 9. Inflammare ad .upiditates. Cic. Tusc. I, 19, 44. Ad severitatem revocare^ Cic Att I, 16, 8. Ad artem impellere. Cic. Or. I, 28,126. Ad sanitatem redire. Cic. Fam. XII. 10, 1. Ad speciem redigere. Cic. Or. III. 10. Legiones ad suam potentiam converterat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 4. Ad otium deducere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 5. Ad armavocare. Caes. B. Civ. I, 7. Ad pernicietn pertinere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 9. Ad omnia descendere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 9. Ad cus- todiam attribuere. Caes. B. Civ, I, 17. Ad snpplicium tradere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 76. Agmen ad dextram retorquere. Caes. B. Civ I, 69. Ad conditiones recurrere. Ceas. B. Civ. II, 16. Ad snpplicium progredi. Caes. B. Civ. I, 84. Tollere scutum ad conatum. Caes. B. Civ. II, 35. Ad desperationem pervemre. Caes. B. Civ. II, 42. Ad extremum auxilium descendere. Caes. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 57 B. Civ. Ill, 9. Ad indutias pertinere. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 17. Ad rationem redigere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 76. Ad sanitatem re- verti. Caes. B. Civ. 1,42. Ad colloquium venire. Caes. B. G. I, 43. Ad sententiam deducere. Caes. B. G. II, 10. Ad interne- cionem redigere. Caes. B. G. II, 28. Ad usum pertinere. Caes. B. G. Ill, 9. Ad conditionem deducere. Caes. B. G. VI, 10. Ad arbitrium redire. Caes. B. G. VI, 11. Ad vim atque arma de- scendere. Caes. B. G. VII, 33. Ad sententiam descendere. Caes. B. G. VII, 78. Ad rem se offerre. Caes. B. G. VII, 89. Ad paucitatem redigere. Curt. Ill, 8. Ad curam se convertere. Curt. IV, 11. Ad spem et fiduciam erigere. Curt. IV, 39. Ad internecionem persequi. Curt. IV, 44. Ad officium redire. Nep. Cim. 2. Ad internecionem bella gerere. Nep. Cim. 2. 67. The preposition ad with the Accusative, as may be seen from some of the preceding examples, and more clearly from the following, expresses the object had in view, and may be defined as ad Final —e. g., Legiones ad eius periculum reservare. Caes. B. Civ. I, 2. Com- meatus ad obsidionem urbis reservare. Caes. B. Civ. I, 36. Re- tinetur ad magnas utilitates rei publicae religio. Cic. Div. II, 33, 70. Tota res est inventa ad quaestum. Cic. Div. II, 41, 85. 68. An object contemplated and presented with ad Final may operate as the exciting cause of an action. This oc¬ currence of ad with the Accusative is quite frequent and in such eases ad may be designated ad Causal —e. g., Cum boves quaedam actae addesiderium relictarum mugissent. Liv. I, 7, 7. Ad quorum casum conclamavit Albanus exercitus. Liv. 1, 25, 6. Clamor ad tantae rei miraculum ortus. Liv. I, 39, 2. Nihil aliud ad eum nuntium a proposito aversus, quam ut cadaver eflerri iuberet. Liv. II, 8, 8. Ad omnem eius mcntionem ingemiscit. Suet. Aug. 65. Ad omnem tempestatis suspicionem in abditum et concameratum locum se recepit. Suet. Aug. 90. 69. The preposition in —e. g., In mentem venire. Cic. Fam. III. 8, 5. In matrimonium collo- care. Cic. Div. I, 46, 104. In difficultatem incurrere. Cic. Fam. 58 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. IV, 2, 4. In miserias incidere. Cic. Phil. II, 10, 24. In conten- tionem incidere. Cic. Am. 10, 34. In furoretn incidere. Cic. Pis. 90 46 In contentionem venire. Cic. Div. II, 63, 129. In calam- itatem venire. Cic. Rose. Am. 17, 49. In contumeliam vertere. Caes B Civ. I, 8. In periculum deducere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 19. In periculum venire. Caes. B. Civ. I, 17. In aliam partem tra- here. Caes. B. Civ. I, 21. In conspectum deducere. Caes. B. Civ. I 22. In timorem pervenire. Caes. B. Civ. I, 61. In potestatem venire. Caes. B. Civ. II, 22. In conspectum reverti. Caes. B. Civ. II, 42. In sollicitudinem venire. Caes. B. Civ. II, 31. In timorem venire. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 31. In fugam conicere. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 37. In deditionem venire. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 99. In servitutem abducere. Caes. B. G. I, 11. In locum honoris resti- tuere. Caes. B. G. 18. In spem venire. Caes. B. G. I, 18. In lib- ertatisconditiones recipere. Caes. B. G. 1,2, 31. In cruciatum ve¬ nire. Caes. B. G. I, 31. In servitutem tradere. Caes. B. G. I, 51. In deditionem accipere. Caes. B. G. II, 31. In fidem venire. Caes. B. G. II, 13. In servitutem redigere. Caes. B. G. II, 14. In fidem recipere. Caes. B. G. II, 15. In contemptionem venire. Caes. B. G. HI, 17. In fugam dare. Caes. B. G. IV, 26. In vincula conicere. Caes. B. G. IV, 27. In periculum deducere. Caes. B. G.V, 31. In clientelam se dicare. Caes. B. G. VI, 12. In suspicionem venire. Caes. B. G. VI, 19. Instatum commodumpervenire. Caes. B. G. VII, 6. In fugam conicere. Caes. B. G. VII, 13. In potestatem redigere. Caes. B. G. VII, 13. In servitutem abstrahere. Caes. B. G. VII, 42. In cruciatum dedere. Caes. B. G. VII, 71. In matrimonium ducere. Caes. B. G. I, 9. In matrimonium dare. Caes. B. G. I, 3. In maius laudare Sen. Helv. VII, 4. In metum venire. Curt. IV, 9. In rationem vertere. Curt. IV, 40. In odium pervenire. Nep. Lys. 1. In gratiam redire. Nep. Thras. 3. In opinionem adducere. Nep. Dat. 6. In locum succedere. Nep. Ep- am. 7. In exilium eicere. Nep. Pel. 1. In familiaritatem perve¬ nire. Nep. Eum. 1. In tutelam pervenire. Nep. Eum. 2. In in¬ vidiam venire. Nep. Epam, 7. In spem adducere. Sail. Jug. 42. In sententiam ire. Sail. Cat. 50. Rem. 1. The Accusative with the preposition in expresses the state to which a thing is reduced or into which it is changed or transformed—e. g., Gallia in partes tres divisa est. Caes. B. G. I, 1. Quod fit, cum terra LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 59 in aquam se vertit. Cic. N. D. 111,12,31. Regium imperium in su- perbiam dominationemque se eonvertit. Sail. Cat. 6. Ille in humum saxumque undamque transit. Ov. Met. XI, 643. Rem. 2. The Accusative with the preposition in sometimes expresses not the object reached b}^the verb’s action, but to which itt ends, and also the object as an end had in view. In the latter case the preposition in is the equivalent of ad, and may be termed in Final: in the former case the preposition in is best translated by towards —e. g., Belgae spectant in septentriones et orientem solem. Caes. B. G. I, 1. Quid nunc supina sursum in coelum conspicis ? Plaut. Cist. II, 3, 7. Ea pecunia data a Pompeio in stipendium. Caes. B. Civ. I, 23. Erit in omnes causas paratus. Quint. X, 5, 12. Videt eum paratum in res novas. Tac. H. IV, 32. Datas in praesidium eohortes accepit. Tac. H. IV, 35. 70. The preposition sub. The Accusative with the pre¬ position sub denotes the state or condition reached so as to be under it. Such a relation is strictly figurative. Ilia sub iudicium sapientis et delectum cadunt. Cic. Fin. Ill, 18, 61. Ea, quae sub eos (sensus) subiecta sunt. Cic. Acad. IT, 23, 74. Cum incolas eius insulae sub potestatem redigcre vellet. Nep. Milt. 1. Graeciam sub tuam potestatem te redacturum pol- licetur. Nep. Paus. 2. Gallia sub populi Romani imperium re- dacta. Caes. B. G. V, 29. Finitimos sub imperium suum coegere. Sail. Jug. 18. 71. While the rule is to use a preposition with the ter¬ minal Accusative presenting an abstract relation, it some¬ times occurs that the preposition is in composition and need not be repeated—e. g., Ne frustra ingressus turpem causam videretur, legem proinul- gavit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 20. 72. A preposition, either separately expressed or in composition, is employed with the terminal Accusative expressing state or condition, except in case of the supine in —um and of certain idiomatic and fixed expressions, which may well be explained as the Accusative of the inner object. These expressions are pessum dare, pessum 60 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. abire, venum dare, venum ire, infitias ire, exsequias ire, suppctias ad venire—e. g., Argos habitatum concessit. Nep. Them. 8. Quod multos etiam bonos pessum dedit. Tac. Ann. Ill, 66. Nunc eum cum navi sci¬ licet abisse pessum in altum. Plaut. Rud. II, 3, 64 (395). Sanxe- runt ut familia (eius) ad aedem Cereris venum iret. Liv. II, 55, 7. Neque graviore unquam ultus est poena, quam ut eaptivos sub lege venum daret. Suet. Aug. 21. Quod nemo it infitias. Nep. Ep. 10. Neque ego infitias eo tarn sponsiones quam foedera sancta esse apud eos homines. Liv. IX, 9, 4. Si hoc palam pro- ferimus, ille infitias ibit, sat scio. Ter. Ad. Ill, 2, 41. Exsequi¬ as Chremeti quibus est commodum ire. Ter. Phor. Y, 9, 37. Nae tibi suppetias tempore adveni modo. Plaut. Men. V, 7, 31. 73. As in space, so in abstract relation the Accusative of the terminus or end with a preposition must be used with a verb in which motion or action is implied— e. g., In quam exercitationem nos studiose dedimus. Cic. Tusc. I, 4, 7. Quam se cumque in partem dedisset, omnium fuit facile prin- ceps. Cic. Tusc. Ill, 16, 59. In miseriam nascimur sempiternam. Cic. Tusc. I, 5, 9. In potestatem esse. Liv. II, 14, 4. In custo- diam habere. Liv. XXII, 25, 6. Asservari in carcerem. Liv. VIII, 20, 7. Amisisti matrem statim nata,immo dum nasceris et ad vitam exposita es. Sen. Helv. 2, 4. Accusative of Extent. /. In Space. 74. The Accusative presents as its third general sense the relation of amount or extent. In other words, it pre¬ sents an object which measures the extent or amount of the action or state expressed in the verb. This relation of extent or amount may be considered— I. In space. The Accusative furnishing an object in space as the measure or extent of an action or state takes, as a rule, a preposition, determined by the modification of LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 61 the general amount or extent to be expressed. The prep¬ ositions used are the following: 1. The preposition per. This preposition may be translated through, along , over, across —e. g., Per lines Larinatinm in Apuliam pervenit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 23. Per temonem percurrere consuerunt. Caes. B. G. IV, 33. Per hoc dorsum asperi tres aditus erant. Curt. Ill, 10. Iter in ul- teriorem Galliam per Alpes erat. Cues. B. G. I, 10. Per pontem equitatus erat mittendus. Caes. B. Civ. I, 61. Oeultum iter est per calles. Curt. V, 10. Per eorum corpora reliquos transire conantes repulerunt. Caes. B. G. II, 10. Rem. 1. The Accusative with the preposition per occurs in a distribu¬ tive sense. Here the conception is “ at certain points throughout" —e. g., Elephanti quoque per modica intervalla agmini immixti. Curt. VIII, 42. Pecudes per pabula laeta corpora deponunt. Lucr. I, 257. 2. The preposition trans—across, over. In many cases not only over, but to a point over (across )—e. g., Qui sine metu trans Rhenum remigraverunt. Caes.B.G.IV, 4. Nullum tempus intermiserunt, quin trans Rhenum legatos mit- terent. Caes. B. G. V, 55. Praefectus vexillum trans vallum hostium traiecit. Liv. XXV, 14, 4. Rhodanum copias traieci. Cic. Fam. X, 11, 2. Rem. 1. The Accusative with trans oftener expresses the result of the relation across or over with verbs in which motion is not expressed—e.g., Germani, qui trans Rhenum incolunt. Caes. B.G. 1,28. Trans mon- tem Taurum de Matrinis est auditum. Cic. Fam. II, 15, 5. 3. The preposition secundum—along, parallel with —e. g., Sex legiones ipse secundum flumen Elavar duxit. Caes. B. G. VII, 34. Secundum flumen paucae stationes equitum vide- bantur. Caes. B. G. II, 18. Legiones iter secundum mare su- perum faciunt. Cic. Att. XVI, 8, 2. 4. The preposition praeter—along, by, past —e. g., Fulvius Ligures praeter oram Etrusci maris Neapolim trans- misit. Liv. XL, 41, 3. Praeter castra Caesaris suas copias traduxit. Caes. B. G. I, 48. Amnis praeter radices Amazoni montis lapsus. Plin. N. H. VI, 4, 10. 5. The preposition circum—around, about —e. g., Terra cireum axem se summa celeritate convertit. Cic. Acad* 62 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. II 39, 123. Stellae, cjuas vagas dicimus, circum terram fer untur.’ Cic. N. D. II, 40, 103. Sol, cuius magnitudine multis partibus terra superatur, circum earn ipsam volvitur. Ox. N. D. II 40, 102. Illi indignantes circum claustra fremunt. Verg. Aen. I, 56. 6. The preposition inter—between,extending between; among —extending from one to another of several e. g., Inter bina castra Pompei atque Caesaris unum flumen inte- rerat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 19. Ager Tarquinorum qui inter ur- bem ac Tiberim fait. Liv. II, 5, 2. Vitam in silvis inter deserta ferarum lustra domosque traho. Verg. Aen. Ill, 646. 75. The Accusative of “ extent," “ amount occurs with the preposition in composition e. g., Caesar omnem agrum Picenum percurrit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 15. Nisi eguisset, nunquam Euphratem transire voluisset. Cic. Fin. Ill, 22, 75. 76. The extent or amount of Distance with the verbs abesse and distare is expressed in the Accusative without a preposition. Here the Accusative defines the extent or measure of Distance expressed in the verb e. g.. Id oppidum milia passuum a castris aberat viginti. Caes. B. Civ. I, 61. Hie locus abest aClupeis passuum XXII milia. Caes. B. Civ. II, 23. Hie locus ab hoste circiter passus sexcentos abe¬ rat. Caes. B. G. I, 49. Turres pedes LXXX inter se distabant. Caes. B. G. VII, 72. Pontes effecerat duos distantes inter se mi¬ lia passuum quattuor. Caes. B. Civ. I, 40. Rem. 1. The verb distare is frequently employed in the reciprocal rela¬ tion expressed by inter se. Rem. 2. Distance maybe indefinitely expressed by tantum, quantum, procul, longe, plus, longius,longissime, &c.—e. g., Eius fossae solum tantumdem patebat quantum summa labra dista¬ bant. Caes. B. G. VII, 72. Dum longius ab munitione aberant Galli. Caes. B. G. VII, 82. Parthi ab illo aditu Cappadociae longe aberant. Cic. Att. V, 10, 2. Ab his cognoscit, non longe ex eo loco oppidum Cassibellauni abesse. Caes. B. G. V, 21. Tantum a vallo eius prima acies aberat, ut.Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 56. Longissime a maxitnis cas¬ tris Caesaris aberant. Caes. B. tiv, III, 62. Est procul in pelago saxum. Verg. Aen. V, 124. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 63 77. The Accusative without a preposition furnishes the measure of distance in connection with other verbs, than abesse and distare, whose substantive element must be defined by distance—e. g., Fines, qui in longitudinem milia passtmm CCXL patebant. Caes. B. G. I, 2. Milia passuum decern novem murum fossamque perducit. Caes. B. G. I, 8. Cuius fines a maritimis civitatibus dividit.a inari circiter milia passuum LXXX. Caes. B. G. V, 11. Reliquas omnes munitiones ab ea fossa passus CCC reduxit. Caes. B. G. VII, 72. Eo die milia passuum viginti progreditur. Caes. B.G. V,47. Milia passuum triaabeorumcastriscastraponit. Caes.B. G. I, 22. Octo milia passuum ex eo loco procedit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 76. Munitionem ad flumen perduxerat circiter passus quadringentos. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 66. Docet copias Trevirorum tria milia passuum longe ab suis castris consedisse. Caes. B. G. V, 47. Ab hac regula mihi non licet transversum digitum discedere. Cic. Acad. II, 18, 58. Locus erat castrorum paula- tim ab imo aeclivis circiter passus mille. Caes. B. G. Ill, 19 (Pons) qui erat ab oppido milia passuum circiter tria. Caes. B. Civ. I, 16. Inde octoginta fere stadia progressus. Curt. IV, 36. Petra in altitudinem XXX eminet stadia. Curt. VII, 41. Cam¬ pus est ab oppido circiter milia passuum decern. Nep. Milt. 4. 78. The point or place from which distance is measured even when the name of the town, city, or island, is, as a rule, expressed in the Ablative with the preposition a (ab), less frequently e (ex), particularly when the distance is estimated from within. The distance may be expressed as estimated from a point beyond, this side of, below, by ultra, citra, infra and the Accusative; also from a point in¬ dicated by inde, hinc, &c.=z thence, hence, &c. The word longe is sometimes superfluously associated with the Ab¬ lative of the place from which distance is estimated—e. g., Abest directo itinere ab Uticapaulo amplius passus mille. Caes. B. Civ. II, 24. Is locus est citra Leucadem stadia CXX. Cic. Fam. XVI, 2. Milibus duobus ultra eum castra fecit. Caes. B. G. I, 48. Quibus ex locis cum longius esset progressus. Caes. B. 0^ UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Civ II 41. Han longe abesse oportet homines hine. Plant. Rud. I 4 37. Docet eopias Trevirorum tria milia passuum longe a suis'eastris consedisse. Caes. B. G. V.47, Locum del,git ab Ava- suis cast, co VII. 16. In the last rico longe milia passuum XVI. Laes. o. a. two examples the addition of longe seems unnecessary. 79 . With abesse and distare , as with other veibs, in¬ stead of the Accusative giving the amount or extent o distance, the Ablative without a preposition may be used This is, perhaps, not so much the Ablative of difference between the two points considered, as it is the Abla ive expressing the where relation. In other words the Abla¬ tive expresses the end of the distance as the place where an object is. This relation is exactly stated in Enghs y “at the distance of" (two orthree miles, &c.). the Abla¬ tive then locates the object by giving the distance at which it is from a second object e. g., Certior factus est Ariovisti copias a nostris milibus passuum IV et XX abesse. Caes. B. G. I, 42. Non amplms pedum mil,bus duobus ab eastris castra distabant. Caes. B. Civ. I, M. Legio- ntm Caesar passibus ducentis ab eo tumulo const,tint. Caes. . G. 1, 43. Milibus passuum duobus ultra eum castra eci . aes. B G 1 48. (Observe ultra eum as the point from which the is- tance is estimated). Milibus passuum sex a Caesaris eastris sub monte consedit. Caes. B. G. I, 48. (Observe the phrase sub monte, the place at which, defining milibus passuum sex), eque longius ab Oceano milibus passuum LXXX in R enum m Cacs B G IV 10. Transeunt Rhenum XXX milibus passuum inlra eum locum. Caes. B. G. VI, 35. (Observe infra eum locum as ilie point from which the distance is estimated). Inde urbem fuisse XX siadiis distantem credunt. Curt. V, 23. (Observe mde as the point from which the distance is reckoned). 80. The specific distance in the Accusative or Ablative is indefinitely augmented by amplius or longius, and dimin¬ ished by minus. These comparatives are Accusatives ot indefinite measure, and indefinitely define the specific dis- LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 65 tance in the Accusative or Ablative, as the case is allowed or required by the verb. When the specific distance is stated in the Accusative, as determined by the verb, the Accusative may, by association with the comparative, be expressed in the Ablative as the object of comparison. Hence when the Ablative of the specific distance is found in connection with one of the comparatives, and when the verb allows either the Accusative or the Ablative of the specific distance, it cannot be decided whether the Abla¬ tive is the original case indefinitely augmented or dimin¬ ished by the comparative, or whether it results from the Accusative as the original construction and becomes the Ablative as the object of comparison with the compara¬ tives am pi ins, longius or minus. While the Ablative of the specific distance with the comparative greatly prevails over the Accusative, it is not uniformly employed—e. g., Neque longius a mari passibus trecentis aberant. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 66. In this example passibus trecentis is either an Ablative determined by aberant , and strengthened by the addition of longius, or it results from : Neque longius a mari passus trecentos aberant, with passus stated in the Ablative (passibus) as the ob¬ ject of comparison after longius—e. g., Non longius milia passuum VIII ab hibernis aberant copiae. Caes. B. G. V, 53. Neque longius ab Oceano milibus passuum LXXX in Rhenum influit. Caes. B. G. IV, 10. Castra amplius millibus passuum VIII in latitudinem patebant. Caes. B. G. II, 7. Docetoppidum Vagam non amplius mille passuum abesse. Sail. Jug. 68. Non longius mille passibus ab nostris munitionibus considunt. Caes. B. G. VII, 79. Comperit minus quinque et vi- ginti milibuslongeab Utica eius copias abesse. Caes. B. Civ. II, 37. 81. It has been stated that thn point from which dis¬ tance is estimated is expressed in the Ablative, generally with a (ab), less frequently with e (ex). Sometimes the point from which the distance is reckoned is not stated in 66 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. the member of the sentence in which the distance is given, but is to be gathered from the preceding context. In this case the preposition a (ab) is used with the designation of the distance, and is translated off or away, i. e., off or away from the point to be gathered from the context—e.g., Ad eastra Caesaris contenderunt et ab milibus passuum minus duobus eastra posuerunt. Caes. B. G. II, 7. Here ab milibus passuum minus duobus=less than two miles away (off), that is, from the camp of Caesar. Collocatis insidiis biparti to in silvis occulto loco, a milibus passuum circiter duobus Romanorum ad- ventum exspectabant. Caes. B. G. V, 32. Suberant montes at- cpie a milibus passuum V itinera difficilia excipiebant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 65. Positis castris a milibus passuum XV. auxilia Ger- manorum exspectare constituunt. Caes. B. G. VI, 7. Increpi- tare vocibus, quod tanta machinatio ab tanto spatio instruere- tur. Caes. B. G. II, 30. Rem. 1. It is an irregularity to use a (ab) with the Ablative of dis¬ tance, when the point from which the distance is reckoned is expressed in the sentence—e. g., Duodeviginti onerariae naves ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebantur. Caes. B. G. IV, 22. Rem. 2. It seems that the Ablative with a (ab) was not used with abesse and distare. 82. There are other forms of expression for distance— e- g-, 1. Iter and via are defined by a Genitive e.vpressing time—e. g., Bidui iter progressus ad flumen Bagradam pervenit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 24. Cum tridui viam processisset, nuntiatum est ei. Caes. B. G. I, 38. Nuntiatum est ei Ariovistum tridui viam a suis fini- bus profecisse. Caes. B. G. I, 38. Video quot dierum via sit. Cic. Verr. II, III, 83, 191. 2. The distance is often expressed by spatio (= at the distance) or by intervallo (— at the interval), defined by the Genitive, stating the specific distance; or the terms spatio and intervallo may be defined by an adjective in the statement of indefinite dis¬ tance—e. g., Quod oppidum a Corfinio VII, milium intervallo abest. Caes. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 67 B. Civ. 1,18. Sex milium passuum intervallo a Saburra consede- rat. Caes. B. Civ. II, 38. Cum non magno ab ea (legione) inter¬ vallo septima constitisset. Caes. B. G. II, 23. Aecedebat ut rari magnisque intervallis praeliarentur. Caes. B G. V, 16. Longius progressus sedetim milium spatio eonstitit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 41. Cum Viridovix contra eum duum milium spatio consedisset. Caes. B. G. Ill, 17. (Observe contra eum as the point from which distance is reckoned). Hie locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat. Caes. B. G. I, 43. Reliquas subse- qui iussit ut non longo inter se spatio castra facerent. Caes. B. Civ. I, 87. 3. The terms bidui, tridui, or any temporal designation in the Genitive (dierum decern), and giving the time necessary to com¬ plete the distance, may be used to define indefinite distance (spatio). These Genitives may also define iter (viam)—e. g. Ventidius bidui spatio abest ab ea. Cic. Fam. X. 171. Nos in castra proper abamus quae aberant bidui. Cic. Att. V, 16.4. (With bidui supply spatio. iter or viam). A quibus (castris) aberam bidui. Cic. Att. V, 17.1. (Supply spatio, iter, or viam.) Cum abessent aliquot dierum viam, in Macedonian! perrexi. Cic. Plane. XL1,98. Nuntiatum estquadridui iter a Laodicea afuisse. Cic. Fam. XII, 15, 7. Sic itineris causa primum est devium, deinde ab Autronio quadridui. Cic. Att. Ill, 7,1. 4. Distance may be expressed by an object or general relation of distance in the Ablative with the Ablative of interiectus or intermissus. Una valle non magna interiecta suas uterque copias instruit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 27. Ab infimis radicibus montis intermissis passibus quadringentis castra facere constituit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 41. Ab eo intermissis spatio pedum sexcentorum alter conversus in contrariam partem erat vallus. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 63. 83. With the adjectives of dimension, “long,” “broad,” “high,” “deep,” the Accusative without a preposition is used, giving the measure of the length, height, &c.—e. g., Aggerem latum pedes CCCXXX, altuna pedes LXXX exstrux- UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 68 erunt. Caes. B. G. VII, 24. Ferrum tres longum habebat pedes. Liv. XXI, 8, 11. 84. Dimension may also be expressed by altitudinem , in longi- tudinem , in latitudinem , defined by the Genitive, sometimes by the Accusative, in apposition with m altitudinem , &c., giving the height, length, or breadth. 1. In altitudinem —e. g\, Aggerem in altitudinem pedum octoginta exstruit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 1. In altitudinem pedum quindecim effectis operibus, vineis earn partem castrorum obtexit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 54. Milia passuum decern murum in altitudinem pedum sedecim perduxit. Caes. B. G. I, 8. Erat vallum in altitudinem pedum decern. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 63. 2. In longitudinem —e. g., Huic (lateri) milia passuum DCCC in longitudinem esse exis- timatur. Caes. B. G. V, 13. (Observe milia, &c., in apposition with in longitudinem). Ab oppido declivis locus tenui fastigio vergebat in longitudinem passuum CCC. Caes. B. Civ. I, 45. 3. In latitudinem —e. g., Fossas pedum triginta in latitudinem complures facere in- stituit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 61. Leniter acclivis aditus in latitudi¬ nem non amplius ducentorum pedum relinquebatur. Caes. B.G. II, 29. Tantundem eius valli agger in latitudinem patebat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 63. Rem. 1. Sometimes the dimension ot an object is expressed in the Genitive. The Genitive is descriptive—e. g., Erat in eo loco fossa pedum quindecim. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 63. (r=fossa pedes quindecim lata). Milia passuum deeem novem murum perducit. Caes. B. G. I, 8. In the last example the Accusative ot extent is used with perducit. II.—Extent in Time. 85. In Time. As the Accusative expresses the relation of extent or amount in space, so does it express this same relation in Time; that is, the time through or during which. In this office the Accusative is used both with and without a preposition. 86 . With the preposition per—e. g., LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 69 1. Ludi per decern dies faeti sunt. Cie. Cat. Ill, 8, 20. Hanc ego multos per annos defendi. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 64. Cicero per omnes superiores dies milites in castris eontinuerat. Caes. B. G. VI, 36. 2. Without a preposition—e. g., Justum iter conficit septem dies ad Corfinium eommoratus. Caes. B. Civ. I, 23. Bibulusmultos dies terra prohibitus. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 18. Oui (ventus) magnam partem omnis temporis in his locis flare consuevit. Caes. B. G. V, 7. Nee minimam partem temporis equitumvim cetrati sustinerepotuerunt. Caes. B. Civ. I, 70. Rem. 1. The extent or amount of time in the Accusative is augmented by plus and diminished by minus —e. g., Nutn est hoc non plus annum obtinere provinciam? Cic. Att. VI, 6. 3. Ut antequam baccae legantur, ne minus triduum serenum fuerit Col. XII, 38, 6. Rem. 2. Time may be implied in the word in the Accusative—e. g., Fuit divina beneflctntia dignius clariora visa dare vigilanti quam ob- scuriora per somnum. Cic. Div. II, 61, 126. Quod contingit vaticin- antibus per furorem. Cic. Div. 18, 34. Mihi videntur studia honesta per otium concelebrata ab optimis enituisse. Cic. Inv. I, 3, 4. Hoc disticho apparet iactato a militibus per Gallicum triumphum. Suet. Caes. 51. Rem. 3. The Accusative of time with per sometimes presents a period or extent of time not as the measure of an action or during which an action occurs, but at some point within which the action takes place— e- g; Per eos dies proelium secundum equestre fecit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 84. Saepe Carthaginienses et in pace et per indutias multa nefaria facinora, fecerunt. Sail. Cat. 51. 87. With the preposition inter. The Aeeusative ol a period of time with inter expresses the time through which an action or event extends, as also the time within which an action falls or an event takes place. There is not al¬ ways coincidence of time and action or event. When the action or event is qualified by a negative, there must be coincidence of time, action, or event. The non-occurrence of the action or event is true of the whole time stated in 70 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. the Accusative. Time is often implied in the word in the Accusative. 1. Full coincidence of time, action, or event—e. g.. Inter lias preces tota nox extracta est. Curt. VIII. 6. Quae inter clecem annos flagitiose facta sunt. Cic. Verr. Act.pr. XIII, 37. Oui inter annos XIV tectum non subierant. Caes. B. G. I, 30. Sic abstinuit inter epulas caedibus amicorum. Curt. Ill, 32. Oui inter tot annos ne appellavit quidem Quinctium. Cic. Ouinct. XIV, 46. 2. Non-coincidence of time, action, or event. The action or event falls within the period of time—e. g., Bina inter tot annos opima parta sunt spolia. Liv. I, 10, 7. Inter trepidationem lugentium elapsus per portam. Curt. I\, 42. Inter haee Dimnus graviter se vulnerat. Curt, VI, 27. Inter haec negotia Jugurtha legatos mittere. Sail. Jug. 47. 88 . With the preposition intra. With this preposition the limit of the period stated in the Accusative is excluded. It occurs both with definite or specific and indefinite time. With the former, as decern annos, decimum annum, it pre¬ sents the period of time within which, and may best be translated “ within," “/ess than,” “short of” “under ” “ before ” When the Accusative expresses indefinite time with the preposition intra, this time is represented as a period within which, during, or in the course of, which an action or event occurs. 1. With specific or definite time. Here translate intra within, less than , short of under , before— e. g., Intra annum vicesimum feminae notitiam habuisse in tur- pissimis rebus habent. Caes. B. G. VI, 22. Intra vicesimum diem dictatura se abdicarunt. Liv. IX, 34, 13. Raptor, nisi intra tricesimum diem raptae patrem exoraverit, pereat. Quint. IX, 2, 90. Intra tricesimum diem carissimum virum extulisti. Sen. Helv. II, 4. Intra vicesimum diem raptum me audisti. Sen. Helv. II, 5. Intra decern annos Maenius distator dictatu¬ ra se abdicavit. Liv. IX, 34,14. Petiit ab iis ut cives Romanos LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 71 cotiquisitos intra duos menses mitterent ad se. Liv. XXXIY, 50, 3. 2. With indefinite time. Here translate intra “ within ,” “ du¬ ring ,” “ in the course of" —e. g., Prohibitus erat consulatum petere, quod intra legitimos die* profited nequiverit. Sail. Cat. 18. Centum tria oppida intra paucos dies in deditionem accepit. Liv. XL, 49, 1. Me parenti- bus, liberis, patria intra iuventam praematuro exitu rapuerunt. Tac. Ann. II, 71. Rem. 1. When the point of reckoning is distinctly indicated by has (from the present) and illos (from a given past), the Accusative with intra presents the time within which—e. g., Qui intra hos proxinios decern annos damnati. Trajan, ad Plin. X, 41, 2. 89. With the preposition in. The period of time with the preposition in is the time contemplated as one over, through , or for which. Hence the preposition in in this connection is translated “ over ,” “ through ,” or “/or”—e.g., Frumentum his in locis in hiemem provisum non erat. Caes. B. G. IV, 29. Sex legiones in eum annum datae. Liv. XXI, 17, 1. lndutiae Carthaginiensibus datae in tres menses. Liv. XXX, 38, 2. Nec in praesens modo, sed in venientem etiam annum, M. Fa- bium, L. Valerium eonsules dedit. Liv. II, 42, 7. In complures annos locare. Cic. Verr. 11,11,21,52. In triennium remittere. Cie. Verr. II, IV, 9, 21. Catilina in proximum annum consulatum petebat. Sail. Cat. 26. Data rursus potestas tribunieia in quin¬ quennium. Suet. Tib. 16. Optimum est emendandi genus, si scrip- ta in aliquod tempus reponantur. Quint. X, 4, 2. Pabulum ari- dum, quod in hiemem condideris, quam maximeconservato. Cato R. R. 30. Reliquos in posterum bona spe complet. Caes. B. Civ. II, 21. Quo diligentius in reliquum tempus a barbaris ius legato - rum conservaretur. Caes. B. G. Ill, 16. 90. Length or extens of time with natus (translated “old”) is stated in the Accusative without a preposition— e. g., Cum quinque et viginti natus annos dominatum occupasset. UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Cic. Tusc. V, 20, 57. Annos quinque et octoginta natus excessit e vita. Cic. Brut. XX, 80. Novem natus annus defunct um pa- trem pro rostris laudavit. Suet. Tib. 6. 91 . Age may be expressed in other ways. 1. By the Accusative of time with agerc—e. g,, Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit. Suet. Cas Ouartum ago annum et octogesimum. Cic. Sen. X, 32. 2. By the Genitive aetatis with the time (anno, &c.) and an ordinal in the Ablative—e. g., Periit sexto et quinquagesimo aetatis anno. Suet. Caes. 88. Obi it septuagesimo et sexto aetatis anno, diebus V et XXX mi¬ nus. Suet. Aug. 100. 3. Bv the Ablative of time without aetatis. This Ablative may best be interpreted as time at which , when—e. g., Novus maritus anno quinto et sexagesimo fiam. Ter. Ad.Y, 8, 15. 4. By the Genitive of Time. This is the descriptive Genitive— e- g-, Sic Eumenes an norum quinque et quadraginta talem habuit exitum. Nep. Bum. 13. 92. The relations “older” “ younger ” both absolutely (somewhat or quite old or young, or representing classes of persons, seniors or juniors), and relatively (older or younger than a second ), are expressed in several ways. I. Bv maior and minor with the Ablative natu —e. g., Omnes maiores natu manus ad Caesarem tendere coeperunt. Caes. B. G. II, 13. Maiores natu legatos ad Caesarem mise- runt. Caes. B. G. II, 28. Admonent ipsum Heraclium homi- nem esse maiorem natu. Cic. Verr. II, II, 14, 36. Fuit talis • dux lit ne de maioribus natu quidem quisquam anteponeretur. Nep. Iph. 1. In the preceding examples the comparative is ab¬ solute. Oui natu minori in adoptionem se dedit. Suet. Tib. 2. Te aliquot annis minorem natu non dubito monere. Cic. Acad. II, 19, 61. In the two preceding examples the comparative is relative. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 73 2. By maior and minor without natu—e. g., Troiam lusit turma duplex maiorum minorumque puerorum. Snet. Caes. 39. In this example the comparatives are absolute. Interim filia minor Ptolemaei ad Achillem sese ex regia traiecit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 112. In this example the comparative is rel¬ ative. 93 . To state “ over" or “ under" (older or younger than) a given number of years, several forms of expression are employed. 1. Natus plus (amplius), minus with quam and the time in the Accusative—e. g., Natus plus (minus) quam decern annos. Quam is, however, more frequently omitted —e. g.. Pater meus, inquit, Hamilcar, puerulo me non amplius novem annos nato. Nep. Hann. 2. 2. Natus plus (amplius), or minus and the time in the Ablative— C or Plus triginta natus annis sum. Plaut. Men. Ill, 1, 1. 3. Maior, minor with quam natus , and the time in the Accusa¬ tive—e. g., Quos cum liberis maioribus quam quindecim annos natis prae- cedere in Italiam placeret. Liv. XLV, 32. 3. Minorem quam annos sex,maiorem quam annos decern natam negaverunt capi fas esse. Gell. I, 12. 4. Maior, minor, without quam , but with natus , and the time in the Accusative—e. g., Adolescentulus annos natus maior quadraginta. Cic. Rose. Am. XIV, 39. Maior annos sexaginta natus decessit. Nep. Reg. 2. Nequis minor quinquaginta annos natus hospitio matris fa- milias uteretur. Frontin. IV, 1, 10. 5. Maior, minor, with natus, and the time in the Ablative—e.g., Hannibal minor quinque etviginti annis natus imperator fae- tus. Nep. Hann. 3. Minor triginta annis natus. Cic. Verr. II. II, 49, 122. 6. Maior, minor, with the time in the Ablative, and without natus —e. g., 74 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Sanxit, nequis maior annis viginti minorve quadfaginta plujs triennio Italia abesset. Suet. Caes. 42. Qui minores quinque et triginta annis erant. Liv. XXII, 11, 9. 7. Maior, minor, with the time in the Genitive e. g., Obsides dato, ne minores octonum denum annorum, r.eu mai- ores quinum quadrag’enum. Liv. XXXVIII, 38, 15. Qui mai- ores annorum quinque et triginta retinere eum nollent. Suet. Aug. 38. 94 . Summary. 1. Natus plus (amplius), minus, quam decern annos. 2. Natus plus (amplius), minus, decern annos (quam omitted). 3. Natus plus (amplius), minus, decern annis. 4. Maior, minor, quam decern annos natus. 5. Maior, minor, decern annos natus (quam omitted). 6. Maior, minor, decern annis natus. 7. Maior, minor, decern annis (natu). 8. Maior, minor decern annorum. Rem. The comparative relation may be expressed by praeter (=more than, beyond) and the Accusative of time. Hence natus with praeter and the Accusative of time. This form of expression has been observed onlv in comedv, and even here it is not fully sustained e. g., Nam equidem haud sum annos natus praeter quinquaginta et quat- tuor. Plaut. M. G. Ill, 1,34 (or),Nam equidem haud sum natus annos quinquaginta et quattuor. 95 . The relations “eldest,” “youngest,” are expressed as follows: 1. By maximus, minimus, with natu , or by maximo natu (De¬ scriptive Ablative)—e. g., Minimus natu horum Timaeus eloquentiam ad scribendum attulit. Cic. Or. II, 14, 58. In his omnibus natu minimus P. Saturius in eadem sententia fuit. Cic. Clu. 38, 107. Max¬ imus natu ex iis in concilio respondit. Liv. XXI, 19, 9. Turn regem maximus natu e sacerdotibus filium appellat. Curt. IV, 32' Igitur unum ex his maximum natu locutum accepimus. Curt. VII, 33. Ab hoc Svsinas maximo natu filius desciit. Nep. Dat. 7. 2. By maximus, minimus, without natu— e. g., LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 75 Numitori, qui slirpis maximus erat, regnum legat. Liv. I, 3, 10. Sed Hiempsal, qui minimus ex illis erat, dextra Adherba- lem assedit. Sail. Jug. 11. Polemon minimus ex fratribus profugerat. Curt. VII, 2. Cum Corneliam, Vestalium maximam, dcfodere vivam concupisset. Plin. Ep. IV, 11, 6. 96 . The relation “ old ,” “ of advanced age," “ advanced in years," may be expressed in several ways. 1. By the Ablative magno natu. Here the Ablative is descrip¬ tive—e. g., Hie cum esset magno natu, bello Athenienses premi sunt eoepti. Nep. Timol. 3. Dieitur matrem iam magno natu lapidem ad introitum aedis attulisse. Nep. Paus. 5. Sp. Lucretius, qui magno natu intra paucos dies moritur. Liv. II, 8, 4. Magno natu quidam se in forum proiecit. Liv. II, 23, 3. Pervicere ut et Veturia, magno natu mulier, et Votumnia in castra hosti- um irent. Liv. II, 40, 2. Is magno iam natu in foro prensabat singulos orabatque. Liv. Ill, 58, 1. 2. By provectus with the Ablative aetate—e. g., Hie cum aetate iam provectus esset, lumina oculorum amisit. Nep. Timol. 4. Eum colere coepi iam aetate provectum. Cic. Sen. IV, 10. 3. By grandis with natu or aevo (less usual than natu)—e. g., Eum colere coepi non admodum grandem natu. Cic. Sen. IV, 10. Hie tarn grandis natu hoe tantum laboris suscepit. Cic. Verr. II, V, 49, 128. Stetit ante tribunal consulum grandis aevo parens. Tac. Ann. XVI, 30. 4. By the descriptive Ablative grandi natu (not usual)—e. g., Nee prius dies solemnes frequentare desiit, quam grandi iam natu in turba vexatus. Suet. Aug. 53. III. Accusative of Extent in Abstract Relations. 97 . As the Accusative expresses the extent, or amount in Space and Time, so it expresses the state or condition through which. With the Accusative in this office the preposition per is used—e. g., Serpit nescio quo modo per omnium vitas amicitia. Cic. Am. 70 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. XXIII, 87. Patrono quoque per similes affectus euudum erit Ouint. XI, 1,84. Per varios casus, per tot discrimina rerum tan- dimus in Italiam. Verg. Aen. I, 204. Per varios casus iactati. Just. Ill, 4, 11. Per omnes casus servatus. Just. XLIV, 4, 2. 98 . The Accusative without a preposition expresses in¬ definite quantity , extent , degiee. 1. In Space—e. g., Paulum ad dextram de via declinavi. Cic. Fin. V, 25. . Pau- lum inclinare necesse est corpora, nee plus quam minimum. Luer. II, 244. 2. In Time—e. g., Si intelliges opus esse te Patris convalescendi causa paulum commorari. Cic. Fam. XVI, 1, 2. Sapiens vivet, quantum de- bet, non quantum potest. Sen. Ep. 70, 4. 3. In abstract relations —e. g., Qui in republica turn plurimum pollebant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 40. Nee multum Albici nostris virtute cedebant. Caes. B. Civ I, 57. The Ablative Case. The Accusative, as has been seen, presents the object reached, or intended to be reached. The Ablative presents the object at which the action takes place, at which it rests, or at which an event occurs. In other words, it presents the general at relation in reply to the questions where ? wheu ? and this office it performs in several con¬ nections. I. Ablative of the General At Relation in Space. 100 . The Ablative presenting an object at which m space takes, as a rule, a preposition. The preposition to be em¬ ployed must be determined by the exact relation in wffiieh the'object in the Ablative stands to the action of the verb or to the event defined. Hence the Ablative occurs with the following prepositions: LATTIX CASE-RELATIONS. ( i 101 . With the preposition in. When the Ablative occurs with the preposition in, it presents the object on which, in which, within which, among which (of several), in the number of which —e. g., Tormenta in muris disponit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 1 t (in muris=io /2 the walls). Hostes impeditos nostri in flu mine aggressi magnum eorum numerum occiderunt. Caes. B. G. 11,10 (in flumin ez=in the river). In eastris Pompei videre licuit trichilas structas. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 96 (in easttis —within the camp). Convocatis eorum prineipibus, in his Divitiaco et Lisco. Caes. B. G. I, 16 (in his— among these). Tertium in subsidiis locum alariae eohortes obti- nebant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 83 (in stibsidiiis=amoug the reserves, as reserves). Una agebant ceteri creditores, inquibus crat Lucullus. Cie. Att. I, 1, 3. Imperator Jugurtham in amicis habere. Sail. Jug. 7. 102 . While the Ablative of the name of a People with the Preposition in means among the people, it may best be rendered in the country ot the people —e. g., In Lucanis Brutiisque delectus habebat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 30. Pater regnum in Sequanis multos annos obtinuerat. Caes. B. G. 1,3. Constituit eohortes duas in Nantuatibus eolloeare. Caes. B. G. Ill, 1. Rem gestarn in Eburonibus perscribit. Caes. B. G V, 47. 103 . The preposition in with the Ablative ol a personal or impersonal relation is often best rendered in the ease ol, in the matter of—e. g., In Aulo neque auetoritate neque gratia pugnat. Cie. Att. I, 16, 12. Respondit se id. quod in Nerviis feeisset, facturum. Caes. B. G. II, 32. Caesar respondit in se uno non servari, quod sit om¬ nibus datum imperatoribus. Caes. B. Civ. I, 85. Quod facere in eo consuerunt, cuius orationem approbant. Caes. B. G. VII, 21. Nee minus se in milite modestiam quam virtutem desiderare. Caes. B. G. VII, 52. Ouod cum feeisse Socratem in fidibus audi- rem. Cie. Sen. VIII, 26. Quid tu existimes esse in amieitia mutu¬ um nescio. Cie. Fam. V, 2, 3. Hoe fecit; in statuis ornamentisque 78 LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. publicis fecit. Cic. Verr. Act. pr V, 14. In stupris et flagitiis ne- fanas eius libidines coramemorare pudore clcterreor. Cic. Verr. Act. pr. V, 14. 104 . The preposition in with the Ablative is, in some eases, best rendered “on the occasion of. In such cases the temporal character of the case is not dear. e. g., Themistocles, cum in epulis recusaret lyram, est habitus mdoc- tior. Cic. Tusc. I, 2, 4. 105 . With the preposition sub. The Ablative with the preposition sub expresses the object unc/erwhich an action or event occurs, or under which a thing is—e. g., Eius modi sunt tempestates consecutae ut sub pellibus tm- lites contineri non possent. Caes. B. G. Ill, 29. Itaque reliquos sub corona vendidit. Caes. B. G. Ill, 16. Sub aqua defixae sudes flumine tegebantur. Caes. B. G. V, 18. Interim sub musculo mi- lites vectibus infima saxa turris convellunt. Caes. B. Civ. II, 11. 106 . The literal position under is often approximately expressed bv sub with the Ablative when the preposition is to be translated at the foot of, below, near a position (place) below or under —e. g., (Ariovistus) sub monte consedit. Caes. B. G. I, 48. Atranius in medio colie sub eastris (copias) eonstituit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 41. Ouod sub ipsis radicibus montis constiterant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 45. 107 . The position under suggests the idea of subordina¬ tion, of subjection, of inferiority of rank, and place. Hence sub with the Ablative of the name of a person, or of a personal designation means under the command, author¬ ity, guidance, or direction of the person—e. g., Triennio sub Hasdrubale imperatore meruit. Liv. XXI, 4, 10. Is sub P. Scipione Africano tribunus militum ad Numantiam fuit. Gell. II, 13, 3. Crevisti sub noverca. Sen. Helv. II, 4. Eodem tempore Athenae sub regibus esse desierunt. Veil. I, 2, 2. Meruit sub Servifio Isaurico in Sicilia. Suet. Caes. 3. Copiae quae sub LATIX CASE-RELATIONS. 79 tribus legatis, M. Petreio et L. Afranioet M. Varrone, erant. Suet. Caes. 34. 108. With the preposition subter. This preposition signifies under , below , beneath , underneath. In poetry it occurs with the Ablative. In prose it is used with the Accusative to express po¬ sition—e. g., Omnes ferre libet subter densa testudine casus. Verg. Acn. IX, 514. But : Iram in pectore, cupiditatem subter praecordia locavit. Cie. Tusc. I, 10, 20. 109. With the preposition super. The use of this preposition with the Ablative to express position over is chiefly poetical. There is no well established example of this usage in Cicero or Caesar. To express position over use super with the Accusative— e- g-, Ligna super foco large reponens. Ilor. Od. I, 9, 5. Ensis cui super impia cervice pendet. Hor. Od. Ill, 1, 17. Hie poteris re quiescere fronde super viridi. Verg. Eccl.1,20. But: super quam (navem) turrim opposuit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 13. 110 . With the preposition pro. The Ablative with the preposition pro expresses the object before or in front of which. The position before or in front of is the place at which—e. g., Cohortes quae in statione pro castris erant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 45. Ii qui pro portis castrorum in statione erant. Caes. B. G. IV, 32- Turn pro munimentis castelli manipulos explicat. Tae. Ann. II, 80. Rem. 1 . The preposition pro is used with the Ablative of a substantive denoting a puhlie body or assembly to represent transactions in or be¬ fore it; especially addresses before (in)— Pro eontione dictator laudibus tollit animos. Liv. ATI, 7, 3. Milites pro eontione laudatos docuit. Curt. IX, 1. Sed uti pro consilio impe- ratum erat, eleplianti triginta traduntur. Sail. Jug. 29. Rem. 2 . Cicero seems to have used in with the Ablative instead of pro with the Ablative in similar connections—e. g., Carbo tribunus plebis in eontione dixit his verbis. Cie. Or. LXIII, 213 . 111 . The preposition pro with the Ablative sometimes gQ UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. indicates not position in front of, but on the tore or front part of the object in the Ablative. In this connect ’° may be rendered, but with no exact reference to positron before or in front of, by in, on—on the front part of e. g„ Hac re pro suggestu pronuntiata eodem die proficiscitur. Caes. B G VI 3 Cum aliquid pro tribunali ageretur. Cic. Fam. Ill, 8 2.' Quaestor uxorem Corneliam defunctam laudavit pro ros tris Suet. Caes. 6. Sedens pro aede Castons dixit. Cie. Phil. II . u, 27. Laudatus est pro aede Divi Juli a Tiberio et pro rostns veteribus a Druso. Suet. Aug. 100. 112. With the preposition prae. The preposition prae betore in front of, does not occur, in classical Latin, to express position, except with the verbs agere.ferre, gerere mittere, and the Ablative of a Reflexive Pronoun. With these verbs it indicates that the action takes place, and continues before, or in front of, the object m the Abla- tive—e. g., Prope Tiberim fluvium, qua, prae se armentum agens, nando traiecerat. Liv. I, 7, 4. Argenti prae se in aerarium tulit quat- tuordecim milia pondo, Liv. XXVIII, 38, 5. Prineeps Herat,us ibat trigemina spolia prae se gerens. Liv. I. 26, 2. Ubi paulo as perior ascensus erat, singulos prae se inermos mittere. Sail. Jug. 94. 113. The preposition prae with the Ablative of a Reflex¬ ive Pronoun often occurs with the verbs ferre, gerere , less frequently with declarare, ostentare, &c., in the sense to show , to represent, to make known, to indicate— e. g., Cum prae te ferres mihi optatum amorem tuum. Cic. Fam. II. 1 1 Nee te dubito, Tulle, eadem prae te ferre. Liv. I, 23, 7. Ce¬ teris prae se fert et ostentat. Cie. Att. II, 23, 3. Ratio solet prae se gerere eoniecturam. Cie. Inv. II, 9, 30. Praecedat oportet m- tentio ac prae se res agat. Quint. X, 7, 10. 114. With the preposition coram. This preposition with LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 81 the Ablative expresses that the action of the verb or the event occurs before or in the face of before the eves of in the presence of the object in the Ablative—e. g., Mihi vero ipsi coram genero meo, quae dicere ausus es? Cic. Pis. VI, 12. Cantabit vacuus coram latrone viator. Juv. X, 22. Ne cum quidem nisi precibus eripuit, exorato coram iudicibus accu- satore. Suet. Aug. 56. Absurdum videbatur, ipso Germanico coram id ausum. Tac. Ann. Ill, 14. This preposition is postpositive in Tacitus. 115. In sense closely related to that of coram the preposition palam occurs with the Ablative. This preposition means that the action or event occurs before or in the presence of the object in the Ablative—e. g., Inde rem creditori palam populo solvit. Liv. VI, 14, 5. Ubi haec severus te palam laudaveram. Hor. Ep. XI, 19. The pre¬ position palam may be postpositive. 116. With the preposition clam. The opposite of the sense of palam is given by clam with the Ablative. As a preposition with the Ablative clam occurs chiefly in Comedy, and means that the action or event occurs, not before , not in the presence of and hence without the knowledge of the object in the Ablative. The proper force of the Ablative with clam is locative —e. g., Nonne sibi clam vobis salutem fuga petivit? Caes. B. Civ. II, 32. Empta est arnica clam uxore mea et fdio. Plaut. Merc. Ill, 2 , 2 . 117. With the preposition tenus. The proposition tenus denotes extension, the end of which is presented in the Ablative as the place at which the verb’s action termi¬ nates. Hence with the Ablative it means as far as at , rather than as far as to. It is postpositive—e. g., Antiochus cum Tauro tenus regnare iussus esset. Cic. Deiot. XIII, 36. Paene Aethiopia tenus Aegyptum penetravit. Suet. 82 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Caes. 52. Desumpta Flaminia via Arimino tenus munienda. Suet. Aug. 30. Sustulit omniferos collo tenus arida vultus. Ov. Met. II, 275. Rem. 1. The preposition tenus with the Ablative occurs also in ab¬ stract and figurative relations—e. g., Tertium et quartum consulatum titulo tenus gessit. Suet. Caes. 76. (Sua vita) quam tredecim libris Cantabrico tenus bello nee ultra ex- posuit. Suit. Aug. 85. 118. With the preposition cum. The idea of association or accompaniment, which distinguishes the pieposition cum in its primary and simplest sense, implies location and position. When two things are associated, the location, position, or state of the one determines and fixes that of the other. The idea of position is necessarily involved in and inseparable from that of association, accompaniment, or attendance, which is the sense of the preposition. Hence the Ablative with the preposition cum is Locative— e. g., Eius esse filiam, quae cum patre habitaret. Cic. Yerr. II, I, 2o, 64. Erit mecum, si tecum erit. Cic. Fin. Y, 28, 86. 119. The omission of the preposition in in the statement of the place at which is, in prose, the exception, while in poetry it is frequent—e. g., Silvis corpora foeda iacent. Ov. Met. VII, 547. Nebula campo densior sederat. Liv. XXII, 4, 6. Pluribus partibus vineae coep- tae agi. Liv. XXI, 8, 2. Nuntiatum est foro boario bovem in tertiam eontignationem sua sponte escendisse. Liv. XXI, 62, 3. Medio aedium eburneis sellis sedere. Liv. V, 41, 2 (cf. in medio aedium sedentem. Liv. I, 57, 9.) Rem. 1. The prepositiou is sometimes regularly omitted with the Ablative, when it is in composition; but here the preposition in compo¬ sition may be repeated with the Ablative. When the Ablative is identi¬ cal in form with the Dative, it is not always easy to distinguish the former from the latter in connection with a verb compounded with in— e. g., Yetustissima nave impositos quocumque vento in quascumque terras iubebo avehi. Suet. Caes. 66. Juvenis silvis insedit inicjuis. terg. Aen. XI, 531. LATTIN CASE-REEATIONS. 83 120. Caution —The position at — by, about, near, is stated by the preposition ad, sometimes apud, and the Accusative. Here the terminal relation of the Accusative with ad (—near to) is expressed as the place at which— 0 cr to*? Castra ad Cybistra, quod oppidum est ad montem Taurum, lo- cavi. Cic. Fam. XV, 2, 2. Caesar timebatne retinere eas legiones ad urbem Pompeius videretur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 2. Altera castra ad alteram oppidi partem point. Caes. B. Civ. 1,18. P.Sulpicium ad Ararim collocat. Caes. B. G. VII, 90. Sepultus est iuxta viam Appiam, ad quin turn lapidem. Nep. Att. 22. Cum turn in lecto Crassus esset et apud eum Sulpicius sederet. Cic. Or. II, 3, 12. Names of Towns and Small Cities. 121. The name of a city, town, or small island, when of the third declension or plural number, is written in the Ablative without a preposition to express the place at which—e. g., Mortuus est Cumis quo se contulerat. Liv. II, 21, 5. Quod non satis tutum se Argis videbat, Corcyram demigravit. Nep. Th. 8. Sic enim Graece loquebatur ut Athenis natus videretur. Nep. Att. 4. Legati venerunt qui peterent ut obsides Fregellis essent. Nep. Hann. 7. Q. Tullium Ciceronem et P. Sulpicium Cabilloni et Matiscone collocat. Caes. B. G. VII, 90. 122. If the name of the city, town, or small island is of the first or second declension, singular number, it is ex¬ pressed in the Locative (ae, i), identical in form with the Genitive; if of the third declension, it is expressed in the Ablative, sometimes in the Locative ending in i— e. g\, Is co tempore erat Ravennae. Caes. B. Civ. I, 5. Quas (cohor- tes) Pisauri et Arimini habebat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 12. Concilium Gallorum Samarobrivae peractum est. Caes. B. G. V, 24. Erat M. Bibulus cum navibus C Corcyrae. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 7. Cae¬ sar cum audisset Pompeium Cvpri visum Alexandriam pervenit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 106. Idem hoc aliis acciderat Rhodi. Caes. B 84 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. G. Ill, 102. Miramur Athenis Mhurvam, Deli Apollinem, Juno nem Sami, Pergae Dianam, multos praeterea ab isto deos viola- tos. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 32, 71. Per eos dies consilium de iis Car- thagini erat. Liv. XXVIII, 26, 1. Complures (naves) Hispali faciendas cnravit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 18. Nulla Lacedaemon! vidua tarn est nobilis, quae, &c. Nep. Praef. Quas (legiones) Narbone hiemandi eausa disposuerat. Caes. B. Civ, I, 37. Rem. 1. The name of a city, town or island ending in e is expressed in the Ablative in e to denote the place where—e. g., Ipse Bibracte hiemare constituit. Caes. B. G. VII, 90. Naves longas Arelate numero duodtcim faeere instituit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 36. Solus permansit Praeneste, inde Neapolim evasit. Suet. Tib. 4. Equuleus Reate cum quinque pedibus natus. Liv. XXX, 2, 11. Rem. 2. In some few instances a Greek word ot the second declension singular number is expressed in the Ablative—e. g., Praesidiis adversariorum Cabal one et Naupacto relictis Aetolia po- titus est. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 35. 123. The locative endings ae and i are presented in other words than the names oi cities, towns, and islands, as humi, ruri, terrae, domi, belli, militiae, peregri, viciniae. The form rare occurs also in the locative sense=in the country —e. g., Ante tribunal cum flebili vociferatione humi procubuerunt. Li\ . XXIX, 16, 6. Ipse humi ac sub divo cubuit. Suet. Caes. 72. (Humi imprimere—Humi inventa. Cic. Div. I, 13, 23, 34, i4.) His auditis, prostraverunt se omnes humi. Liv. XLV, 20, 9. Ex- animis tremens procumbit humi bos. Verg. Aen. V, 481. The form humi, not humum , is used with verbs of motion, and express¬ es the result of the action. Criminabatur quod filium ruri habitare iussisset. Cic. Off. Ill, 31, 112. Cum ruri assiduus semper vixerit. Cic. Rose. Am. XVIII, f 51. Ut qui rure et procul coetu hominum iuventam egisset. Liv. VII, 5, 9. Sternitur, et toto proiectus corpore terrae. Verg. Aen. XI, 87. Cum vellet terrae procumbere, quaesta est direxisse pedes. Ov. Met. II, 347. His domi ob has causas amplissimos magistratus mandaverat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 59. (Dixit) neque solum domi, sed etiam apud hnitimas civi- tates largiter posse. Caes. B. G. I, 18. Igitur domi militiaeque LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 85 boni mores colebantur. Sail. Cat. 9. Paucorum arbitrio belli domique agitabatur. Sail. Jug. 41. Quibus (consiliis) saepe eonstituta est imperatorum sapientia salus civitatis aut belli aut domi. Cic. Brut. LXXIII, 256. Quibuscunque rebus vel belli vel domi poterunt rem publicam augeant. Cic. Off. II, 24, 85. Nihil sine auspiciis nee domi nee militiae gerebatur. Cic. Div. I, 2, 3. In causis amicorum et domi et militiae consilium suum prae- stabant. Cic. Or. Ill, 33, 134. Bene fecit, quia nos eramus pere- gri, tutatust domi. Plaut. Amph. I, 1, 196. Scio me vidisse hie proxutnae viciniae. Plaut. M. G. II, 3, 2. (cf. hie in proximo II, 1, 55). Ut istuc est lepidum : proximae viciniae. Plaut. Bacch. II, 2, 27. Set quid hoc est, quod foris concrepuit proxumae viciniae? Plaut. Most. V, 1,14. Modoquandam vidi virginem hie viciniae miseram. Ter. Phor. I, 2. 45. Interea mulier abhinc triennium commigravit hue viciniae. Ter. And. I, 1, 43. Graeciae delubra humanis consecrata simulacris. Cic. Rep. Ill, 9, 14. Rem. 1. The word domi takes the possessives meae, tuae, suae, nos- trae, vestrae, alienae—e. g., Haec eadem locutus sum domi meae. Cic. Fam. X, 25, 3. Arbitri vicini sunt, meae quid fiat domi. Plaut. M. G. II, 2, 3. Cogitandum esset Romaene et domi tuae an Mytilenis malles vivere. Cic. Fam. IV, 7, 4. Nihil de maerore minuendo scriptum ab ullo est, quod ego non domi tuae legerim. Cic. Att. XII, 14, 3. Oui domi suae cum primis honestus existimatus est. Cic. Caec.IV, 10. Oui omnes honores domi suae adep- tus est. Cic. Verr. II, II, 46, 112. Homo domi suae cum primis loeuples atque honestus. Cic. Verr. II, II, 28, 68. Diodotus Stoicus caecus mul- tos annos nostrae domi vixit. Cic. Tusc. V, 39, 113. Id domi nostrae conditum putabamus. Cic. Verr. II, II, 2, 5. Cogitatis obscura, qualis animus in corpore sit tamquam alienae domui (domi.) Cic Tusc. I, 22, 51. 124. When domus signifies Ho use b uilding, or Family , the Ablative (domo) with the preposition m, even when associated with a possessive, must be used to express place where: —e. g., Camillo inter crimina obiecit Carvilius quod aerata ostia habe- ret in domo. Plin. N. H. XXXIV, 3, 13. In domo furtum factum ab eo, qui domi fuit. Quint. V, 10, 160, Habitavit iuxta Roma- num forum in domo quae Calvi oratoris fuerat. Suet. Aug. 72. Si quis rem, quam e villa mea surripuit, in domo mea, ille furtum 86 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. fecerit. Sen. Sap. VII, 3. Here in domo mea=m my house. As- pergebatur infamia, quod in domo sua facere mysteria dicebatur. Nep. Ale. 3. Here in domo sua may be interpreted as —in his family. Puer, ut in domo a parvo eductus, in caritate fuit. Liv. I, 39, 6. Here in domo means in the family. 125. With the Genitive of the Possessor the Locative domi is used, or the Ablative domo with the preposition in, which is the only construction when domus means house, building , or family —e. g., Dat iste amicum M. Trebellium, qui istius domi erat educatus. Cic. Quinct. V, 21. Si tu domi illius aliquotiens fuisti. CicCaecil. XVIII, 58. In istius lenonis domo ornamenta ponentur. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 32, 71 (In with Ablative is usual with ponere). Al- terum (senatus consultum),cuius domi divisores habitarent. Cic. Att. I, 16, 12. P. Clodium credo te audisse cum veste muliebri deprehensum domi Caesaris. Cic. Att. 1, 12, 3. In domo Caesa- ris quondam unus vir fuit. Cic. Att. II, 7, 3. Educatus est in domo Pericli. Nep. Ale. 2. Here in domo - —in the family. Quae (oratio) in domo eius reperta est. Nep. Lys. 3. Adiecit in domo eius venenum esse. Tac. Ann. IV, 21. Testamentum recitatur in Antoni domo. Suet. Caes. 83. Aeger in domo Maecenatis cuba- bat. Suet. Aug. 72. Rem. 1. The use of the Ablative (domo) without the preposition in, with the Genitive of the Possessor is an irregularity—e. g., Ferunt earn partum Romae edidisse Prisci Tarquinii domo. Liv. I, 39, 5. Domo irregularly stands for in domo or domi. Rem. 2. Instead of the possessive (meae, &c.) or the Genitive of the possessor, we occasionally find the preposition apud with the Accusative of the possessor, with the Locative domi—e. g., Defossum cadaver domi apud Sestium inventum. Liv. Ill, 33, 10. Dixerunt eius vitae a me insidias apud me (cf. meae) domi positas esse. Cic. Suet. XVIII, 41. Rem. 3. The Ablative domo instead ol the Locative domi occasionally occurs—e. g., Domo sibi quaerendum remedium existimavit ad earn moram. Cic. Clu. IX, 27. Domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiabat. Suet. Caes. 20. Domo se tenuit. Nep. Ep. 10. Rem. 4. In some cases the Ablative domo may be explained as Abla¬ tive of means—e. g., LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 87 Una dorao iam capi non possunt. Cic. Off. I, XVII, 54- (So best domo se tenuit.) Rem. 5. With a demonstrative pronoun or any other adjective than a possessive, use the Ablative domo with the preposition in; but without the preposition, when the Ablative expresses means —e p* In hac domo, in ilia domo, in domo magnifica, in singulis do- mibus. Una domo capi. Vigebat in ilia domo mos patrius et disciplina. Cic. Sen. XI, 37. Tu bene in antiqua et severa insti- tuta domo. Sen. Helv. 126. The name of a citv or town, if of the first or second de- ■j 1 clension, singular number, when associated with an attributive, is expressed in the Ablative, with or without the preposition in , to indicate the place where —e. g., Cum ea plaga in Asia sit accepta, in Illyrico, in ipsa Alexan- drea. Cic. Att. XI, 16, 1. In the example in ipsa Alexandrea. the use of the preposition may be determined by the context in Illyrico, &c. In Narbonensis provinciae Alba Helvia inventa est vitis uno die deflorescens. Plin. N. H. XIV, 3, 43. Unde genus Longa nostrum dominabitur Alba. Verg. Aen. VI, 766. The use of the Locative with an attributive, instead of the Ablative with or without the preposition in rests upon the fol¬ lowing example in Cicero—e. g., Cum alter eius filius Papia natus Teani Apuli apud matrem educaretur. Cic. Clu. IX, 27. 2. The name of a city or town, when plural or of the Third Declension, is, when associated with an attributive, expressed in the Ablative. Here the omission of the preposition seems to have been the usage—e. g., Silano Carthagine Nova relicto ipse profectus. Liv. XXVIII, 17, 11. Exsilium et career et mendicatus victa Carthagine pa- nis hine causas habuere. Juv. X. 277. Curibus Sabinis habita- bat. Liv. I, 18, 1. Pannosus vacuis Aedilis Ulubris. Juv. X, 102. Mediis natus Athenis. Juv. Ill, 80. Vacuis sedem figere Cumis destinet. Juv. Ill, 2. Malo vel cum timore domi esse quam sine timore Athenis tuis. Cic. Att. XVI, 6, 2. 127. When the name of a city, town, or island, regularly ex- 88 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. pressed in the Locative, is associated with the name of any other place which requires the Ablative with the preposition m to ex¬ press the place at which— 1. The name of the city, town, or island may conform to the construction of the second place. It is thus brought under the influence of the preposition and written in the Ablative—e. g., Illi sacra quaedam in monte Albano Lavinioquenobisfacienda tradiderunt. Liv. V, 52, 8. Renuntiaverunt Antiochum in Sy¬ ria, Ptolemaeum in Alexandrea sese convenisse. Liv. XLII, 26, 7. Iphicrat.es in Thracia, Timotheus Lesbo, Chares Sigeo vixit. Nep. Chab. 3. 2. The name of the place requiring, regularly, the Ablative with the preposition in may conform to the name of the city, &c., and be expressed in the Locative—e. g., Romae Numidiaeque facinora eius memorat. Sail. Jug. 33. 3. So too the name of a city of the First or Second Declension properly expressed in the Locative conforms to that of a second city requiring the Ablative and is thus written in the Ablative— e. g.. Et Corintho et Athenis nuntiata est victoria. Just. XX, 3. It is better, however, to express both the name of the city, town, or island and of the place with which it is associated ac¬ cording to the rules—the former in \A\e Locative or Ablative with¬ out the preposition, the latter in the Ablative with the preposi¬ tion, when the preposition is required—e. g., Ibi cohortes et Luceriae et Teani reliquaque in Apulia. Cic. Att. VII, 12, 2. Quas (naves) Igili et in Cosano (agro) a pri- vatis coactas eolonis suis compleverat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 34. Hiemare Dyrrhacii, Apolloniae, omnibusque oppidis maritimis constituerat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 5. Alii nuntiabant Capuae at- que in Apulia servile bellum moveri. Sail. Cat. 30. 128. When the name of a city, town, or small island is associated with an appositive word, urbs, oppidum, in¬ sula , civitas, colonia, &c., the Ablative of the appositive word with the preposition in is used with the name of the city, town, or island in the Ablative, if of the Third De- LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 89 clension or plural number, but if of the First or Second Declension singular number, in the Ablative or in the Locative—e. g., Fore ut is in insula Lemno relinqueretur. Cic. Fat. XVI, 36. Hermae, qui in oppido erant Athenis. Nep. Ale. 3. In oppido Citio mortuus est. Nep. Cim. 3. Hiempsal in oppido Thermida eiusdomoutebatur. Sail. Jug. c 12. Edici praetereainurbeRoma. Liv. XXXIX, 14, 7. Cum in eolonia Capua coloni sepulcra disi- cerent. Suet. Caes. 81. Quintum consulatum in insula Samo init. Suet. Aug. 26. Iudicatos hostes fame necavit: Neronem in insula Pontia. Suet. Tib. 54. Optimum in Melo insula nascitur. Plin. N. H. XXXV, 4, 37. Patris quoque eorum et Deli fuere opera et in Lesbo insula. Plin. N. H XXXVI, 4, 9. Cassius in oppido Antiochiae cum omni exercitu. Cic. Att. V, 18, 1. Duo fana duabus in insulis posita, Melitae et Sami, ornamentis nuda- vit. Cic. Verr. II, V, 72, 184. 129. When the name of a city, town or island has asso¬ ciated with it an appositive, urbs , oppidum, &c., defined by an attributive or genitive, the name of the city, &c., precedes in the Locative, if of the First or Second Declen¬ sion, singular number, or in the Ablative if plural or of the Third Declension, with the apposition and genitive or adjective following, with or without the preposition in. When the name of the city, town, or island is placed after the preposition in (which is not usual), it is written in the Ablative—e. g. Albae constiterunt in urbe opportuna, munita, propinqua. Cic. Phil. IV, 2. 6. Leontinis misera in civitate atquc inani, tamcn istius statua deiccta est. Cic. Verr. II, II, 65, 160. Neapoli in celeberrimo oppido cum Graeca palla saepe A'idimus. Cic. Rab. Post X, 26. Adversus quern Athenis in civitate fracta concio- nari ausi sint homines. Liv. IX, 18, 6. Primum Antiochiae celebri urbe antecellere omnibus contigit. Cic. Arch. Ill, 4. Ubi Corin- thi Achaiae urbe certos nuntios accepit. Tac. H. II, 1. Id posi- tum est Rhamunte pago Atticae. Plin. N. H. XXXVI, 5, 17. Eiusdem et alter nudus in Pario Colonia Propontidis. Plin. N. H. 90 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. XXXVI 5, 22. Ochram Juba tradidit in insula Rubri maris Topago nasci. Plin. N. H. XXXV, 6, 22. We do not, perhaps, find in Classical Latin the name o t e city, &c., following the preposition, as in the last two examples. 130. 1. As the Accusative of the name ol a people with the preposition in means into the country of the people, so the Ablative with the preposition in means in the coun¬ try of the people. (See 102.) g., Exercitum in Aulercis Lexoviisque in hibernis collocat. Caes. B. G. Ill, 29. Quae quidem in Sabinis persequi soleo. Cic. Sen. XIV, 46. 2 The use of the preposition in with Ablative of the name of a city or town to express the place at which is frequent in the early*and late writers. The position near a city or town is ex¬ pressed by ad with the Accusati\e e. g., Itaque omnes se ultro sectari in Epheso memorat muheres. Plant M. G. Ill, 1, 183. Fecit et figlina opera quae sola m Ambracia relicta sunt. Plin. N. H. XXXV, 66. Exposito quid ipse ad Avaricum sensisset. Caes. B. G. VII, 52. Surgit pul- chellus puer, obicit mihi, me ad Baias fuisse. Cic. Att. I, 16, 10. Cases of the Omission of the Preposition In. 131. The Ablative of the place at which in connection with the adjectives totus and medius may or may not take the preposition in. With totus the absence of the preposition is more usual; with omnis and universus the use of the preposition is, perhaps, more usual e. g., Vestigium nullum statuarum in tota Sicilia relictum est. Cic. Verr. II, II, 66, 160. Hie est quern in tota provincia Verres sui simillimum iudicavit. Cic. Verr. II, IIP 9, 22. Nego in Sicilia tota ullum argenteum vas fuisse quin conquisierit. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 1, 1. Cognoscere potuistis tota Sicilia neminem senatorem factum esse gratis. Cic. Verr. II, II, 49, 120. Vos ante animos tota Si¬ cilia decumanorum impetus proponite. Cic. Verr. II, III, 23, 58. Res est tota Sicilia notissima. Cic. Verr. II, III, 25, 61. Non oportere ante de ea re ad senatum referri quam delectus tota LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 91 Italia habiti essent. Caes. B. Civ. I, 2. Toto Piceno delectum habere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 12. Toto flumine Hibero naves conqui- rere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 61. Totis castris. Caes. B. Civ. I, 64. Tota provincia. Caes. B. Civ. II, 19. Tota Italia. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 1. Tota acie. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 88. Totis castris. Caes. B. G. I, 39. Tota Gallia. Caes. B. G. V, 55. Toto muro. Caes. B. G. VII, 24. Urbe tota. Suet. Caes. 39. Toto itinere. Suet. Tib. 7. P. Scipi- onem iudicaverunt in tota civitate virum bonorum optimum esse. Liv. XXIX, 14, 8. Praeeo Granius in medio foro, cum ille rogas- set Granium. Cic. Plane. XIV, 33. Nunc eram plane in medio mari. Cic. Att. V, 12, 3. Cum sit nullus medio mari testis. Cic. Rep. Ill, 20, 30. Medio in cursu obviae fuere iis viginti Rhodiae naves. Liv. XXXVI, 45, 5. Career media urbe aedificatur. Liv; I, 33, 8. Sub furca caesum medio egerat circo. Liv. II, 36, 1. Medio sinu Hadriatico ventis latus. Liv. X, 2, 4. Erat insula amne medio. Tac. H. II, 35. Timarchidem omnibus oppidis scitote regnasse. Cic. Verr. II, II, 54, 136. 132. Designations of place at which, when regarded as undivided units, or with no reference to their parts, are expressed in the Ablative without a preposition. To such designations refer terra, mari, coelo. The words terra and mari are usually connected (terra marique, &c.) ; the omission of a connective is a poetic usage—e. g., Bellum Italiae terra marique inferamus. Cic. Att. IX, 1,3. Nulla pars caelo, mari, terra (ut poetice loquar) praetermissa est. Cic. Fin. V, 4 9. Terra caeloque aquarum penuria est. Curt. IV, 29. Veseendi causa terra marique omnia exquirere. Sail. Cat. 13. Neque terra neque mari hostes pares esse potuerant. Nep. Ale. 6. Ipsi iter secundum eas terra direxerunt Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 30 Multum illi terra, plurimum mari pollent. Liv. I. 23, 8. Aut terra, aut mari alicunde (aliqua) euoluam id argentum tibi. Plaut. Pseud. I, 3, 83. Rem. 1. When “ on the land," “ on the sea, “ in the heavens," are dis¬ tinctly stated as places at which, the Ablative is used with the preposi- # # i tion in —e. g., M. Marcellus, qui ter consul fuit, periit in mari. Cic. Pis. XIX, 44. 92 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Cum vacux curls etiam quid in oaelo fiat sciic avemus. Cic. Fin. II, 14, 46. In terra prosperum proelium fuerat. Liv. X, 2, 10. Trepidatum et in mari et in terra. Liv. XXXVII, 29, 5. 0 Deorum quidquid in caelo regit. Hor. Ep. V, 1. Signum quod tempore exoritur suo hie atque in caelo. Plaut. Rud. pr. 5. 133. To the Ablative expressing the at relation, or place where without reference to its parts, must be referred the Ablatives hac, ea, qua, quacumque , with which via may be supplied; dextra, sinistra, laeva, hac, ilia, ea, qua, qua¬ cumque, with which parte may be supplied—e. g., Effecit ut ea elephantus ire posset, qua ante unus homo inermis vix poterat repere. Nep. Hann. 3. Quacumque iter fecit, cum in- eolis conflixit. Nep. Hann. 3. Hac copias traduxit in Italiamque pervenit. Nep. Hann. 3. Miles dextra ac sinistra tectus operi quaecumque sunt usui supportat. Caes. B. Civ. II, 15. Prae- stare arbitrabatur unum locum, qua necessarius nostris erat egressus. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 23. Posse et audere ea transire flu- men, qua traductus esset equitatus. Caes. B. Civ. 1,64. Eo magis miror ambigi, quanam Alpes transiret. Liv. XXI, 38, 6. Castra locat dextra montibus, laeva Tiberi amne saeptus. Liv. IV, 32, 9. Dextra laevaque duo maria claudunt. Liv. XXI, 43, 4. In many cases such forms are to be explained as pure adverbial Ablatives of place. Hence with qua compare ubi; with ea com pare ibi, &c. 134. With the Ablative of locus with an attributive, while the preposition in may be used, the omission of the preposition is more usual—e. g., Quibus in locis. Caes. B. Civ. I, 44. In locis idoneis. Caes. B. Civ. I, 43. In loco aequo. Caes. B. Civ. I, 71. In locis campes- tribus. Caes. B. Civ. I, 79. In locis superioribus. Caes. B. Civ. I, 79. In eo loco. Caes. B. Civ. II, 35. Nullo in loco. B. Civ. Ill, 36. In eo loco. Caes. B. G. I, 27. Omnibus in locis. Caes. B. G. II, 27. In locis superioribus. Caes. B.G.III,6. In his locis. Caes. B. G. Ill, 7, Uno in loco. Caes. B. G. IV, 1. In declivi loco. Caes. B. G. IV, 33. In praecipiti loco. Caes. B. G. IV, 33, Reliquis in LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 93 loeis. Caes. B. G. VI, 25. In loco edito atque aperto. Caes. B. G. VII, 18. His loeis. Caes. B. Civ. I, 25. Aequo loco. Caes. B. Civ, I, 41. Hoc loco. Caes. B. Civ. I, 45. Inferioribus loeis. Caes. B. Civ. I, 46. Iniquo loco. Caes. B. Civ. I, 47. Illis loeis. Caes. B. Civ. I, 48. Iniquissimo loco. Caes. B. G. V, 32. Loeis superiori- bus. Caes. B. Civ. I, 65. Multis loeis. Caes. B. Civ. I, 68. Ali- quo loco. Caes. B. Civ. I, 71. Aliis loeis. Caes. B. Civ. II, 9. Eodem loco. Caes. B. Civ. II, 33. Alio loco. Caes. B. Civ. II, 39. Omnibus loeis. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 3. Pluribus loeis. Caes. B. Civ. III, 24. Idoneo loco. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 30. Edito loco. Caes. B. Civ. 111,37. Lociscertis. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 42. Duobus loeis. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 52. Eo loco. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 74. Suis loeis. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 109. Nonnullis loeis. Caes. B. G. I, 6. Loeis paten- tibus. Caes. B. G. I, 10. Loco opportuno. Caes. B. G. II, 8. Loeis frigidissimis. Caes. B. G. IV, 1. Iniquo loco. Caes. B. G. V, 49. Tribus loeis. Caes. B. G. VII, 61. In other writers the omission of the preposition largely prevails. Rem. 1. In some cases the Ablative of locus, with or without an at¬ tributive, is to be explained as the Ablative of Means. In this ease the proposition in is, of course, omitted—e. g., Suis loeis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 61. 135. Loco in the sense situation or condition occurs both with and without the preposition in, Cicero inclines to the omission of the preposition—e. g., Is enim, si eo loco esset, negavit se facturum fuisse. Cic. Fam. IV, 4, 4. Exulem esse non incommodiore loco, quam si Rhodum me contulissem. Cic. Fam. VII, 3, 5. Qui cum equitum fuga quo in loco res esset, cognovisset. Caes. B. G. II, 26. Pompeius dix- erat eodem se habiturum loco. Caes. B. Civ. I, 33. Vive, cuius tibi ne parens quidem, si eodem loco fuisset, veniam dedisset. Liv. VIII, 35, 6. Triarii, missis ad consules nuntiis, quo loco res essent, redeunt. Liv. II, 47, 5. At enim communis res per haec loco est peiore. Liv. Ill, 68, 3. In eo enim loco res sunt nostrae. Liv. VII, 35, 7. (Eodem loco futuram rem. Liv. XXXIV, 4, 19.) Peiore res loco non potest esse, quam in quo nunc sita est. Ter. Ad. Ill, 2, 46. 94 - university OF VIRGINIA. 136. Loco in the sense in the right place, at the proper time, seasonably, occurs both with and without the prep¬ osition in. Cicero greatly inclines to the Ablative with¬ out in —e. g., Quam ob rem Oenomao tuo nihil utor: etsi posuisti loco versus Accianos. Cic. Fan. IX, 16, 4. Epistolae offendunt non loco redditae. Cic. Fam. XI, 16, 1. Quisque horum loco sententiam rogatus multa disputavit. Cic. Att. IV, 2, 4. Philo et proprio numero et lecta poemata et loco adiungebat. Cic. Tusc. II 11, 26. (Cf. Dequibus singulis suo loco dicam. Cic. Div. II, 6, 16. Ve- tustas tamen suo loco conservanda. Cic. Am. XIX, 68). Nullum nisi loco positum verbum videres. Cic. Brut. LXXIX, 274. Aut alia, quibus loco positis grandior oratio videri solet. Cic. Or. Ill, 38, 153. Tu loco quidem quaeris, sed plenius quod vis explica- bitur. Cic. Part. Or. Ill, 8. (Cf. L. Caesius. cui, quoniam ita te velle intellego, nullo loco deero. Cic. Q. fr. I, 2, 4). Pecuniam in loco negligere maximum interdum’st lucrum. Ter. Ad. II, 2, 8. Haec reprehendere, et corrigere me, et obsecundare in loco. Ter. Ad. V, 9, 39. % 137. Loco in the sense in the place of, in the stead of, as, occurs both with and without the preposition in. The omission of the preposition prevails—e. g., Hoc in beneficii loco petitum est ab Apronio. Cic. Verr. II, III, 48, 114. Qui si mihi quaestor imperator fuisset, in filii loco fuisset. Cic. post. red. in sen. XIV. 35. Criminis loco putant esse quodvivam. Cic. Fam. VII, 3, 6. Habebant obsidum loco. Caes. B. Civ. I, 74. Datur obsidis loco filius. Caes. B. Civ. I, 84. Ha¬ bere loco praedae. Caes. B. Civ. II, 25. In hostium habere loco. Caes. B. Civ. II, 25. Res est impedimenti loco. Caes. B. Civ. 111,17. Hostis loco habere. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 21. Loco praedae habere. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 42. Poenae loco imponere labores. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 74. In cohortis praetoriae loco habere. Caes. B. G. I, 42. Obsidum loco secum ducere. Caes. B. G. V,5. Custodis loco reimquere. Caes. B. G. VI, 6. Servorum habere loco. Caes. B. G. VI, 13. Ignominiae ferre loco. Caes. B. G. VII, 17. Habere civ- ium loco. Caes. B. G. VII, 77. Commiserunt ut hostium loco LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 95 essent. Liv. II, 4, 7. Yos mihi cognatorum, vos affinium loco ducerem. Sail Jug. 14. Tyrii semper parentum loco culti. Curt. IV, 8. Parentis earn loco diligi. Curt. V. 11. Testimonii loco librum a Pharnabazo datum tradidit. Nep. Lys. 4. Itaque eum habuit scribae loco. Nep. Eum. 1. Accipere loco criminis Quint. XI, 1, 28. Criminis loco ponere. Quint. XI, 1, 28. Rem. 1. Reference to loco or in loco—place at which—is made usually by the Ablative of the relative, quo , or by uhi. The preposition in with the Ablative of the relative is not excluded—e. g., Productos eodem loco, quo superioribus diebus constituerat, in acie eollocat. Caes. B. Civ. II, 33. Cum eos in eo loco, quo turn essent, su- utn adventum exspectare iussisset, paruerunt. Caes. B. G. 1,27. Ncque unquam ad manum accedere licebat, nisi his locis,quibus paucis multis possent resistere Nep. Eum 5. Eodem loco sepultus, ubivitam posue- rat. Nep. Paus. 5. Rem. 2. The relative is often attracted into the clause of its antece¬ dent, loco, locis — e. g., Fenestras, quibus in locis visum est, ad tormenta mittenda in stru- endo reliquerunt. Caes. B. Civ. II, 9. Sponsionem fecerunt, (uti) quo in loco inter se obvii fuissent, etc. Sail. Jug. 99. 138. The Ablative numero with a Genitive occtirs both with and without the preposition in, with the tendency to the omission of the preposition. In some eases numero approaches the sense of loco=m the place of, &c.—e. g., Missis ad Varum legatorum numero centurionibus sese ei ded- iderunt. Caes. B. Civ. II, 44. Servorum habere numero. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 82. Iiostium habere numero. Ca«s. B. G. VI, 6. Nu¬ mero impiorum habere. Caes. B. G. VI, 13. Deorum numero du- cere. Caes. B. G. VI, 21. In proditorum numero ducere. Caes. B. G. VI, 32. 139. The omission of the preposition in with parte, partibus, regione, and an attributive or Genitive is fre¬ quent and quite the rule —e. g., Reliquis oppidi partibus pugnatum est. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 112. Sic (utamur) amicitia aliqua parte periclitatismoribus amicorum. Cic. Am. XVII, 63. Ad moenia Romae populabundi regione por¬ tae Esquiliniae accessere. Liv. Ill, 66, 5. Forte earegione castra 96 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. adorti sunt. Liv. V, 8, 7. Templum his regionibus, quas animo metatus sum, dedico. Liv. I, 10, 6. 140. The Ablatives libro, epistola, litteris, and such words are used without the preposition in, when the en¬ tire work is referred to; with the preposition in, when a part of the work is meant—e. g. De amicitia alio libro dictum est. Cic. Off. II, 9, 3. By the omission of the preposition with alio libro it is indicated that the subject of the work is friendship, and hence the entire work is referred to. There is no incidental allusion to friendship in the work, which is devoted entirely to its discussion. Ouas (sententias) hoc libro exposui arbitratu meo. Cic. Am. I, 1, 3. Hoc uno volumine vitam excellentium virorum concluderc constituimus. Ned. Ep. 4. Senatum litteris deprecatus est. Suet. Caes. 29. (Perhaps litteris better Ablative of Means). Hoc dis- ticho apparet iactato a militibus. Suet. Caes. Autographa epis¬ tola, Caenavi, ait, mi Tiberi, cum isdem. Suet. Aug 71. Vide- batur scribens de officiis tertio libro semper Caesarem in ore hab- uisse. Suet. Caes. 30. Quid de utilitate loquar stercorandi ? Uixi in eo libro quern de rebus rusticis scripsi. Cic. Sen. XV, 54. Ea (officia) quae es- sent dictum est in libro superiore. Cic. Off. II, 13, 43. Satis de- lensa religio est in secundo libro a Lucilio. Cic. Div. 1,5,9. Ex quo ilia ratio nata est Platonis.a me posita est in sexto libro de re publica. Cic. Tusc. 1,22,53. Sed de hoc in eo meo libro plu- ra sunt exposita. Nep. Dion. 3. In annali suo scriptum reliquit. Nep.Hann. 13. Huius de vita plura in eo libro persecuti sumus. Nep. Cat. 3. Rem. 1. In some cases the preposition seems to have been used or omitted with no exact reference to the scope of the work. In some cases the Ablative without the preposition must be interpreted as the Ablative of means or manner—e. g., Ouaere ad propositum veniemus et in hoc exponemus libro de vita excellentium imperatorum. Nep. praef. In this sentence we look for libro without the preposition, unless in the statement it was intended to exclude the biographies of those not regarded as eminent command¬ ers (excelientes imperatores.) Ut quoniam libris fatalibus contineretur, Parthos nisi a rege non posse vinci, Caesar rex appalleretur. Suet. Caes. 79. In this sentence ws LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 97 look for in libris fatalibus, as the qualification of Parthos nisi a rege non posse vinci, while the interpretation of libris fatalibus as libris de Fato would justify the omission of the preposition. Quod fecisse M. Tullium commentariis ipsius apparet. Quint. X, 7,30. Rem. 2. When libro, litteris, &c., are referred to by the relative or de¬ monstrative, the Ablative is used with or without the preposition in, according to the rules for the use or omission of the preposition with libro, litteris, &c.—e. g., Qui litteras redderet, in quibus haec fuisse seripta Thucydides memo¬ riae prodidit. Nep. Paus. 2. Cum ei in suspicionem venisset, aliquid in ea (epistola) de se esse scriptum. Nep. Paus. 4. In qua (oratione) suadet Lacedaemoniis. Nep. Lvs. 4. Litteras recitavit, in quibus scrip¬ tum erat. Sail. Cat. 30. Litteras accipit, quibus ei denuntiabat, ne salutem suam Philippo committeret. Curt. Ill, 14. 141. Reference to a person as the author of a work is made by apud and the Accusative of the name of the author. The preposition apud is also used with the Ac¬ cusative of a general designation (as the Relative or Dem¬ onstrative) of an author—e. g., Cyrus apud Xenophontem negat se umquam sensisse senectu- tem. Cic. Sen. IX, 30. Videtisne ut apud Homerum Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet ? Cic. Sen. X, 31. Apud Agathoclem scriptum in historia est. Cic. Div. I, 24, 50. Est apud Platonem Socrates, dicens Critoni. Cic. Div. I, 25, 52. Nam ille apud Tra- beam voluptatem animi laetitiam dicit. Cic. Fin. II, 4, 13. Quam. quam invenio apud Platonem. Quint. XI, 2, 9. Ut scriptum apud C. Drusum exstat. Suet. Aug. 94. Cum apud Xenophon¬ tem legisset. Suet. Caes. 87. Pacuvius hoc melius quam Sopho¬ cles.apud ilium Ulixes lamentatur in vulnere. Cic. Tusc. II, 21, 49. De cuius morte apud plerosque scriptum est. Nep. Them. 10. 142. The preposition apud is used with the Accusative of the author of an opinion, judgment , or statement, or of a person or persons who entertain a given opinion, judgment, or estimate —e. g., Apud quos venandi et equitandi laus viget. Cic. Tusc. II, 26, 62. Videmusne apud quos eorum ludorum magnus honos sit, nullum ab iis devitari dolorem? Cic. Tusc. II, 26, 62. Apud 98 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. bonos iidem sumus, quos reliquisti, apud sordem nrbis multo me¬ lius nunc, quam reliquisti. Cic. Att. I, 16, 11. Apud quosdam acerbior in conviciis narrabatur. Tac. Agric. 22. Apud pruden- tes vita eius varie extollebatur. Tac. Ann. I, 9. Non apud regem modo, sed apud patres plebemque longe maxi mo honOre Servius Tullius erat. Liv. I, 40, 1. , , 143. Reference to a literary work is made bv the Abla¬ tive with the preposition in —e. g., Sed in Catone MaioreCatonem induxi senem disputantem. Cic. Am. I, 4. Philosophiae vituperatoribus respondimus in Horten- sio. Cic. Tusc. II, 2, 4. Non nimis in Niptris ille sapientissimus Graeciae saucius lamentatur. Cic. Tusc. II, 21, 48. Itaque in ex¬ tremis Niptris alios obiurgat. Cic. Tusc. II, 21, 50. Facit ut non intellegatur oratio, qualis est in Timaeo Platonis. Cic. Fin. II, 5. 15. Ilia ratio, quae a Socrate est in Phaedro explicata. Cic. Tusc. I, 22, 53. Quod scripsi in Originibus. Cic. Sen, XX, 75. 144. To express at the house of a person the name of the person or personal pronoun is written in the Accusa¬ tive with the preposition apud. In a more general sense the Accusative with the preposition apud expresses the Proprietor or Host with whom, at whose house, or the person near whom the action occurs—e. g., Fuisti apud Laecam ilia nocte. Cic. Cat. I, 4, 9. Ego eo die casu apud Pompeium cenavi. Cic. Fam. I, 2, 3. Ego cum tri- duum cum Pompeio et apud Pompeium fuissem. Cic. Att. V, 7. A me petivit ut secum et apud se essem cotidie. Cic. Att. V, 6, 1. Malo tecum apud te ambulare quam cutp eo, quocum video esse ambulandum. Cic. Att. IV, 10, 1. Cum apud Caesarem pro pop- ulo fieret, venit eo muliebri vestitu vir. Cic. Att. I, 13, 3. Late- bat apud P. Volumnium. Nep. Att. 10. Neque umquam sine aliqua lectione apud eum cenatum est. Nep. Att. 14. Ipseqmucos dies commoratus apud C. Flaminium in ugro Arretino.. Sail. Cat. 36. Sed licere, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere, quorum sint legati apud se. Caes. B. G. IV, 8. 145. The place near which, loosely rendered at which, 1 LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 99 a battle or specific military operation takes place is ex¬ pressed by apud or ad with the Accusative—e. g., Cum tribunus militaris depugnavi apud Thermopylas. Cie. Sen. X, 32. Praedicabitur incredibilis apud Tenedum pugna ilia nav- alis. Cic. Arch. IX, 21. Constituunt bellum ad Ilerdam gerere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 38. Quod proelium factum est ad Megatobriam. Caes. B. G. I, 31. Quae ad Avaricum agebantur. Caes. B.G. VII, 16. Res quae erant ad Corfinium gestae. Caes. B. Civ. I, 24. Haee est nobilis ad Trasumennum pugna. Liv. XXII, 7, 1. Prae- tores qui proelio apud Isson superfuerant. Curt. IV, 6. Apud Granicum eertavimus. Curt. IV, 53. Quae proelio apud Arbela coniuneta sunt, ordiar dicere. Curt. V, 1. Apud Artemisium con- Hixit. Nep. Th. 9. Apud Salamina classis devicta est. Nep. Th. 5. Proelio apud Salamina facto. Nep. Th. 9. Apud Plataeas in proelio. Nep. Arist. 2. Conflixerat apud Rhodanum. Nep. Hann. 4. Apud Trebiam ad versus eum venit. Nep. Hann. 4. Quern ipse primo apud Rhodanum, iterum apud Padum, tertio apud Trebiam fugarat. Nep. Hann. 6. Rem. 1. Instead of a pud or ad with the Accusative, the Genitive de¬ fining pugna , proelium , &c., may be used. When the military operation includes the town, the latter is written in the Locative or Ablative—e.g., Cum hoc eodem Clastidii apud Padum decernit. Nep. Hann. 4. Ver- cingetorix tot incommodis Vellaunoduni, Genabi, Novioduni acceptis, suos ad concilium convocat. Caes. B. G. VII, 14. Si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset. Liv. XXIII, 43, 4. * 146 . Instead of the Accusative of the name of the town with the preposition apud or ad the adjective may be used—e. g. Ac tamen quod fuit roboris proeliis Dyrrhacinis interiit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 87. Cum pugna depingeretur Marathonia. Nep. Milt. 6. Namque ex me natam relinquo pugnam Leuctricam. Nep. Epam. 10. Nemo adversus eum post Cannensem pugnam in cam- po castra posuit. Nep. Hann. 5. 147 . The place or space on which or within which an action occurs, over or through which it extends, but to 100 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. which it is limited , is expressed in the Ablative without the preposition in. To this connection must be referred the Ablatives via, itinere , and the like e. g., Iter conficiebamus pulverulenta via. Cic. Att. V, 14, 1. lide- mus naturam suo quodam itinere ad ultimum pervenire. Cic. N. D II, 13, 35- Ne ad villam quidem tuam via Graeca ire soles. Cic Fani VII 1, 3. Curavit (litteras) perlonga et non satis tuta via perferendas. Cic. Att. V. 20, 8. Convocatos milites monuit, via omnes irent. Liv. XXV, 9. 4. Rem 1 When the action does not extend through the entire space in¬ dicated by the word in the Ablative, which is usually the case with a verb of rest, the Ablative is used with the preposition in e. g., Caedam in Appia via factam esse constat. Cic. Mil. VI, 14. Aio Locntio templum propter vocem exanditam in Nova via lussirnus en. T iv V 52 11 In eo itinere persuadet Castico. Caes. B. G. l, a. i itinere'de proelio facto audivi. Cic. Fam. X, 4, 2. Num idem in Appen- nini tramitibus facere potero ? Cic. Phil. XII, 11, 26. Rem. 2. The difference between the Ablative with and without in can¬ not be uniformly insisted upon. 1. With in— e. g., T XT . T • In Nova via. Liv. V, 32, 6. [Use of m regular]. In Nova via. Liv. V, 50, 5. [Use of in regular]. 2. Without in —e. g., Gabina via. Liv. II, 11, 7. [We look for in]. Gabina via. Liv. V, 49, 6 [We look for in]. Appia via. Liv. XXII, 1,12 [We look for in]. Latina via. Liv. XXII, 55, 4. [Omission of in regular]. Rem. 3. In many cases the Ablatives itinere and via, with and without an attributive, may be explained as Ablatives of Means, Manner, or Time. 148 . The English by the way of is rendered in Latin by the Ablative without a preposition. In a similar sense occurs per with the Accusative—e. g., Cottianis Alpibus Italiam irrumpere iussus. Tac. H. I, 61. \ul- go credere Pennino transgressum. Liv. XXI, 38, 6. Coelium per Cremonis iugum dicere transisse. Liv. XXI, 3, 8, 7. Ex his cas- tris perrexi in Ciciliam per Cappadociae earn partem. Cic. Att. V, 20, 2. Iter in Ciciliatn feci per Tauri pylas. Cic. Att. V, 20, 2. Audierat Pompeium per Mauritania™ iter in Hispaniam facere. LATIN CAS^-RELATIONS. I -1 101 Caes. B. Civ. I, 39. Petreius per Vettones ad Afranium profiseisci tur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 38. 149 . The qualifications of the place where in the Abla¬ tive or Locative are likewise expressed either in the Abla¬ tive or Locative, as required by the rules given—e. g., Constabat Elide in tempto Minervae simulacrum Vietoriae se convertisse. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 105. Fuit aenea tabula fixa Ther- mis in curia. Cic. Verr. II, II, 46, 112. Eodem die Antiochiae in Syria bis tantus exercitus clamor exauditus est. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 105. Trallibus in templo Vietoriae. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 105. Pergami in occultis templi. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 105. Exercitum in Aulercis in hibernis collocavit. Caes. B. G. Ill, 29. 150 . The at relation in Space, or the general place where, when used as means or manner, occasionally cause , must be expressed in the Ablative without the use of the preposition in —e. g., Domitius navibus Massiliam pervenit. Caes. B. Civ. 1,36. Om- nes his angustiis continebantur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 48. Milites his navibus flumen transportat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 54. Ne quo loco erumperent Pompeiani. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 44, Equitatum decu- mana porta in castra se recipere iussit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 76. Frumentum, quod flumine Arare navibus subvexerat. Caes. B. G. I, 16. Quorum pars aperto latere legiones circumvenire coepit. Caes. B. G. II. 23. Ne Varenus quidem turn vallo sese continet. Caes. B. G. V, 44. Cum angusto portarum exitu se ipsi preme- rent. Caes. B. G. VII, 28. Sinistra manU retinebat areum, dextra ardentem facem praeferebat. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 34, 74. Ipse equo in oppidum vectus. Caes. B. Civ. II, 44. Veniat nunc, experiatur: tecto recipiet nemo. Verr. II, II, 10, 26. Vinum Tiberi devectum. Juv. Sat. VII, 121. Alio vectus vehiculo. Veil. II, 59. Rem. 1. The where relation as Means, Manner, or Cause furnishes the proper explanation of the preposition in, in many cases of assumed poetic license.” , i 102 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. II. Ablative of the At Relation in Time, or of Time When. 151 . Parallel with the Ablative denoting the general at or where relation in Space is the Ablative denoting the o-eneral at relation in Time, or the time when , at which. 152 . The Ablative denoting time when is used without a preposition* irrespective ot the actual extent of the period expressed by the word of time. In other words, the period of time is regarded as a unit, with no reference to its parts, even though the action or event defined does not occupy or cover the entire period . To this connection must, of course, be referred the designations of time which are incapable of resolution into parts—e. g., Neque tam languido animo quisquam fuit qui ea nocte conqui- everit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 21. Quarta vigilia Lentulus cum custodi- bus nostris colloquitur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 22. Postero die Petreius cum paucis equitibus proficiscitur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 66. Hora de- cima subsequi pabulatores iubet. Caes. B. Civ. I, 80. Eodem die castra movit Caes. B. G. I, 48. Multa nocte se in castra re cepit. Caes. B. G. Ill, 26. Proelia maxima natali suo die fecit omnia. Nep. Timol, 5. Arabes campos et montes hieme et aestate peragrantes cantus avium notaverunt. Cic. Div. I, 42, 94. Si iu- dicatum erit meridie non lucere. Cic. Att. I, 1, 1. Neque quod initio praedicarant praestare voluerunt. Nep. Eum. 13. Oriente luce pervenerunt ad angustias. Curt. Ill, 21. Orto sole sacrum faciebat. Curt IV, 2G. Principio generi animantium omni est a natura tributum. Cic. Off., I, 4, 11. Ut. urbs capta eodem vestigio videretur. Caes. B. Civ. II, 7. Quod sacrificium nemo ante P. Clodium omni memoria violavit. Cic. Harus. XXII, 37. Rem. 1. In the ante-classical as well as the post-classical periods of the language the preposition in with principio is common. The simple Abla¬ tive is more frequent in the Classical period—e. g., Ne quid in principio negaret, visenda urbe diei partem consumpsit. Liv. XXIII, 7, 12. Recensebant Dareum in principio imperii iussisse. Curt. Ill, 6. Constituendum putarem principio quis esset imperator. Cic. Or. I, 48, 210. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 103 Rem. 2. In the words heri and vesperi the Locative ending is retained —e- g * Lepidus ad me heri vesperi litteras misit Antio. Cic. Att. XIII, 47, 2. Vesperi ad nos eodem die venit ipse Dionysius. Cic. Att. VIII, 5, 1. 153 . Time is often implied in the word in the Ablative— e. g., Pompeius in Cumanum Parilibus venit. Cic. Att. IV, 10, 2. Sa- turnalibus mane se mihi Pindenissitae dediderunt. Cic. Att. V, 20, 1. Itaque et ludis et gladiatoribus mirandos plansu^ aufere- bamus. Cic. Att. I, 16, 113 Tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat. Cic. Fam. V, 2, 8. Consulatu devenimus in me¬ dium rerum omnium certamen. Cic. Or.; I, 1, 3. Cuius absentis rationem haberi proximis comitiis populus iussit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 9. Neque adhuc hominum memoria repertus est quisquam. Ceas. B. G. Ill, 22. Cum se bis expertos dicerent Ariovisti bello et Teneterorum transitu. Caes. B. G. V, 55. Bello vacationes valent, tumultu non valent. Cic. Phil. VIII, 1, 3. E.xperti sumus Italico bello Siciliam nobis pro penaria cella fuisse. Cic. Verr. II, II, 2, 5. Hamilcar primo bello Punico praeesse coepit exqrcitui. Nep. Hann.l. Leuctrica pugna hie fuit dux delectae in anus. Nep. Pel. 4. Bello ac pace pati legitima imperia potes, Liv. VIII, 3»5, 7. Super calibus vetuit currere imberbes. Suet, Aug- 31. Munere in foro depugnavit Furius Lepidus. Suet. Caes. 39- Ludis Deci- mus Laberius eques mimum suum egitu Suet. Caes. 39. politico triumpho praetulit titulum veni, vidi, vici. Suet. Caes. 37. J -'' ■ " Imi'l 'f? ;i, 154 . With most of the preceding and similar designa¬ tions of time the preposition in occurs with the Ablative. In many cases in which the preposition in is used, the Ablative properly and regularly presents the period of time with\n which the action or event occurs, or within which it is repeated. In some cases the time is conceived not as the time at which, but during or within which. From the facts in the Language, however, it may be fair- lv concluded that the Latin writers often used or omitted the preposition in with the Ablative of a designation of Time with no conscious reference to the distinction of the 104 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. time at which (without preposition) from the time with - in which (with preposition). We cannot then insist upon an inflexible rule that the simple Ablative expresses the time at which, or presents the exact measure of the event or action, and that the Ablative with the preposition in presents the time w r ithin which, or the time the whole of which is not covered by the event or action—e. g., Est, inquit, ut dicis, est vero, inquit, Scipio, in pace et otio. Cic. de Re Pub. I, 40, 63. Quis dubitare posset, cum istius in quaestura furtum recognosceret, cum in legatione fanorum spoli- ationes cogitaret, qualis iste in quarto actu improbitatis futurus esset ? Cic. Verr. I, II, 6, 18. Quaerimus qualis in bello praedo- num praedo ipse fuerit. Cic. Verr. II, I, 59, 154. Qui in pace tranquilla bellum excitare possent. Liv. XXVI, 26, 11. Nedum in bello respirare civitatem forent passuri. Liv. XXVI, 26, 11. Neque aliorum magis in Volsco bello virtus enituit. Liv. II, 24, 8. Prior horum apud Massagetas in proelio cecidit. Nep. Reg. 1. Cum in consulatu suo rex appellatus esset. Caes. B. G. I, 34. In the preceding examples the use of the preposition in is cov¬ ered by the rule, but in the example—Consulatu devenimus in me¬ dium rerum omnium certamen. Cic. Or. I, 1, 3—the exclusion of the preposition in is not demanded by the temporal relation ex pressed, while in the example—Videtis religionem Graecorum, quae monumenta hostium in bello ipso soleat defendere. Cic. Verr. II, II, 65, 159—the exclusion of the preposition would be consist- tent with the rule. Rem- 1. From the regular use of the preposition in must be excepted the cases in which the preposition is authorized by the verb. The in¬ fluence of the verh may render the temporal relation of the Ablative questionable—e. g., Occupatis Romanis in Macedonico bello. Liv. XLII, 29, 6. Cum his m proeliis versabantur, ad eos se equites recipiebant. Caes. B. G. I, 48. 155 , The preposition in is used with the Ablatives tem¬ pore, temporibus, aetatibus, when circumstances, temp¬ oral or political relations, a critical state of things, are referred to by the word of time in the Ablative—e. g., I>ATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 105 Eac (res) contra nos ambae faciunt in hoc tempore. Cic. Quinct. 1,1. (Here in hoc tempore may be best rendered “ under the ex¬ isting circumstances,” “in the present state of things”). Quae studia in his iatn aetatibus nostris contractiora esse debent. Cic. Gael. XXXI, 76. In illo tempore civitatis quod post mortem Caesaris consecutum est. Cic. Phil. V, 14, 38. Hoc in tempore nulla civitas Atheniensibus auxilio fuit. Nep. Milt. 5. 156 . The different periods of life, pueritia , iuventute ( iuventa ), adolescentia, senectute (senecta), also vita , aetate , and praesentia take regularly , in the Ablative, the preposition in, to express the time when , or during which —e iy (Ea) in adolescentia significant quantaefrugesindustriaesint fu- turae. Cic.Cael. XXXI, 76. Propterea quasi cognomen iam ha- bebat in senectute sapientis. Cic. Am. II, 6. Constat eum per- studiosum fuisse in senectute. Cic. Sen. XX, 76. Cf. In senecta hoc deputo miserrimum. Cic. Sen. VIII, 25. Si in pueritia non iis artibus ac disciplinis institutus eras. Cic. Verr. II, I, 18, 47. Dies quos in vita laetissimos vidit. Cic. Am. Ill, 12. Quid est in hominis vita diu ? Cic. Sen. XIX. 69. Nihil omnino agamus in vita. Cic. Fat. XII, 28. Quale cuiusque studium in superiore vita. Cic. Sen. VIII, 26. 0 miserum senem, qui mortem eontem- nendam in tarn longa aetate non viderit ! Cic. Sen. XIX, 66. Quae in vita usurpant homines, cogitant. Cic. Fat. XXII, 45 Artes quae in omni aetate cultae. Cic. Sen. Ill, 9. Frustra con- sumptae tot noctes tarn longa in aetate. Cic. Div. II, 68, 141. Sed in senecta sinistro (oculo) minus vidit. Suet. Aug. 79. Per- taesus ignaviam suam, quod nihil a se memorabile actum esset in aetate. Suet. Caes. 7. Hoc video in praesentia opus esse. Cic. Att. XV, 20, 4. Satis habebat in praesentia hostem prohibere. Caes. B. G. I, 15. There is no authority for the identity of in praesentia with in praesens, which latter phrase finds its parallel in in perpetuum, in posterum, in aeternum, &c. Rem. 1. The Ablative of time, without the preposition in, may present the relation of cause—e. g., Dareus senectute diem obiit supremum. Nep. Reg. 1. 106 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 157 . The periods ol life m the Ablative with an attribu- tive are usually and regularly written without the prepo¬ sition in. The preposition is sometimes used by the late writers—e. g., Qui extrema pueritia miles in exercitu fuit. Cic. Imp. Pomp. X, 28. Prima iuventa variorum dedeeorum infamiam subiit. Suet. Aug. 68. Quidam putant usum occasione rapiendae domina- tionis, quam aetate prima concupisset. Suet. Caes. 30. Solitus est narrare se in prima iuventa studium philosophiae hausisse. Tac. Agr. 4. Rem. In some cases the Ablative of a period of life with an attributive must be interpreted as the descriptive Ablative—e. g., Erat summa senectute et perdita valetudine. Cic. Phil. VIII, 10, 31. 158 . The Ablative tempore , with or without the prepo¬ sition in rendered “at the right , proper timer The omis¬ sion of the preposition in is, perhaps, more usual. In the sense “ at the appointed time” the omission of the prepo¬ sition is the rule—e. g., Ego renovabo commendationem, sed tempore. Cie. Earn. All, 18, 1. Ad cenam tempore venit Canius. Cic. Off. Ill, 14, 58. Ni castris exciti pedites equitesque in tempore subvenissent. Liv. XXXIII, 5, 2. Educatus Ravennae puer, quo mox ludibrio con- flictatus sit, in tempore memorabo. Tac. Ann. I, 58. Quod si non sumus immortales futuri, tamen exstingui homini suo tem¬ pore optabile est. Cic. Sen. XXIII, 85. Putabat se ad comitia tempore venturum, si pridie venisset. Cic. Verr. II, II, 52, 123. 159 . A period of time defined by a numeral is presented in its continuousness or extent , the whole of which is cov¬ ered or occupied by the event or action. Here there is an exact coincidence of time and event or action. The event or action is measured by, restricted to, and, so to speak, located at the time. This extent of specific time in the Ablative is identical in meaning with the Accusative of Time. In one case the Accusative emphasizes the contin¬ uance of an event or action through a given extent ol LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 107 time; in the other the Ablative furnishes, so to speak, the location in time as the time at which the event or action occurs. The Ablative in this statement of time is used without the preposition in. It is not frequently met with in the place of the Accusative, in the best period of the language, while in late writers it is very common—e. g., Scriptum est triginta annis vixisse Panaetium postea quam illos libros edidisset. Cic. Off. Ill, 2, 8. Cuius ductu novem annis rem publieam felicissime gesserit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 7. Hoc cum csset modo pugnatum continenter horis quinque. Caes. B. Civ. I, 46. Ariovistus his omnibus diebus exercitum castris continuit. Caes. B. G. I, 48. Diebus XXV aggerem latum pedes CCCXXX exstruxit. Caes. B. G. VII, 24. Gessit novem annis, quibus in imperio fuit, haec fere. Suet. Caes. 25. Curulis triumphos egit eontinuo triduo. Suet. Aug. 22. Ceteros consulatus aut novem aut sex aut quattuor aut tribus mensibus, secundum vero pau- cissimis horis gessit. Suet. Aug. 26. Vixit annis viginti novem, imperavit triennio et deeem mensibus. Suet. Calig. 53. Quadri- duo in eodem loco substitit. Curt. IV, 40. Metellus in iisdem castris quadriduo moratus saucios reficit. Sail. Jug. 54. Amotus Cercinam quattuordecim annis exilium toleravit. Tac. Ann. 1,53. 160 . The Ablative of a period of time with totus repre¬ sents the time in its continuousness, the whole of which is covered by the event or action, and is used without the preposition in — e. g., Ea tota nocte continenter ierunt. Caes. B. G. I, 26. Tota nocte....... ad Araxen prima luce pervenit. Curt. V, 17. Toto die eacumina montis intuens restitit. Curt. VII, 43. Toto triennio meditatus erat defensionem. Curt. VII, 1. 161 . The time is presented in the Ablative as the period within which the event or action occurs. While the time is conceived in its continuousness, the whole time is not covered by the event or action, which takes place at some point or points of time within it. The period of time in UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. ! , , . . i , • „ tVint is it is reckoned from an «„f to L gotherri from the co.toxt. A. the ptnotl within which may embrace tl.o beginning aod ™(loftl.e time in this use of the Ablative the beginning or end of the period is often the time intended to be expressed. This Ablative then is used: 1 With distinctive reference to the beginning of the period stated in the Ablative. This use of the Ablative ,s not frequent. Here the conception is so long &go or before e. g., . Qui non vetustatis auctoritatem habere poterant, pauc.s ^ bus r eges constituti. Auct. B. Alex. 33. Here reference is made to the parties who had been appointed rulers a few days before, n ZlH a few days, nor at any time within a few days-Rap,ant frutnenta ex agris nostris quent ad mod- ~rapue^. Tiv II 34- 10- Here tertio anno means the third yet , threc . w arL ago). The ordinal tertio defines the period anno as the time at which (reckoned from the present) the event occurred. , When the period of time is reckoned from the present, the pro- ago The point of reckoning, the present, may be furnished by text, without hie. The Ablative with hie is not frequent e Ergo his annis quadringentis Romae rex erat ? Oc^ReR b^T,^ Here his annis quadringentis means 400 yeais ago. • usque ad Romulum.qui ab hoe tempore anno seseentes.mo rex eiat. REMT'Thepronoun hie when transferred to the past regularly be¬ comes / lie. Hence the Ablative of a period of time ^"^Tvent period reckoned from a given past at the beginning o which thej^ ^ or action occurred. Here the conception is so long before. P reckoning, in the past, may be furnished by the context without hie. This Ablative with ille is not frequent e. g., j nr _ Diodorus ad propinquum suum scribit, ut us responderet dlud ar o-entum se paucis illis diebus misisse Lilybaeum. Cie. Verr. II, IV, 18, Id Here the statement is that the silver-work had been sent a few davs before, not at any or some time within a tew days. Venerat ad earn illo biduo Laetilius quidam. Cie. Ven. II, H. ■ • Hortatus sumut illam laudationem quam se meUi coactos paucui , . diebus deeresse dicebant, tollerent. Cie. Verr. II, IV 83 140. Bn per tinum servum eonfecit totum negotium. Cic. Att. 1, lb, o Rem 3 With this relation before or ago expressed in the Ablatn LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 109 without the preposition in may be compared time in the Accusative or Ablative with ante —e. g., Neeesse est miseros esse eos qui centum milibus annorum ante occi- derunt. Cic. Tusc. I, 5. 9. Nobis tarn longae absentiaeconditione ante quadriennium amissus es. Tae. Agr. 45. 162 . 2. With distinct reference to the end of the period sta¬ ted in the Ablative. Here the event or action occurs at the end of the time stated in the Ablative, and the con¬ ception is so long after—e. g., Eo biduo cum esset annonae summa caritas. Cic. Att. IV, 1, 6. Ipse iis navibus Tarraconem paucis diebus pervenit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 21. Legem promulgavit ut sexenni die sine usuris cred- itae pecuniae solvantur. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 20. Hue biduo venit. Caes. B. G. VII, 11. His paucis diebus Aulerci portas clauserunt. Caes. B. G. Ill, 17. Here paucis diebus means a few days after the arrival of the Sabines (as is gathered from the context). Parte tertia exercitus eo biduo dimissa duas legiones suas ante- cedere iussit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 87. Eo triduo legio octava ad eum venit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 18. Eo biduo Caesar cum equitibus nongentis in castra pervenit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 41. Castra movit diebusque circiter quindecim ad fines Belgarum pervenit. Caes. B. G. II, 2. Pulsus biduo et duabus noctibus Hadrumetum perve¬ nit. Nep. Hann. 6. Rem. 1. With this relation after expressed in the Ablative v/ithout the preposition in may be compared time in the Accusative or Ablative with post —e. g., Ita recepi me biennio post non modo exercitatior sed prope mutatus. Cic. Brut. XCI, 316. Aliquot post menses et homo occisus est et bona venisse dicuntur. Cic. Rose. Am. XLIV, 128. Rem. 2. When two events or actions are presented and relatively con¬ sidered, the time in the Ablative gives the period at the end of which the leading event or action occurs reckoned from the subordinate event or action, which is associated with the Relative agreeing with the period in the Ablative. This is the relation of priority ordinarily expressed by postquam. Instead of the Relative alone, the Relative with the preposi¬ tion a (ab) is sometimes found—e. g., Accidit repentinum incommodum biduo, quo haec gesta sunt. Caes. B. Civ. 1,48. Haec acta diebus quadraginta quibus in conspectum ad- versariorum venerit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 32. Barbari eommoti, quod op- pidum paucis diebus quibus eo ventum erat expugnatum cognoverant. 110 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Caes B G III, 23. Diebus quindecim, quibus m hiberna ventum est, hittfum tmnultus ortum est. Caes. B. G. V. 26 Diebus decern qu,bus materia coepta est comportari, exercitus traducitur. Caes B. G. IV , ?8 Lex RupiUa vetabat diebus triginta sortiri dream quibus scnp- ta est Cic. Verr. II, II, 15, 37. In this example the negative force o etat is to be observed. Quibus effectis armat.sque diebus tngmta a qua die materia caesa est, his D. Brutum praefec.t. Caes. B. Civ. I 36 Quattuor quibus in eonspectum venit horis, una profligav.t ace. Suet. Caes. 35. 163 3- With distinct reference to the end of theperiod of time reckoned from the Present into the Future, as well as from ti given Past into the Future e. g., Tribus horis Aduaticam venire potestis. Caes. B. G. VI, 35. Futurum esse paucis annis uti omnes ex Galliae fimbus pelleren- tur £ aes B. G. I, 31. Scitote paucissimis his diebus regem ad- futurum. Suet. Caes. 66. Rem. 1. The Ablative in this connection sometimes approaches the Ab- la " Me 0 biTno n dua e rum rerum, quas maxime timebam, spero liberatum Rem 1 2 ^he U Ablative^ of time without the preposition in must some- times be explained as presenting the period at some point or points within which the event or action occurs, or the whole of which is not occupied by the event or action e. g., Hanc urbem hoc biennio evertes. Cic. Sonin. Scip. 2. 164 . Apart from the simple Ablative without the prepo¬ sition in, the Ablative with tlie preposition tn regularly expresses the time within which, or the time at some point within which the event or action occurs e. g., Quod idcirco posui ut dicendi Latine pritna matuntas m qua aerate exstitisset posset notari. Cic. Brut. XLIII, 161. In hoc interdicto non solet addi in hoc anno. Cic. Fam. XV, 16, 3. In his paucis diebus nonne homo postulavit? Cic. Or. I. 37, 168 In eius interregno comitia habita magnocertaminepatrumac plebis. I iv XXII, 34, 1. In ea enata suboles in paucis diebus adolevit. Suet. Aug. 94. Rem. 1. The negative excludes the division of the time in the Ablative. The negative action applies to the entire period-e. g., LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. Ill Immolavit Iphigeniam, qua nihil erat in eo anno natum pulcrius. Cic. Off. Ill, 25,95. Neque in tam multis annis cuiusquam ex sua stirpe funus vidit. Nep. Reg. 2. 185 . In a sense similar to that expressed by the Ablative with the preposition in ( = the time within which) occurs the Accusative with the preposition per. In such cases the entire extent of time, embracing the limits, is presented as the period within which the event or action occurs— e. go Per eos dies proeliutn secundum equestre fecit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 84. Per idem tempus corpus Alexandri floribus aspersis venera- tus est. Suet. Aug. 18. Ut dici posset eos ab se per lidem in col- loquio circumventos. Caes. B. G. I, 46. Rem. 1. A similar relation of time is expressed by inter and the Accu- ative = the time during but within which the action or event occurs or fails—e. g., Frusione inter noctem lux orta est. Liv. XXXII, 29, 2. Omnia eommemorabuntur, quae inter decern annos nefarie facta sunt. Cic. Verr. Act. pr. XIII, 37. Here inter decern annos must be interpreted "from time to time during ( through ) ten years.." Rem. 2. In a similar temporal relation occurs the Accusative with the preposition intra. With intra less than the time stated in the Accusa¬ tive is conceived as the time within which the event or action occurs— e. g-, Gaioet Lucio intra triennium defunctis, adoptatur ab Augusto simul cum fratre eorum M. Agrippa. Suet. Tib. 15. Dimidiam partem na- tionum omnium subegit solus intra viginti dies. Plaut. Cure. Ill, 78. 166 . When the repetition of an event or action within a time stated is specified by a numeral adverb, by a distrib¬ utive, rarely by a cardinal, the period is expressed in the Ablative with the preposition in, as a rule—e. g., Vix ter in anno audire nuntium possunt. Cic. Rose. Am. XLVI, 133. Ilia vita nullo modo mihi placuit, bis in die saturum fieri. Cic. Tusc. 5, 35, 100. Pater eius institutum servabat cotidie bis in die foederis perlegendi. Liv. XLIV, 16, 5. Sanxit ne plus quam bis in mense legitimus senatus ageretur. Suet. Aug. 35. Bis in exitu anni eius lapidatum esse nuntiatum est. Liv. XLIV, 18, 6. Sol reeedens binas in singulis annis reversiones facit. Cic. N. D. 112 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. II, 40, 102. Si haberem cui darem, vel ternas (epistolas) in hora darem. Cic. Fam. XV, 16, 1. Tres in anno statos dies habuisse, quibus interdiu Bacchis initiarentur. Liv. XXXIX, 13, 8, Pro tribus in anno diebus quinos singulis mensibus dies imtiorum le- cisse. Liv. XXXIX, 13, 9. (Earn) trims in die sacrifice colere perseveravit. Suet. Nero 56. Ea saepe deciens complebatur in die. Plaut. M. G. Ill, 2, 40. In hora saepe ducentos versusdic- tabat. Hor. Sat. I, 4, 9. Rem. 1. The following cases of the Ablative with the preposition in mav be referred to this connection—e. g., Lucilius ait M. Crassum semel in vita risisse. Cic. Pin. V. 30, 92. In omnibus saeculis pauciores viri reperti sunt, qui, etc. Cic. Fam. XV, 4,15. Rem. 2. The Accusatives of time with the prepositions per, inter, in. allows the numeral Adverb, &e. e. g., Quod bis per biduum equestri proelio superaverim ? Caes. B. Civ. II, 32. Binapostea inter tot annos opima parta sunt spolia. Liv.1,10, i . Ter in annum quaternum mensium tessaras dare destmavit. Suet. Aug. 40. # , . Rem. 3. The omission of the preposition in with the Ablative ot time when the repetition of the event or action is given by the numeral ad¬ verb, &c., is poetic—e. g., Bis pueri die numeu cum virginibus tuum laudantesquatient humnm. Hor. Ocl. IV, 1, 25. Bis die numerant ambo pecudes. Verg. Eel. Ill, 34. Compitales Lares ornari bis anno instituit. Suet. Aug. 31. 167. The particle abhinc occurs with the Accusative and Ablative of a period of time. The particle abhinc with the Accusative denotes the beginning of the time stated in the Accusative reckoned from the present into the past. In other words, the period is reckoned from the present to its beginning in the past, which is presented as the time at which. In this case the particle is rendered “ago.” A similar relation of time is given by the simple Ablative, or ante with the Accusative or Ablative—e. g., Quaestor Cn. Papirio consule fuisti abhinc annos quattuorde- eim. Cic. Verr. II, I, 12, 34. Horum pater abhinc duo et viginti annos est mortuus. Cic. Verr. II, II, 9, 25. Demosthenes quidem, qui abhinc annos prope trecentos fuit. Cic. Div. II, 57, 118. Si abhinc annos prope viginti hoc ipso in templo negavi pomss ore- LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 113 tern immaturam esse consular!, quanto verius nunc negabo seni ? Cic. Phil. II 46,119. Nunceoepi,an abhinc annos novem ? Suet. Aug. 69. Imperium translatum est ad Medos abhinc annos octin- gentos septuaginta. Veil. I, 6, 1. Hoc sacrum instituisse fertur abhinc annos mille ducentos quinquaginta Atreus. Veil. I, 8. Carthago diruta est abhinc annos centum septuaginta tres. Veil. I, 12, 5. Consulatui Ciceronis non mediocre adiecit decus natus eo anno divus Augustus abhinc annos nonaginta. Veil. II, 36, 1. 168 . The particle abhinc with the Ablative denotes the beginning of the time reckoned from the present into the past. It is in this sense translated “ago,” and the tem¬ poral relation is identical with that expressed by abhinc with the Accusative. The particle abhinc denotes again the beginning of time reckoned back from a given past, not future from it. It is in this case translated before, and expresses the beginning of a given time, stated in the Ab¬ lative, before a given past, as the time at which. A simi¬ lar sense is expressed by the simple Ablative or ante with the Accusative or Ablative. 1. Abhinc with the Ablative of a given period reckoned from the present into the past, translated ago , and parallel with ab¬ hinc and the Accusative—e. g., Quod pro Cornificio me abhinc amplius annis XXV spopon- disse dicit Flavius. Cic. Att. XII, 17—In this example the Ab¬ lative annis XX V may be explained by the comparative am- plius, and as resulting from the Accusative (abhinc amplius annos XXV) through the influence of the comparative amplius. Criminatio tua quae est? Roscium cum Flavio pro societate decidisse. Quo tempore? Abhinc annis quindecim. Cic. Rose. Com. XIII, 37. Tu autem sermone abhinc multis annis iam desito uteris. Gcll. I, 10, 2. 2. Abhinc with the Ablative of a given period reckoned back from a past and translated before —e. g., Herodotus cum Roma revertitur diebus, ut ipse putabat, quin¬ decim ante comitia, oflendit eum mensem qui consequitur men¬ sem comitialem, comitiis iam abhinc diebus triginta factis. Cic. 114 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Verr. II, II, 52, 130. Mirum quin vigilanti diceret, qui abhinc sexaginta annis occisus foret. Plaut. Most. II, 2, 63. 3. The use of an£e+Accusative or Ablati vef-ante is more usual to express this relation than abhinc and the Ablative—e. g., Comitiis iam abhinc diebus triginta factis=:cum comitia iam diebus triginta ante facta essent. Rem. 1. In comedy hinc occasionally occurs in the sense of abhinc —e.g., Me nemo magis respiciet quam si hinc ducentos annos fuerim mor- tuus. Plaut. True. II, 3, 19. Rem. 2. An ordinal should not be used with abhinc. The reading abhinc septimo anno , Plin. N. H. XIV, 3, 43, cannot be relied upon as author¬ ity. The correct reading is septem his annis. Rem. 3. It is not certain that abhinc refers to the end of time future from the present. In the sentence—Cic. Rose. Com. XII, 37 Repromittis tu abhinc triennium Roscio, the word triennium can be referred to a pe¬ riod reckoned from the present into the past. Hence it is not beyond question that abhinc triennium means three years hence, rather than three years ago. The relation hence is otherwise expressed, as will be seen later (Compare Art. 172). 169 . The prepositions ante and post are used with the Accusative of a period of time. The preposition precedes the simple Accusative. When a numeral is added, it pre¬ cedes the phrase or stands between the substantive and the numeral—e. g., Ego feci idem, quod tu ante decern dies (decern ante dies) fece- ras. Ego feci idem, quod tu ante decimum diem (decimum ante di¬ em) feceras. Ego feceram idem, quod tu post decern dies (decern post dies) fecisti. Ego feceram idem, quod tu post decimum diem (decimum post diem) fecisti. 170 . The adverbial ante and post are used with the Ab¬ lative of a period of time. They follow the simple Abla¬ tive. When a numeral is added, they follow the phrase or stand between the substantive and the numeral—e. g., Ego feci idem, quod tu decern diebus ante (deeem ante diebus) feceras. Ego feci idem, quod tu decimo die ante (decimo ante die) feceras. Ego feceram idem, quod tu decern diebus post (decern post diebus) fecisti. Ego feceram idem, quod tu decimo die post (decimo post die) fecisti. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 115 171 . Post and ante are compounded with quam. The elements of the compound may be written separately: post (ante) — quam. The time expressed with the com¬ pounds postquam , antequam does not differ from the time expressed with the elements written separately. The tense and mood with antequam are to be carefully consid¬ ered. The Ablative is more frequent with antequam than the Accusative. With the Ablative the compounds stand after the phrase expressing time, or post and ante stand between the substantive and the numeral. With the Ac¬ cusative post and ante of the compound precede the phrase expressing the time, or stand between the substan¬ tive and numeral—e. g., Scripsi ad eum ante dies decern (dies ante decern) quam eum vidi. Scripsi ad eum ante diem decimum (diem ante decimum) quam eum vidi. Scripsi ad eum post dies decern (dies post decern) quam eum videram. Scripsi ad eum post diem decimum (diem post decimum) quam eum videram. Scripsi ad eum diebus decern antequam (diebus ante decern quam ) eum vidi. Scripsi ad eum die decimo antequam (die ante decimo quam) eum vidi. Scripsi ad eum diebus decern postquam (diebus post decern quam) eum videram. Scripsi ad eum die decimo postquam (die post decimo quam) eum videram. Livius primus fabulam docuit anno ipso antequam natus est Ennius. Cic. Brut. XVIII, 72. Die quinto postquam id consilium inierat. Nep. Att 22. Decessit post an¬ num quartum quam Themistocles expulsus erat. Nep. Arist. 3. Siquidem ante paucos dies quam aedilitatem iniret, venit in sus- picionem. Suet. Cacs. 9. Rem. 1. It is irregular to write the simple forms ante and post before the Ablative expressing time, but the regular and usual position is after the Ablative, or between the substantive and numeral—e. g., Post paucis diebus gens Bastarnarum Istrum traiecit. Liv. XL, 57, 2. (The more usual collocation would be: Paucis diebus post, paucis post diebus). Quae ante annis octo vovisset. Liv. XL, 52, 1. (The more usual form would be : annis octo ante, or annis ante octo). Post non multo. Nep. Paus. 3. Post aliquanto. Nep. Ale. 11. Post paulo. Sail. Jug. 56. Post paulo. Caes. B. G. VII, 60. 116 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Rem. 2. Post (not ante ) of the compound is quite frequently omitted— e. g., Tyros septimo mense quam (—postquam) oppugnari coepta erat. Curt. IV, 20. Sexto fere anno quam (=postquam) erat expulsus. Nep. Arist. 1. 172 . The relation hence , denoting the end of time reck¬ oned from the present into the future is expressed by the simple Ablative , by the preposition ad and the Accusative, and by post. The relation after , denoting the end of time reckoned into the future from a given past, is expressed by the simple Ablative , or by post (ad)—e. g., Quicquid est biduo sciemus. Cic. Alt. IX, 14, 2. (Here biduo means two days hence). Nescio quid intersit utrum illuc nune veniam an ad decern annos. Cic. Att. XII, 46. (Here ad decern annos means ten years hence). Nee ulli nato post mille saecula praecluditur oecasio aliquid adhue adiciendi. Sen. Ep. 64, 7. Ei visus est iuvenis dicere paueis diebus interiturum Alexandrum ty- rannum, ipsum autem Eudemum quinquennio post domum esse rediturum. Cic. Div. I, XXV, 53. Cur igitur et Camillus doleret, si haec post trecentos et quinquaginta annos eventura putaret, et ego doleam, si ad decern milia annorum gentem aliquam urbe nostra potituram putem ? Cic. Tusc. I, XXXVII, 90. (The tenses doleret and putaret are past tenses denoting progressive unreal relations, and not substitutes of the pluperfect). Discedens post diem septimum sese reversurum confirmat. Caes. B. G. VI, 33. 173 . Summary of temporal relations in the Ablative. 1. —1. Time when , time at which. The Ablative without a pre¬ position. 2. Time when , the entire period not embraced, usually the Ab¬ lative with the preposition in. II.—1. Time how long, the entire extent of time aoristically presented and covered or occupied by the event or action. The Ablative without the preposition. 2. Compare with this relation of time the Accusative alone or the Accusative with the preposition per. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 117 III. — Ago—, the beginningof time reckoned from the present into the past. Expressed :— 1. By the Ablative without in. 2. By abhinc, regularly preceding the phrase, with the Accusa¬ tive or Ablative. 3. By ante- fthe Accusative or the Ablative - ante. IV. — Before— the beginning of time reckoned back from a given past. Expressed :— 1. By the Ablative without in. 2. By abhinc, regularly preceding the phrase, with the Ablative. 3. By ante^r the Accusative or the Ablative ante. V. —Time within which. Expressed:— 1. By the Ablative without in. 2. More frequently by the Ablative with in. 3. By the Accusative with per. 4. Bv the Accusative with inter. •/ 5. By the Accusative with intra. 6. When the repetition of the event or action within the period is numerically designated , the Ablative is regularly used with the preposition in. VI. — After. Expressed :— 1. By the Ablative without in. 2. By post-j-the Accusative or the Ablative-j- post. VII. — After that, after (as conjunction). Expressed :— 1. By the Ablative without in, with the Ablative of the Rela¬ tive. VIII. — Hence —the end of time reckoned from the present into the future. Expressed :— 1. By the Ablative without in. 2. By the Accusative with ad. 3. Bypost+the Accusative (or the Ablativef post). IX. —A/ter=the end of time reckoned from a given past into the future. Expressed :— 1. By the Ablative without in. 2. By post-(_tbe Accusative (or the Ablative f post). 3. By the Accusative with ad. 174 . The preposition sub with the Ablative of a word 118 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. denoting time expresses coincidence of time and event or action—e. g., Excesserunt urbe sub adventti Romanorum. Liv. XLV, 10, 9. (sub adventu —at the time of the arrival). Ne sub ipsa profec- tione milites oppidum irrumperent. Caes. B. Civ. I, 27. Quod sub ipsa proscriptione perillustre fuit. Nep. Att. 12. Rem. 1. The Ablative with sub may in some cases be interpreted as time within which. It is not certain, however, that the Ablative with sub expresses the relation of approximate time (—about), which is regu - larly stated by sub or ad with the Accusative, and by circiter (circa) with the Accusative—e. g., Ouid, quae te pura solum sub nocte canentem audieram ? Verg. Eel. IX, 44. (In this example pura sub nocte can as well be interpreted on a dear night as in a clear night—during a clear night, implying at some time of the night). Sub exitu vitae signa quaedam dederat. Suet. Cl. 43. (In this example sub exitu must be interpreted at the close of, or during the close, not about the close). Ut ea ipsa die domum ad vesperum rediit. Cic. Div. I, 46, 103. Tandem ad lucem duce reperto pedibus evasit. Suet. Caes. 31. Dices me circiter Nonas in Tusculano fore. Cic. Att. XIII, 12, 4. Stella crinita fulsit exoriens circa undeci- mam horam. Suet. Caes. 88. Rem. 2. Approximate time “about” may be expressed in the Ablative restricted and explained by the adverbial circiter— e. g , Ouarta vigilia circiter Lentulus Spinther de muro colloquitur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 22. Caesar litteris acceptis hora circiter undecima mittit. Caes. B. G. V, 46. Diebus circiter quindecim ad fines Belgarum perve- nit. Caes. B. G. II, 2. Rem. 3. The preposition sub with the Ablative of a personal designa¬ tion must sometimes be interpreted as the time at which, defined or ex¬ plained by the word in the Ablative—e. g., Ut quam sensisset sui quoque sub priore marito appetentem. Suet. Tib. 7. 175. The preposition de is used with the Ablative to ex¬ press that a part of the time stated in the Ablative is the time at which. It is translated while yet— e. g., Ad hos opprimendos cum omni equitatu Afranius de nocte pro- ficiscitur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 51. (Here de nocte —while (it was) vet night). Equites, cum repente de tertia vigilia Petreius atque Afranius castra movissent, repente sese ostendunt. Caes. B. Civ. I, 63. De tertia vigilia e castris profectus ad earn partem perve- nit. Caes. B. G. I, 12. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 119 Rem. 1. The preposition de occurs, but not frequently, with the Abla¬ tive in the sense immediately after —e. g., Non bonust somnus de prandio. Plaut. Most. Ill, 2, S. Ego de eorum verbis famigeratorum inscieus prosilui amicum castigatum in- noxium. Plaut. Trin. I, 2, 178. Sed velim scire hodiena statim de auc- tione venias. Cic. Att. XII, 3, 1. To this connection refer the phrase diem de die —e.g., Cum is diem de die differret. Liv. XXV, 25, 4. 176. The preposition cum with the Ablative expresses the association of a given event or action with the time expressed in the Ablative—e. g., Cum prima luce Pomponii domum venisse dicitur. Cic. Off. Ill, 31, 112. Uti simul cum occasu solis egrederentur. Sail. Jug. 91. Rem. 1. It sometimes occurs that time is the characteristic of the asso¬ ciation or coincidence of an event with an action. In this case cum must be rendered at the same time with —e. g., Exiit cum nuntio Crassus. Caes. B. G. V, 46. Cum his nuntius Ro- mam ad consulendum rediit. Liv. I, 32, 10. 177. The several relations of time, when , at which , du¬ ring which , within which , after are expressed by the Abla¬ tive Absolute—e. g., Quod re integra incendendum Avaricum eensuerat. Caes. B. G. VII, 30. Quo mortuo, me ad pontificem Scaevolam contuli. Cic. Am. 1. Ho mortuo ad neminem unum summa imperii rediit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 18. Cicero per Sangarn consilio cognito legatis praecipit. Sail. Cat. 41. The Calendar. 178. The division of time into weeks of seven days with names of the days is to be referred to a period after the introduction of Christianity. Before this the compu¬ tation was by months and days, and while for a week they employed the phrase seven days (septem dies)—cf. Caes. B. G. I, 15 Ita dies circiter quindecim iter fecerunt—, no names were given to the days composing the week or period of seven days. After the institution of the week, the days composing it were called as follows, after the Planets, including the Sun and Moon :—Sunday (dies Solis), 120 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Monday (dies Luna*), Tuesday (dies Martis), Wednesday (dies Mercurii), Thursday (dies Jovis), Friday (dies Vene¬ ris), Saturday (dies Saturnii). The months bore the names which have been transmit¬ ted to us except that before the time of the Emperor Au¬ gustus July and August (Julius and Augustus) were called Ouinctilis and Sextilis (fifth and sixth months, as the year originally commenced on the Ides of March). 179. The day of the month was computed and designa¬ ted before three date-points. These were the Calends or Calendae, which fell on the first day ol the month; the Nones or Nonae, which fell on the fifth day except in the months March, May, July, and October, in which months the Nones fell on the seventh day; the Ides or Idus, which came eight days after the Nones, and hence on the thir¬ teenth except in the months March, May, July, and Octo¬ ber, in which months they fell on the fifteenth. With the several date-points (Calends, Nones, Ides) the name of the month was always associated as an adjective. Hence Kalendis Januaris, never Kalendis Januarii. Idibus juniis, not Idibus Junii. Nonis Octobribus, not Noms Oc- tobris. 180. A given date was estimated as such a day before the following date-point. Hence a day that fell between the Calends and Nones (1st and 5th or 7th, according to the month) was designated as such a day before theNones ; a day that fell between theNones and Ides (5thor 7th and 13th or 15th, according to the month) was designated as such a day before the Ides ; a day that fell between the Ides (13th or 15th, according to the month) and the Ca¬ lends (1st) of the following month was designated as such a day before the Calends of the following month. More correctly, the Romans computed backward from the sev- LA tin case-relations. 121 eral date-points (Calends, Nones, Ides), and expressed the day as such a day before the date-point. In the computation the Romans always estimated from the end of the date-point and not from its beginning , and if a given date fell between the Calends and Nones or be¬ tween the Nones and Ides, they estimated from the end of the day on which the Nones and Ides fell ( 5th or 7th— 13th or 15th, according to the month); if a given date fell between the Ides and the Calends of the following month, they estimated from the end of the day on which the Calends fall (1st), and from the end of the last day of the current month. 181. To reduce, then, to our date a day that falls be¬ tween the Calends and Nones, or between the Nones and Ides, add one (the date-point ) to the day on which the Nones or Ides fall and subtract the given day ; if the day falls between the Ides and the Calends of the following month, add two to the number of days in the current month (one for the Calends of the following month, and one for the last day of the current month) and subtract the given day. Thus: III Non. Jan —tertio die ante nonas Januarias. The Nones of January fall on the 5th ; add 1 to 5 and subtract the given day (3rd)—5+1=6. 6—3—3. 3rd of January. Ill Id. Jan—tertio die ante Idus Januarias. The Ides of Janu¬ ary fall on the 13th; add 1 to 13 and subtract the given day (3rd)—13+1=14. 14—3=11. 11th of January. Ill Kal. Feb.=tertio die ante Kalendas Februarias. The month of January has 31 days ; add 1 for the last day of the month and 1 for the Calends (1st) of the following month (February)— 31+2=33. 33—3=30. 30th of January. REm. 1. Take the first example, III Non. Jan. Compute backwards from the end of the Nones, which in January fall on the 5th. From the end of the 5th to the end of the 4th—1 day; from the end of the 4th to the end of the 3rd=:2 days; from the end of the 3rd to the end of the 2nd—3 days. But as the event falls on the 3rd day, there results UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 1 90 1 w w the correct expression tertio die ante Non. Jan.—Ill Non. Jan. = a. d. Ill Non. Jan. Take the second example, III Id. Jan. Compute backwards from the end of the Ides, which in January fill on the 13th. From the end of the 13th to the end of the 12th=l day; from the end of the 12tli to the end of the llth=r2 days; from the end of the 11th to the end of the 10th—3 days. But as the event falls on the 11th, there results the correct expression tertio die ante Id. Jan.=III Id. Jan.=ra. d. Ill Id. Jan. Take the third example, III Kal. Feb. Compute backwards from the end of the Calends of February (1st.) From the end of the Calends (1st) to the end of the 31st of January=l day; from the end of the 31st ot January to the end of the 30th=2 days; from the end of the 30th to the end of the 29th=3 days. But as the event falls on the 3rd day before the Calends of February, there results the correct expression tertio die ante Kal. Febr.—Ill Kal. Febr.—a. d. Ill Kal. Febr. 182 . To reduce a date according to our calendar to the Roman calendar, add 1 to the day on which the Nones or Ides fall, if the day to be ascertained falls before the Nones or Ides, but add 2 to the number of days of the current month, if the day to be ascertained falls before the Calends of the following month, and, in each case, subtract the given day. Thus: Jan. 3rd. In the Roman calendar the day will be one before the Nones. In January the Nones fall on the 5th. Hence add 1 to the day on which the Nones fall and subtract the given day— 5+1=6. 6—3=3=tertio die ante Nonas Jan.=III Non. Jan.= a. d. Ill Non. Jan. Jan. 8th. In the Roman calendar the day will be one before the Ides. In January the Ides fall on the 13th. Hence add 1 to the day on which the Ides fall and substract the given day. 13+1= 14. 14—8—6—sexto die ante Idus Jan=:VI Id. Jan.=a. d. VI Id. Jan. Jan. 25th. In the Roman calendar the day will be one before the Calends of February. The Calends fall on the 1st. Hence add 2 to the number of days of the current month January, and subtract the given day. 31+2=33. 33—25=8:=octavo die ante Kalendas Feb.=VIII Kal. Feb.=a. d. VIII Kal. Feb. 183 . The Latin expressions of date are to be observed: 1. When the event falls on one of the date-points , the latter is LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 123 \\ rittcn in the Ablative with the name of the month as an adjec¬ tive. (It must be remembered that the name of the month is al¬ ways associated, as an adjective, with the date-point). Hence the 1st of January—-Kalendisjanuariis; the 5th of January— Nonis Januariis ; the 13th of January—Idibus Januariis ; the 7th °f March, May, July, October=Nonis Martiis, Maiis, Juliis (Quintilibus), Octobribus ; the 15th of March, May, July, Octo¬ ber— Idibus Martiis, Maiis, Juliis (Quintilibus), Octobribus. 2. When the event falls on the day next preceding one of the date-points, the day is expressed by pridie with the date-point in the Accusative. Hence the 31st of December—pridie Kalendas Januarias—.pridie Kal. Jan.; the 4th of January—pridie Nonas Januarias—pridie Non. Jan.; the 12th of January=pridie Idus Januarias—pridie Id. Jan. 184. There are two abbreviated expressions for the date. Thus the 3d of January is : 1. Tertius dies ante Nonas Januarias. On the 3rd of January— tertio die ante Nonas Januarias. The abbreviated and proper form =IH Non. J an - with the omission of ante. This form, however, is quite rare and not to be imitated. 2. The second form is ante diem tertium Nonas Januarias. The abbreviated and proper form is a. d. Ill Non. Jan. The form a. d. Ill Non. Jan. is not readily explained. The conception mav have been ante (die tertio) Nonas Januarias, with die tertio pa¬ renthetically inserted in the Ablative as the explanation of ante Nonas Januarias—thus, before the Nones of January, on the third day —and then, attracted out of the Ablative into the Accusative, the case of Nonas; or it may have been brought immediatelv under the influence of the preposition ante, and thus stated in the Accusative. Of the two forms of expression, III Non. Jan. and a. d. Ill Non. Jan., the latter occurs much more frequently. 185. The expressions a. d. Ill Non. Jan., &c., and pridie with its accompanying date were treated as single words. They occur in the relation of the Nominative, the Accusa¬ tive, and the Ablative in connection with a preposition— e - g-» 124 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Is dies erat a. d. Y Kal. Apriles. Caes. B. G. I, 6. (Here the phrase is the Nominative). Ibi propter tempestatem a. d. VI Idus Nov. morati sumus. Cic. Fam. XVI, 9, 1. (Here the phrase may be the Accusative). A. d. Ill (tertium) Non. Jan. agere coe- pit. Cic. Fam. V, 2, 8. (Here the phrase is the Ablative). Ita comitia in a. d. VI Kal. Sextil. dilata sunt. Cic. Att. I, 16, 13. (Observe in). Dixi in senatu caedem te optimatium contulisse in ante diem V Kal. Novembres. Cic. Cat. I, 3, 7. (Observe in) Cor¬ ey rae fuimus usque ad a. d. XVI Kal. Decembr.retenti. Cic. Fam. XVI, 9, 1. (Observe usque ad). Comitia Bibulus in ante diem XV Kal. Novembr. distulit. Cic. Att. II, 20,6. (Observe in). Ibi re- tenti ventis sumus usque ad a. d. VIII Kal. Cic. Fam. XVI, 9. (Observe usque ad). Ego in Formiano a. d. Ill Kal. esse volo. Cic. Fam. XVI, 10, 1. (Here the phrase is Ablative). Hie a. d. Ill Id. Octobr. magnum numerum hostium occidimus. Cic. Att. V, 20, 3. (Here the phrase is the Ablative). Romae vereor ne ex Kalendis Jan. magni tumultus sint. Cic. Fam. XVI, 9, 3. Sup- plicatio indicta est ex a. d. V Id. Octobr. in quinque dies. Liv. XLV, 2, 12. De Quinto fratre nuntii tristes venerant ex a. d. Ill Non. Jun. usque ad pridie Kal. Sept. Cic. Att. Ill, 17,1. (Ob¬ serve ex.usque ad). Gignit id maxime Arcturi exortus ex a. d. pridie Id. Sept. Plin. N. H. XI, 16, 42. (Observe ex a. d.). Sed, si me diligis, postridie Kalendas cena apud me cum Pilia. Cic. Att. IV, 12. (Observe postridie. Postridie Kal.=ia.d. IV Nonas). 186 . The natural day was divided into morning (mane), noon (meridies), and evening (vesper, vespera), or into tempus antemeridianum, meridies, and tempus pomerid- ianum. The tempus antemeridianum and the tempus po- meridianum were relative, and the meridies was the point at which the former ended and the latter commenced. The day extended from sunrise to sunset. The hour next after sunrise was called hora prima, the second hour was called hora secunda, &c. But, as the hour of sunrise and sunset varied according to the time of year, the Roman day and hour were constantly varying in length. It was only at the equinoxes that the Roman hour corresponded with LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 125 ours. The minute was the sixtieth part of an hour (pars sexagesima horae). The length of the minute varied, of course, with the length of the hour. In one of the exam¬ ples given below are furnished traces of evidence that to some extent the divisions of the hour were based upon and designated according to the fractional divisions of the As. By this system of division semihora (V 2 of an hour)=30 minutes. Quadrans horae (14 of an hour)=15 minutes. Triens horae (V 3 of an hour) =20 minutes. Sex¬ tans horae (-g- of an hour) =10 minutes. Uncia horae ( of an hour)=5 minutes. Semuncia horae of an hour ) =2M> minutes. Dodrans horae (J of an hour) =45 min¬ utes. Dextans horae (f of an hour) =50 minutes. More frequently, however, the fractional parts of an hour were expressed, as in English, by pars with an ordinal, as may be seen from the examples given below. Hence pars dimi- dia horae, pars tertia horae. The word pars may be omitted. The numerator is expressed, as in English, by the cardinal, as a rule. Hence f=quartae (partes) ho¬ rae tres. f=quintae (partes) horae quattuor. Again, the hour was divided into twelve parts. Hence each part was 5 minutes, five parts were 25 minutes, &c.— e. g., Commodum ad te dederam litteras de pluribus rebus, cum ad me bene mane Dionysius fuit. Cic. Att. X, 16. 1. Edidit circen- ses plurimos a mane ad vesperam. Suet. Calig. 18. Omnes in- clinato in pomeridianum tempus die venerunt ad Crassum. Cic. Or. Ill, 5, 17. Ego ad eum VIII Idus litteras dederam bene mane : eodem autem die tuas litteras vesperi acceperam in Pompeiano. Cic. Att. XIV, 18, 1. VI Kal. vesperi Balbus mi¬ nor ad me venit. Cic. Att. VIII, 9, 4. Cum ad me in Tuscula- num heri vesperi venisset Caesar. Cic. Or. II, 3, 13. Diem diffindere insiticio somno meridie. Varr. R. R. I, 2, 5. Ill Idus hora VI. Cic. Fam. XVI, 14, 2. A. d. VII Kal. Decembr. hora quarta Brundisium venimus. Cic. Fam. XVI, 9, 2. Me ex con- stituto spatio defensionis in semihorae curriculum coegisti. Cic. Rab. II, 6. Ea minus semihora effeeit. Auct. B. Afr. 38. Haud 126 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. dubinm est lunam lucere dodrantessemiuncias horarum absectm- da adicientem usque ad plenum orbem. Plin. N. H. II, 12, 58 (that the moon gives light for % of an hour and 1-24 of an hour, or 47V 2 minutes). Dies noxque maxima XIIII horarum aequin- octialium est accedente bis quinta parte unius horae. Plin. N. H. VI, 34, 213. [Bis quinta pars horae.—2-5=24 minutes]. The reading bis quinta instead of quinta is doubtful. Longissimus dies est aequinoctialium horarum XIIII atque dimidiae cum tri- eesima unius horae. Plin. N. H. VI, 34, 214 [14 hours, 32 min¬ utes). Longissimus dies habet aequinoctiales boras XIIII et. ter- tias dims unius horae. Plin. N. H. VI, 34, 215 [14 hours, 40 min¬ utes]. Longissima spatia [diei noctisque] horarum aequinoctia¬ lium XV addita nona parte unius horae aut, ut Nigidio placuit, quinta. Plin. N. H. VI, 34, 217 [15 hours, 6% or 12 minutes]. Amplissima dies horarum aequinoctialium XV et quintarum par- tium horae trium. Plin. N. H.VI,34, 218 [15 hours, 36 minutes]. Sic fit ut longissimus dies XII lioras et octo partes unius horae eolligat. Plin. N. H. II, 75, 18G. Here octo partes=40 minutes, as one part=5 minutes. 187. Jan. lst=Kalendis Januariis. Jan. 2nd—a. d. IV Non. Jan. Jan. 3rd—a. d. Ill Non. Jan. Jan. 4th—pridie Non. Jan. ]an. 5th=Nonis Januariis. Jan. 6th^=a. d. VIII Id. Jan. Jan. 7th—a. d. VII Id. Jan. Jan. 8th=a. d. VI Id. Jan. Jan. 9th=a. d. V Id. Jan. Jan. 10th—a. d. IV Id. Jan. Jan. 11th—a. d. Ill Id. Jan. Jan. 12th=pridie Id. Jan. Jan. 13th=Idibus Januariis. Jan. 14th=a. d. XIX Kal. beb. Jan. 15th=a. d. XVIII Kal. Feb. Jan. 16th=a. d. XVII Kal. Feb. Jan. 17th=a. d. XVI Kal. Feb. Jan. 18th=a. d. XV Kal. Feb. Jan. 19th=a. d. XIV Kal. Feb. Jan. 20th=a. d. XIII Kal. Feb. Kalendis Januariis=Jan. 1st. a. d. IV Non. Jan.=Jan. 2d. a. d. Ill Non. Jan.—Jan. 3d. pridie Non. Jan.=[an. 4th. Nonis Januariis=Jan. 5th. a. d. VIII Id. Jan.=Jan. 6th. a. d. VII Id. Jan.=Jan. 7th. a. d. VI Id. Jan—Jan. 8th. a. d. V Id. Jan.=Jan. 9th. a. d. IV Id. Jan. =Jan. 10th. a. d. Ill Id. Jan.=Ian. 11th. pridie Id. Jan.=Jan. 12th. Idibus Januariis—[an. 13th. a.d. XIX Kal. Feb.=Jan. 14th. a.d.XVIII Kal.Feb.==Jan.l5th. a. d. XVII Kal. Feb.=Jan.l6th. a.d. XVI Kal.Feb.—Jan. 17tli. a. d. XV Kal. Feb.=Jan. 18th. a.d.XIV Kal.Feb.=Jan. 19th. a.d.XIIIKal.Feb.=Jan. 20th. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 127 Jan. 21st =a. d. XII Kal. Feb. Jan. 22d=a. d. XI Kal. Feb. Jan. 23d=a. d. X Kal. Feb. Jan. 24th—a. d. IX Kal. Feb. Jan. 25th—a. d. VIII Kal. Feb. Jan. 26th=a. d. VII Kal. Feb. Jan. 27th_ z; a. d. VI Kal. Feb. Jan. 28th—a. d. V Kal. Feb. Jan. 29th—a. d.IV Kal. Feb. Jan. 30th = a. d. Ill Kal. Feb. Jan. 31st—pridie Kal. Feb. a.d.XII Kal. Feb.—Jan. 21st. a.d.XI Kal. Feb.=Jan. 22d. a. d.X Kal. Feb.=Jan. 23d. a.d.IX Kal. Feb. Jan. 24th. a. d. VIII Kal. Feb.—Jan. 25tli a.d.VII Kal. Feb.—Jan. 26th a.d.VI Kal. Feb.—Jan. 27th. a.d.V Kal. Feb.—Jan. 28th. a.d.IV Kal. Feb.—Jan. 29tli. a. d. Ill Kal. Feb.—Jan. 30tli. pridie Kal. Feb.=Jan. 31st. Rem. 1. The date was sometimes fixed by the number of da\^s prece¬ ding a festival as a point of reckoning. In this case the day on which the festival occurred was included. Hence to determine the date, 1 is added to the day on which the festival occurred, and the given day sub tracted—e. g., Accepi tuas litteras a. d. V Terminalia. Cie. Att. VI, 1, 1. The festi¬ val occurred on the 23d of February. Hence 23+1=24. 24—5=19. 19th of Feb.=a. d. V Terminalia. 188. Leap year. (Annus bissextilis). In leap year February had 29 days. There was an in¬ tercalation of one day. The intercalated day was insert¬ ed immediately after the 25th of February as a month of 29 days, computing backwards from the Calends of March, or immediately after the 23d of February as a month of 28 days, computing forward from the Ides. The 25th of the month of 29 days was a. d. VI Kal. Mart, priorem (29 + 2^-31. 31—6=25). The 24th was a. d. VI Kal. Mart, posteriorem (or a. d. bissextum Kal. Mart.), reck¬ oning from the Calends of March and regarding the month as having 28 days. Taking the a. d. VI Kal. Mart, poste- riorem as the repetition of the a. d. VI Kal. Mart, prio¬ rem, and not designating it as a. d. VII Kal. Mart, of the month of 29 days, the term a. d. VII Kal. Mart, expressed the 23rd of February. The a. d. VI Kal. Mart, posterio- rem as the simple repetition of a. d. VI Kal. Mart, prio¬ rem was inserted but not counted. Had it been counted, the 23rd ol February would have been expressed a. d. VIII Kal. Mart., while the proper form for the 23rd is a. d. VII 128 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Kal. Mart. For practical purposes the month of Febru¬ ary in leap year may be regarded as having 29 days to the intercalated day, reckoningfrom the Calends of March, but as having 28 days, reckoning from the Ides to the in¬ tercalated day. Hence Feb. 25=a. d. VI Kal. Mart.= 29 + 2=31. 31—6=25. Feb. 23rd=a. d. VII Kal. Mart. =28 + 2=30. 30—7=23. Hence the intercalated day was, as is seen, inserted between the 23d of the month of 28 days and the 25th of the month of 29 days, and, as the simple repetition of the latter, was not counted. It was designated as a. d. VI Kal. Mart, posteriorem , or, being the simple repetition of a. d. VI Kal. Mart, priorem , as a. d. bissextum Kal. Mart. In leap year the Nones and Ides fell regularly on the 5th and 13th. Feb. of 28 days. Feb. lst=Kalendis Februariis. Feb. 2d=a. d. IV Non. Feb. Feb. 3d=a. d. Ill Non. Feb. Feb. 4th=pridie Non. Feb. Feb. 5th=Nonis Februariis. Feb. 6th=a. d. VIII Id. Feb. Feb. 7th=a. d. VII Id. Feb. Feb. 8th=a. d. VI Id. Feb. Feb. 9th=a. d. V Id. Feb. Feb. 10th=a. d. IV Id. Feb. Feb. llth=a. d. Ill Id. Feb. Feb. 12th=pridie Id. Feb. Feb. 13th=Idibus Februariis. Feb. 14th=a. d. XVI Kal. Mart. Feb. 15th=a. d. XV Kal. Mart. Feb. 16th=a. d. XIV Kal. Mart. Feb. 17th=a. d. XIII Kal. Mart. Feb. 18th=a. d. XII Kal. Mart. Feb. 19th—a. d. XI Kal. Mart. Feb. 20th=a. d. X Kal. Mart. Feb. 21st=a. d. IX Kal. Mart. Feb. 22d=a. d. VIII Kal. Mart. Feb. 23d=a. d. VII Kal. Mart. f Feb Feb. 24th—a.d.VIKal. Mart. ( Feb ; Feb. 25th=a. d. V Kal. Mart. Feb. Feb. of 29 days. Feb. lst=Kalendis Februariis. Feb. 2d=a. d. IV Non. Feb. Feb. 3d=a. d. Ill Non Feb. Feb. 4th=pridie Non. Feb. Feb. 5th=Nonis Februariis. Feb. 6th=a. d. VIII Id. Feb. Feb. 7th=a. d. VII Id. Feb. Feb. 8th=a. d. VI Id. Feb. Feb. 9th=-a. d. V Id. Feb. Feb. 10th =a. d. IV Id. Feb. Feb. 11th—a. d. Ill Id. Feb. Feb. 12th=pridie Id. Feb. Feb. 13th=Idibus Februariis. Feb. 14th=a. d. XVI Kal. Mart. Feb. 15th=a. d. XV Kal. Mart. Feb. 16th=a. d. XIV Kal. Mart. Feb. 17th —a. d. XIII Kal. Mart. Feb. 18th=a. d. XII Kal. Mart. Feb. 19th=a. d. XI Kal. Mart. Feb. 20th=a. d. X Kal. Mart. Feb. 21st=a. d. IX Kal. Mart. Feb. 22d=a. d. VIII Kal Mart. Feb. 23d=a. d. VII Kal. Mart. 24th a. d. bissextum Kal. Mart. 24th d.VI Kal. Mart.posteriorem. 25th—a. d. VI Kal. Mart, priorem. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 129 Feb. 26th—a. d. IV Kal. Mart. Feb. 27th—a. d. Ill Kal. Mart. Feb. 28th=pridie Kal. Mart. Feb. 26th—a. d. V Kal. Mart. Feb. 27th=a. d. IV Kal. Mart. Feb. 28th = a. d. Ill Kal. Mart. Feb. 29th = pridie Kal. Mart. 189 . The preceding reduction of dates is based upon the Roman Cal¬ endar after it was corrected by Julius Caesar in the year 46 B. C. Cae¬ sar’s corrected calendar commenced with 45 B. C. As many of the let¬ ters in the correspondence of Cicero were written before this year, in order to have a correct understanding of the dates given in such letters, it is important to know what the calendar was which was corrected by Caesar. To arrive at this, a knowledge of the year and of the division into months which prevailed before the reformation of the calendar by Caesar is essential. 1. The 3 'ear of Romulus. The year of Romulus or the Romulian year was employed to indicate the year that prevailed at Rome in the earliest times. It consisted of ten (10) months, namely : March (Martius), April (Aprilis), May (Maius), June (Junius),July (Quintilis), August (Sextilis), September (September), October (October), November (November), De¬ cember (December ). From the names of the last six months it is clear that March (Martius) was the first month. Of the ten months, four (March, May, July, and October) had each 31 days. They were called pleni menses. The other six months had each 30 days, and were called cavi menses. Pleni Menses. March —31 days—Martius. May —31 days—Maius. July —31 days—Quintilis. October —31 days—October. Cavi Menses. April —30 days—Aprilis. June —30 days—Junius. August —30 days—Sextilis. September—30 days—September. November —30 days—November. December —30 days—December. 124 days. 180 days. The Romulian year was a lunar year of ten lunations, containing 304 days. The length of the year not only fell short of the proper lunar and solar vears, but it is clear that during its continuance the same months would rapidly pass through the several seasons. Attempts were made to correct the inconvenience which thus arose by the intercalation of the number of days necessary to complete the year. The details of this early system of intercalation are not definitely known. 2. The year of Numa. Out of the year of Romulus of ten months and 304 days was instituted, it is said by Numa, a year of 355 days, by the addition of 51 days. This }^ear of 355 days was divided into 12 months by the addition of two months to be composed of the 51 days. But, as the number 51 could not be divided between the two months without assigning to one of them a number of days great!}' inferior to and out of 130 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. proportion to the number of days in the other months, one day was taken from each of the 6 cavi menses of 30 days, and the six additional days thus derived were added to the 51, making 57. Out of the 57 days were made the two new months, January of 29 days, and February of 28 days. The Year of Romulus. The Year of Numa. Januarius (January) —29 days. Februarius (February)—28 days. Martius (March) 31 days Martius (March) —31 days. Aprilis (April) 30 days—1— Aprilis (April) —29 days. Maius (May) 31 days — Maius (May) —31 days Junius [June] 30 days—1— Junius (June) —29 days. Quintilis (July) 31 days — Quintilis (July) —31 days. Sextilis (August) 30 days—1= Sextilis (August) —29 days. September 30 days—1— September —29 days. October 31 days — October —31 days. November 30 days—1 — November —29 days. December 30 days—1— December —29 days. 304 days. 355 days. The new months Numa placed before March and made his year to com¬ mence with January. He did not change the name of the months in the Romulian year, though he altered their rank in the series. Hence the fifth, Quintilis (July), the sixth, Sextilis (August), the seventh, Septem¬ ber, the eighth, October, the ninth, November, the tenth, December, in the Romulian year correspond with the seventh, eighth, ninth, tenth, eleventh, and twelfth respectively in the year of Numa, and these retain the names of the fifth (Quintilis), of the sixth, Sextilis (August), &c. The year of Numa was a lunar year of 12 months (lunations) and of 355 days. The number of days was in excess of the true number of days (about 354) in a lunar year. It was less than the solar year—365 days and six hours. As the difference between the lunar and solar years is about eleven days and six hours, Numa, at the end of every two years, inserted at about the end of February an intercalary month of between 22 and 23 days. This lunar year of Numa, of 355 days and of 12 luna¬ tions, with all its inaccuracies, which were in part corrected, sometimes in¬ creased, by intercalation, continued to the time of Julius Caesar. He, in the year 46 B. C., found the irregularity so great that in order to make the lunar year conform to the solar he had to insert 67 days. This ad¬ dition of 67 days was made between the months of November and De¬ cember in the year 46. The usual addition of 23 days had already been made at the end of February. This } r ear (46 B. C.) immediately prece¬ ding the introduction (45 B. C.) of the Julian calendar, has been called the “Year of Confusion.” It consisted of 445 days. Thus— LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 131 The year of Numa 355 da 3 ^s. Intercalation after Feb. 23 days. Caesar’s addition for days lost 67 daj-s. The “Year of Confusion’’ 445 days. To avoid error and confusion in the future Caesar threw aside the in¬ tercalary month and conformed the year to the course of the sun. As he ascertained the solar year to consist of 365 days and six hours, he added to the year of Numa (355 days) 10 daj^s which he distributed among the months of 29 da} r s so that Januarius (January), Sextilis (August), and December received two each, and the others one each. To provide for the 6 hours which, as he calculated, completed the solar \ r ear (365 da 3 r s and 6 hours), he intercalated one da 3 r in every fourth 3 ’ear immediately following the Festival of the Terminalia, which oc¬ curred on the 23d of February. Hence the intercalated day was the 24th of February, as was seen in speaking of the month of February in Leap 3 'ear. Year of Numa. Januarius (January) Februarius (February) Martius (March) Aprilis (April) Maius (May) Junius (June) Quintilis (July) Sextilis (August) September October November December Year of Julius Caesar (45 B. C.) 29 days-(-2—Jauarius (January) 31 days. 28 days —Februarius (February) 28 days. 31 days zrrMartius (March) 31 days. 29 days+l—Aprilis (April) 30 days. 31 days —Maius (May) 31 days. 29 da 3 r s-)-l=Junius (June) 30 days. 31 days = Quintilis (July) 31 days. 29 days4-2—Sextilis (August) 31 days. 29 davsj-l—September 30 days. 31 days = October 31 da 3 ’s. 29 daysJ-l=November 30 da 3 T s. 29 days-]-2=December 31 days. 355 day's. 365 da 3 r s. From the above it will be seen that Caesar reached his year of 365 da 3 ^s by adding 10 days to the 3 r ear of Numa, and that he so distributed the 10 da 3 r s among the months of this year as to give to Januarius, Sex¬ tilis, December (January, August, December) two da 3 r s each, and to Aprilis, Junius, September and November (April, June, September, No¬ vember) one da 3 r each. III. In Abstract Relations. 190. The Ablative expresses not only the general at, where, and when relations in Space and Time, but also the same relation in abstract or figurative connections. In oth¬ er words, the Ablative expresses the state or condition in 132 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. which. In this sense it takes, as a rule, a preposition. The preposition to be used must be determined by the mo¬ dification of the general at relation to be expressed. It does not affect the force of the Ablative as the case of the general at relation that the preposition, as is often the case, is required by the controlling veib. It occurs then. 191. With the preposition in— e. g\, Esse in armis. Caes. B. Civ. I, 9. Relictus in itinere cum pau- cis. Caes. B. Civ. I, 15. In potestate habere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 25. In eo perseverare. Caes. B. Civ. I, 26. In sententia perseverare. Caes. B. Civ. I. 72. In statione esse. Caes. B. Civ. I, 43. In ce- leritate poni. Caes. B. Civ. I, 70. In conspectu esse. Caes. B. Civ. I, 70. Crudelitas in supplicio. Caes. B. Civ. I, 76. In hon- ore habere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 77. In periculo esse. Caes. B. Ci\. I, 79. Qua in re vitae consulere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 85. Magna in spe esse. Caes. B. Civ. II, 17. In magna difficultate esse. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 15. In ancoris consistere. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 28. In augustiis esse. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 47. In numero esse. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 53. In labore pari antecedere. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 82. In curatione esse regni. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 104. In culpa simili versari. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 110. In animo esse. Caes. B. G, I, 7. In eadem tristitia permanere. Caes. B. G. I, 32. In potes¬ tate esse. Caes. B. G. I, 32. In tanto imperio turpe esse. Caes. B. G. I, 33. In re inilitari usum habere Caes. B. G. I, 39. In fide atque amicitia esse. Caes. B. G. II, 14. Rem in angusto videre. Caes. B. G. II, 25. In dieione teneri. Caes. B. G. I, 33. In officio tenere. Caes. B. G. V, 54. In clientela esse. Caes. B. G. VI, 4. In officio permanere. Caes. B. G. VI, 8. In furto aut in latrocinio comprehendere. Caes. B. G. VI, 16. In fide manere. Caes. B. G. VII, 4. In armis excubare. Caes. B. G. VII, 11. In extrema fortuna deserere. Caes. B. G. VII, 40. In otio hebescere et languere. Cic. Acad. II, 2, 6. In miseria esse. Cie. Fin. Ill, 14, 48. Tanto in maerore aspicere. Cic. Att. Ill, 9, 1. In metu esse. Cic. Att. Ill, 9, 3. In istius potestate esse. Cic. Att. \ II, 22, 1. Cnaeus in fuga est. Cic. Att. VII, 24. In aere alieno esse. Cic. Verr. II, IV. 6, 11. In suis nummis esse. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 6, 11 . LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 133 192 . With the preposition pro=in the stead of, in the place of—e. g., Incommoda pro disciplina et praeeeptis habere. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 10. Pro explorato habere. Caes. B. G. VI, 5. Pro certo po- ni. Caes. B. G. VII, 5. Voluptatis nomine uti pro ilia indolentia. Cie. Fin. II, 6, 19. Incerta pro certis captare. Sail. Cat. 20. 193 . With the preposition sub —e. g., Sub armis morari. Caes. B. Civ. I, 41. Sub oculis domini su- am probare operam studebant (sub oculisi=before the eyes). Caes. B. Civ. I, 57. Sub onere confligere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 66. Sub dieione atque imperio esse. Caes B. G. I, 31. Sub sareinis adoriri. Caes. B. G. II, 17. Sub nomine pacis latere. Cie. Phil. XII, 7, 17. Capti concessam sibi sub condicione vitam reeu- sarunt. Suet. Caes. 68. 194 . It occasionally occurs that the Ablative of an ab¬ stract relation with the preposition in must be taken in a causal sense—sometimes in a temporal sense. In other words, the state or condition in which furnishes the idea of cause or of time—e. g., 1. Cause —e. g. Haec quoqueperexploratoresantelucem, in tan- ta propinquitate castrorum adhostes deferuntur. Caes. B. G. VI, 7. Cf. Nullum eiusmodi casum expectans, quo, novem oppositis le- gionibus maximoque equitatu, dispersis ac paene deletis hostibus, in milibus passuum III offendi posset. Caes. B. G. VI, 36 (in mili- bus, &c.—since (as) the distance was only 3000 paces). Spe in- ducti,quod in tanta multitudine deditieiorum suam fugam oeeul- tari posse existimarent. Caes. B. G. I, 27. 2. Time —e.g In petitione consulatus erat sublevatus. Caes. B. Civ. I, 22. (See Ablative expressing time). Nihil est quod homines facere audeant in magistratu, quin, etc. Cie. Verr. II, 111,85,195. 195 . The relation in the matter of, in the case of is ex¬ pressed in the Ablative with the preposition in. The word in the Ablative represents either a personal or impersonal relation. 1. Personal relation —e. g. Cum homines, quod facere ipsi non possent, id recte fieri in altero iudicarent. Cie. Am. 7, 23. Quod in homine multo est evidentius. Cie. Am. 8, 27. Nam hoc in talibus 134 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. viris quid attinet dicere? Cic. Am. 11, 39. Quid in Scipione effe- cerint non queo diccre. Cic. Am. 12, 41. 2. Impersonalrelation-e. g. Quidam saepein parva pecuniaper- spiciuntur. Cic. Am. 17, 63. Stantes plaudebant in re beta. Cic. Am. 7, 24. (Here Ablative may be temporal or=;on occasion of). Ouod in huius modi militum consiliis otium maxime contrarium esse arbitrarentur. Caes. B. Civ. II, 30. Rem. 1. The Ablative of an abstract relation with the preposition in- in the case of in the matter of on the occasion of is not always readily distinguished from the Ablative with the preposition in denoting time. Ablative of Excess or Difference. 196. To the Ablative expressing the general at relation must be referred the Ablative of Excess or Difference. This Ablative expresses a locative rather than a whence rela¬ tion. It denotes that in which is or consists, in which is conceived or is found the excess involved in the compara- tive idea. It occurs— (a) With the comparative adjective and adverb e. g., Sol multis partibus maior quam terra est. Cic. N. D. II, 36, 92. Uno die longiorem mensem faciunt aut biduo. Cic. Verr. II, II, 52, 129. Si decern atomis est dolor maior alius. Cic. Tusc. II, 19, 45. Pluribus aliquanto medimnis decumas emerunt quam mgera erant sata. Cic. Verr. II, III, 47, 113. Multo plus quam decu¬ man! abstulit. Cic. Verr. II, 111,12,29. Nemo qui granoamphus sibi quam deberetur deberi professus esset. Cic. Verr. II, III, 12, 29. Haec ratio aliquanto maiorem locum occupabit. Cic. Tusc. II. 27, 66. Tumulus paulo editior. Caes. B. Civ. I, 43. Erat multo inferior numero. Caes. B. Civ. I, 57. Necessitudo nihilo minor. Caes. B. Civ. II, 17. Quanto amplius temporis, tanto alacriores. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 25. Carinae aliquanto planiores. Caes. B. G. Ill, 13. Hibernia dimidio minor quam Britannia. Caes. B. G. V, 13. Ouanto ereditis Persas obsequentiores fore ? Curt. VI, 9. Altero tanto longiorem habebat anfractum. Nep. Bum. 8. Paulo longius progredi. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 55. Paulo tardius administrari. Caes. B. G. IV, 23. Bo gravius ferre, quo minus merito populi Romani accidissent. Caes. B. G. I, 14. Quo artius volutari, hoc acrius furere. Curt. IV, 10. Quo longius, LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 135 hoc magis. Curt. IV, 11. Quod multo fit aliter in Graecia. Nep. Praef. Nihilo secius Caesar duas acies hostem propulsare iussit. Caes. B. G. I, 49. 198. (5) With prepositions of comparative meaning— e- g-, Paulo citra eum locum morati munitiones perfecerunt. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 46. Caesar paulo idtra eum locum castra transtulit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 66. Hi sunt magnitudine paulo infra elephan- tos. Caes. B. G. VI, 28. Paulo supra hanc memoriam servi et clientes cremabantur. Caes. B. G. VI, 19. Rem. 1. Longe occasionally occurs with the comparative in the sense of multo , and aliquatenus in a sense similar to that of aliquanto —e. g., Longe clarius illustraverunt hoc opus Sophocles atque Euripides. Quint. X, 1, 67. Imitator Thucj^didis et ut multo infirmior ita ali¬ quatenus lucidior. Quint. X, 1, 74. Rem. 2. The Ablative of excess or difference, instead of longe or ve/, occasionally occurs, and in the Classical Latin, with the superlative. This is particularly the case with multo—e. g., Fuit simulacrum omnium illorum, quae sunt in eo fano, multo anti- quissimum. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 49, 109. Ille populus magna ac multo maxima parte dignitatis caruit. Cic. Imp. Pomp. XVIII, 54. Multo formosissimus. Nep. Ale. 1. Multo locupletissima. Nep. Ages. 3. Mul¬ to maxime ingenio validus. Sail. Jug. 6. Res multo pulcherrima. Sail. Cat. 52. 197. (c) With verbs of comparative meaning, as antece- dere, antecellere, excellere, malle, praestare, superare, and others compounded with ante, as anteire, anteponere, &c. —e- g., Multo antecedere. Caes. B. Civ. II, 6. Parvo momento an- tecedere. Caes. B. Civ. II, 6. Quanto praestat. Caes. B. Civ. II, 31. Capitibus humerisque exstare. Liv. XXII, 6, 6. Non multo ilia malle. Cic. Am. 17, 63. Julius Paulus multo ceteros antei- bat. Tac. H. IV, 13. Cognitum est quanto antestaret eloquen- tia innocentiae. Nep. Arist. 1. Rem. 1. The Accusative of extent may in this connection be compared with the Ablative of difference—e. g., Tantum inter ceteras eminens, quanto ipse aliis praestabat. Curt. VIII, 48. In this sentence quantum might have been used with no appreciable difference in meaning. Rem. 2. The occurrence of the Accusative of extent instead of the Ab- 136 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. lative of excess or difference with a comparative adjective or adverb is very rare—e. g., lllud ipsum non multnm est maius quam dlud vulgare ac forense. Cic. Or. Ill, 24, 92. Formam viri aliquntum ampliorem humana in- tnens rogitat. Liv. I, 7,9. Praeda aliquantum spe atque opimone maior. Liv. V, 21, 14. Aliquantum opinione eius celerius creverat. Liv. XXV, 11, 9. In the three last examples the presence of the ob¬ jects of comparison (humana, opinione, spe) authorize the use of the Accusative instead of the Ablative of Difference, as the Latin writers generally avoided the use of the two Ablatives (Ablative of Difference and of the Object of Comparison) with the same comparative adjec¬ tive. Quantum procedebat longius a Thessalia, eo maiorem reium omnium inopiam sentiebat. Liv. XLIV, 7, 6. Ablative of the Whence Relation. 198. The second general sense of the Ablative is the whence relation. That is, the Ablative presents the ob¬ ject from which an action or state proceeds or begins. The general whence sense of the case is modified by the asso¬ ciated idea of the substantive element of the verb and a preposition. The general whence relation may be consid¬ ered : I. In Space. Ablative of the Place. Whence. 199 . In this connection the use of the preposition is the rule. The preposition to be employed must be determined by the exact relation in which the object stated in the Ab¬ lative stands to the substantive element ol the verb. This relation is fixed by the preposition. In other words, the substantive element of the verb modified by a preposition, a {ab,) e (ex,) de, requires the Ablative as the general whence case. The Ablative as the whence case occurs with the following prepositions: 200. With a(afi).. The object expressed in the Ablative with the preposition a(ab ) is conceived as a unit, a simple undivided whole, aivay from which, or from near which, not out of which, the action begins or proceeds. The op¬ posite of a(ab) is ad with the Accusative. The preposi- LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 137 tion is written ab before a word beginning with a vowel or h. The form abs is found, but not uniformly, before a word beginning with q or t —e. g., Sed serins a terra provectae naves in redeundo offenderunt. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 8. Paulum a portu progressus litteras a Cae- sare accepit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 14. A villa in senatum arcesse- batur Curius. Cic. Sen. XVI, 56. A fundo maris in altitudinem modicam opus creverat. Curt. IV, 10. Putavit laudem quam latissime a suis finibus vaeare agros. Caes. B. G. IV, 3. Ab oceano in lines Vocontiorum pervenit. Caes. B. G. I, 10. Ab Allobrogibus in Segusianos exercitum duxit. Caes. B. G. I, 10. Pudicum neminem deputare oportet, qui abs terra ad coelum per- venerit. Plaut. Trin. IV, 2, 105. 201. The direction from which is often the prominent idea with a(ab) and the Ablative. The preposition a(ab) with the Ablative is the preposition regularly employed to express the place from which distance is estimated. The preposition a(ab) is also used with the Ablative of the name of a person, when the person is the point of removal. With the Ablative of the name of a people it often means from the territory or country of the people stated in the Ablative—e. g., Sentiunt totam urbem qua sit aditus ab terra, muro circumiri posse. Caes. B. Civ. II, 16. (Here ab terra means from the di¬ rection of the land). A Sue vis circiter milia passuum DC agri vaeare dieuntur. Caes. B. G. IV, 3. (Here a Suevis—from the territory—from the territories of the Suevi). Aquibus cum pau- eorum dierum iter abesset. Caes. B. G. IV, 7. Roscius a Caesare Capuam pervenit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 10. Nolite arbitrari me cum a vobis discessero, nullum fore. Cic. Sen. XXII, 79. Rem. 1. The preposition a(ab) with the Ablative of the name of a per¬ son, or of a personal pronoun, or personal designation often means from the house of the person —e. g., A Pontis ex Trebulano a. d. V Id. Mai. Cic. Att. V, 3, 3. Sed foris concrepuit hinc a vicino sene. Plaut. M. G. II, I, 76 (154). Quemque a milite hoc videritis hominem in nostris tegulis, deturbatote in viam. Plaut. M. G. II, 2,5. Venit ad me in Cumanum a se. Cic. Att. IV, 9,1* 138 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 202 . With e(ex). (The form before a word beginning with a vowel or h is ex. Either e or ex may be written before a word beginning with a consonant. Use e before regione, republica). The preposition e(ex) denotes remov¬ al from within or from oft'. In other words, the interior or top of the object in the Ablative is the point or place from which. The opposite of e(ex) with the Ablative is expressed by in with the Accusative—e. g., Nacti idonettm ventum ex portu exeunt. Caes. B. Civ. II, 4. Facile erat, ex castris Treboni prospicere in urbem. Caes. B. Civ. II, 5. Qui ex Italia Galliaque veniebant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 48. Mosa profluit ex monte Vosego. Caes. B. G. IV, 10. (Profec- tionem) ex tectis significabant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 28. Prima luce ex superioribus locis cernebatur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 64. Ignis, qui ex muro iaceretur. Caes. B. Civ. II, 10. Ex muro telum mittere. Caes. B. Civ. II, 13. Ex tribunali praedicare. Caes. B. Civ. II, 18. Loqui ex navibus. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 15. Lapide ictus ex muro periit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 22. Cortice ex arboribus vivere. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 49. Ex muro pacem petere. Caes. B. G. II, 13. Ex tumulo tela conicere. Caes. B. G. II, 27. Ex inferiore loco tela adicere. Caes. B. G. Ill, 14. Se ex muro proicere Caes. B. G. IV, 25. Pugna ex assedis. Caes. B. G. IV, 33. Ex equis de- silire. Caes. B. G. IV, 2. Sessum in quattuordecim e scena per orchestram transiit. Suet. Caes. 39. 203 . The preposition e(ex) is used with the Ablative of the name of a people to express from, out of the country of the people; also, from among several or many persons —e, g-, Adorti Hannibalem regressum ex Vaccaeis agmen turbavere. Liv. XXI, 5, 8. E vectoribus sorte ductus ad gubernacula acces- sit. Cic. Rep. I, 34, 51. Itaque infirmiores milites ex omnibus eenturiis deligi iubet. Caes. B. Civ. I, 64. 204 . With de. The preposition de with the Ablative ex¬ presses that the action or motion is down from the object stated in the Ablative. In many cases it is parallel in LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 139 meaning with e(ex), while the starting point of the action or motion mav be the same with ex and de, yet when the specific direction down is to be expressed, the use of the preposition de is the rule. In some cases there is no ap¬ preciable difference in meaning between ex and de. The theory that de implies removal from that in which own- nership and equitable right of possession resides, hence removal from that to which one has a right, while ex im¬ plies removal from that to which one has no proper ground of claim, is not sustained by the facts in the Lan¬ guage— e. g., Lucretius de muro se deieeit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 18. De colie non decedebant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 71. Spintherde muro cum custodibus colloquitur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 22 (cf. ex navibus colloqui.) Cupas de muro in musculum devolvunt. Caes. B. Civ. II. 11. Arma de muro in fossam iaeta. Caes. B. G. II, 32. De navibus desilire. Caes. B. G. IV, 24. De locis superioribus decerni. Caes. B. G. VII, 88. (Cf. Ut de finibus sui cum omnibuscopiisexirent. Caes.B.G.I, 2.) (Cf. e tinibus I, 5.) Tres eiecti de senatu. Liv.XL, 51,1. (Cf. septem e senatu eiecti sunt. Liv. XLXXX, 15, 6.) Emissus hos- tis de manibus. Liv. XXI, 48, 6. (Cf. Hannibal emissus e man- ibus. Liv. XXII, 3, 10.) Dictator C. M.Rutilius primus de plebe dictus, magistrum equitum item de plebe C. Plautium dixit. Liv. VII, 17, 6. L. Sextius de plebe primus consul factus. Liv. VI, 42, 9. (Cf. ex plebe consul factus). 205 . 1 . The preposition may be in composition and need not be repeated—e. g., Italia excedere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 27. Excedere eo loco. Caes. B. Civ. I, 31. Castris educere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 66. Castris exire. Caes. B. Civ. I, 69. Pugna excedere. Caes. B. Civ. II, 7. Castris expellere. Caes. B. Civ. II, 35. Equo decidere. Caes. B. G. I, 48. Castris egredi. Caes. B. G. II, 11. Finibus expellere. Caes. B. G. IV, 3. 2. The preposition in composition may be repeated or a differ¬ ent preposition may be used, determined by the relation to be expressed—e. g., Caesar e castris utrisque copias suas eduxit. Caes. B. G. I, 140 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 50. Eice te e navi. Cic. Tusc. II, 27, 67. Crumenam de collo detrahere. Plaut. True. Ill, 1, 7. Anulum de digito detrahere. Ter. Haut. IV, 1, 38. Ut omnis instructus exercitus telis ex vallo abiectis protegi posset. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 56. E mulis stramenta detrahi iubet. Caes. B. G. VII, 45. Ex magna spe deturbare. Cic. Fam. V, 7, 1. Rem. The Ablative presenting the whence relation occurs, with a prep¬ osition, in connection with substantives which imply motion —e. g., Fugitivi ab dominis. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 50, 112. Domum fuit e foro reditus. Cic. Pis. Ill, 7. Montibus ex altis magnus decursus aquai. Lucr. I, 283. Ab Hermandica profugi exsulibus Olcadum se iunxe- runt. Liv. XXI, 5, 7. 206. The preposition is omitted with the Ablative deno¬ ting the place of removal. While the omission of a preposi¬ tion with a relation m Space, as the name of a countiy, &c., is rare in the classical Latin, it occurs quite frequently in the poets and late writers. The omission of a prepo¬ sition with move re, pellere, cedere, labi is frequent in all periods of the Language—e. g., Otacilius sibi timens oppido fugit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 29. Nam qui acie refugerant milites. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 95. Arabia redire. Curt. IV, 12. Aegvpto devertisse hostem comperit. Curt. IV, 35. Petris praecipitare se. Curt. VI, 23. Macedonia proficisci. Curt. X, 16. Patria propellare. Nep. Phoc. 3. Coelo missa vis aquae. Sail. Jug. 75, Syria remeare. Tac. H. II, 79. Britannia Gal- liaque auxilia acciverat. Tac. H, III, 15. Etruria Lucaniaque et omni Italia in senatum acciti. Tac. Ann. XI, 24. Hie fratres Ly- cia missi et Apollinis agris. Verg. Aen. XII, 516. Cum carceribus missos rapit ungula currus. Hor. Sat. I, 1, 114. The omission of the preposition in such connections as the preceding is not to be imitated. Hostes loco cedere cogebant. Caes. B. Civ. II, 41. Loco cesserunt. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 51. Loco movit. Caes. B. Ci\. HI, 74. Neve se loco moverent. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 92. Italia cedenti sestertium centum milia muneri misit. Nep. Att. 8. Hostis An- tonius iudicatus Italia cesserat. Nep. Att. 9. Censor tribu move- bat centurionem. Cic. Or. II, 67, 272. Ut possesores pellantur suis sedibus. Cic. Off. II, 22, 78. Finibus Italiae pelli. Liv. XXI ^ LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 141 20, 6. Ut patria pelleretur. Nep. Arist. 1. Stellas videbis eoelo labi. Verg. Georg. I, 366. Pellere patria. Cie. Div. I, 28, 59. Movere loco. Cie. Div. I, 35, 77. Ant labentis equo describit vul- nera Parthi. Hor. Sat. II, 1, 15. 207 . In some cases the Ablative without a preposition with verbs of motion must be explained as the Ablative expressing the at relation, or means or manner —e. g., Se porta foras universi proripiunt. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 11. (Here porta maybe conceived as at the gate or by the gate) . Egressi porta recedentibus inferunt signa. Curt. IV, 27. An tu egressus porta Capena? Cie. Tusc. I, 7, 13. In the last two examples, while the omission of the preposition is authorized by the com¬ pound verb, the Ablative may well be explained as means. Names of Towns and Islands. 208 . The name of a city, town, or small island, present¬ ing the place from which is written in the Ablative with¬ out a preposition. 1. The name of a city or town—e, g., Ariminio excedere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 11. Auximo progredi. Caes. B. Civ. I, 15. Cingulo ad eum legati venerunt. Caes. B. Civ. I, 15. Luceria proficisci. Caes. B. Civ. I, 24. Egressum magna Roma. Hor. Sat. I, 5, 1. (Observe the absence of a pre¬ position when an adjective is associated with the name of a city). 2. The name of an island—e. g., Aquam Corcyra navibus supportare. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 15. Classis Cyprio advenit. Curt. IV, 13. 209 . When the preposition a(ab) is associated with the name of a city or town as a place from which, the follow¬ ing relations are expressed. 1. From the vicinity of, from near, or about, from before, in military operations, from the port of—e. g., Ab Arimino M. Antonium mittit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 11. Domi- tianas cohortes aCorfmio in Sicilian miserat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 25. 142 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Ab Herd a frumentum iussi erant efferre. Caes. B. Civ. 1,78. Ab Ocelo .in fines Vocontiorumpervenit. Caes. B. G 1,10. Libo profectus ab Orico cum classe. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 23. Qua neces¬ sitate permotus Libo discessit aBrundisio. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 24. Cum ab Aegina Megarum versus navigarem coepi regiones prospicere. Cie. Fam. I\, 5, 4. 2. From the direction of— or to express distance from one point to a second—e. g., A Dianio ad Sinopen navigaverunt. Cie. Verr. II, I, 34, 87. A Salonis ad Oricum litora omnia longe lateque classibus occu- pavit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 8. 3. The beginning of distance, or the place from which distance is estimated. In this connection it is an irregularity to omit the preposition a(ab) with the name of a city, town, or island from which distance is expressed—e. g., Litavicus milia passuum circiter XXX ab Gergovia aberat. Caes. B. G. VII, 38. Bidis oppidum est non longe a Syracusis. Cie. Verr. II, II, 22, 53. 4. While the preceding restrictions will explain most of the eases of the use of a preposition with the name of a city, town, or island as the place from which, it must be conceded, in view of the facts in the Language, that the preposition a(ab) olten occurs with the name of a city, &c., in the Ablative, just as any other relation in space. In Livy the tendency is to the use of the pre¬ position, and in many cases it seems to have been employed by this writer with a view simply to greater clearness of statement. 210. When the name of a city, town, or island, with which the omission of the preposition is the rule , is asso¬ ciated with the name of a country, province, or any other place with which the use ol the preposition is usual, then, 1. The name of the country, &e., precedes with the preposition within the limits of which is embraced the Ablative of the name of the city, town, or island. In other words, the name of the province, &c., determines the use of the preposition, which ex¬ tends to the name of the city or island e. g., Ex Asia Cyeladibusque insulis, Corcyra, Athenis, Ponto, Bi- LAi'IN CASE-RELATIONS. 143 thynia, Syria, Cilicia, Phoenicia, Aegypto, classein coegerat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 3. That the preposition ex covers Corcyra, Athenis is shown from the fact that it is not repeated with Pon- to, Bithynia, &c. Frumenti vim maximam ex Thessalia, Asia, Creta, Cyrenis reliquiscpie regionibus comparaverat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 5. Si ab ora maritima Oricoque discedere nollet. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 78. 2. The name of the city, town, or island precedes without the preposition, according to the rule, and the omission of the prepo¬ sition obtains with the name of the country, &c., which follows. In other words, the construction of the name of the country, &c., without the preposition conforms to that of the name of the city, &c.—e. g., Lisso Parthenisque et omnibus castellis quod esset frumenti concjuiri iussit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 42. 3. The names of the city, town, and island, and of the coun¬ try, &c., are written in the Ablative, without and with the prep¬ osition, according to the rules, and occasionally there is a partial conformity to the construction of the word which precedes—e. g., Sagittarios Creta Lacedaemone, ex Ponto atque Syria reli- quisque civitatibus tria milia numero habebat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 4. Domitius cohortes Alba et Marsis et Pelignis, finitimis ab regionibus coegerat. Caes. B. Civ, I, 15. Quid exportatum est Agrigento, quid Thermis, quid ex ceteris oppidis, quid Mes- sana? Cic. Verr. II, II, 75, 185. 211 . When the name of a city, town, or island is asso¬ ciated with the appositive word urhe, oppido , or insula , the use of the preposition is the rule, whether the name of the city, &c., precedes (a rare and unusual collocation) or follows the preposition. The preposition is also used when the appositive word is defined by an adjective or Genitive—e. g., Ex oppido Thermis nullum signum attigisti. Cic. Verr. II, II, 46, 113. Expellitur ex oppido Gergovia. Caes. B. G. VII, 4. Ab urbe Roma litteras mittere. Cic. Verr. II, III, 17, 44. Ex oppido Cabillono educere. Caes. B. G. VII, 42. Tusculo cx clarissimo 144 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. municipio proficisci. Cic. Font. XVIII, 41 (31). Legati ex oppi- do Lepti venerant. Sail. Jug. 77. Regem hand procul ab oppido Cirta arinis exuerat. Sail. Jug. 88. Gens orta est ex Regillis op¬ pido Sabinorum. Suet. Tib. 1. Kst in Capitolio Apollo transla¬ tes ex Apollonia, Ponti urbe. Plin. N. H. XXXIV, 7, 39. 212 . As the name of a city, town, or island is written in the Ablative without a preposition, as a rule, to express the place from which, so are written the words domo, rure (run), humo without a preposition. I. Domo. This word is used without a preposition both alone and with a possessive, while with a possessive a preposition is allowed. With the demonstrative, with an adjective or genitive of the possessor it takes regularly a preposition. As the point from which distance is estimated, it takes regularly a preposition. In the sense of building', family, philosophical school or sect it takes a preposition. Livy inclines to the use of a preposition with domo, even when it signifies home-^-e. g., Molita cibaria sibi quemque domo efferre iubent. Caes. B. G. I, 5. Cum omnibus suis domo excesserant. Caes. B. G. IV, 14. Si domo tua profugisset. quid diceres ? Cic. Verr. II, V, 30, 77, Domo sua haec quin hue transibat ? Plaut. M. G. IV, 2, 7. Nemo dubitat quin ex ilia domo ad istum comportari necesse esset. Cic. Verr. II, II, 19, 46. Ait sese Athenas fugere cupere ex hac domo. Plaut. M. G. II, 1,48. Fama percrebuit ex domo praetoria manum fugitivorum venisse. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 43, 94. E Pompeiana domo Esquilias transmigravit. Suet. Tib. 15. Liber qui ex domo Vergilii fuit. Gell. I, 21, 2. A domo Numi- toris alia comparata inanu adiuvat Remus. Liv. I, 5, 7. Clas- sis qua advecti ab domo fuerant. Liv. VIII, 22, 6. A domo tua Chelidonem exeluderenoluisti. Cic. Verr. II, V, 15, 38. Cum me ineertis auspiciis profectum ab domo scirem. Liv. VIII, 32,4. Ver primum ex domo excivit. Liv. XLV, 34, 11. Si aut domi est aut non longe a domo. Cic. Phil. XII, 9, 23 (longe suggests distance). Procul ab domo militiam agere pa- tiens. Liv. IV. 18 1. (Procul points to distance). Adeone ef- feminata corpora militum esse putamus ut abesse ab domo non LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 145 possint ? Liv. V, 6, 4. Hoc eo fecit ut ille non solum abesset a domo dum navigaret. Cic. Verr. II, V, 31, 82. Ut non ex vita sed ex domo in domum videretur migrare. Nep. Att. 22. An- tiocliis id magio licuerit remigrare in domum vcterem e nova ( domo) quam nobis in novam e vetere. Cic. Acad. I, 4, 13. 2. Humo and rure (run) —e. g., Ventus coortus arenam humo excitavit. Sail. Jug. 79. Ten- t.anda via est, qua me quoque possim tollere humo. Verg. Georg. III. 9. Ego tamen, cum Tullius rure redierit, mittam eum ad te. Cic. Fam. Y. 20. 9. Veniunt rure rustici. Plaut. Most. V, I, 28 (cf. si ruri veniat. Flaut. True. Ill, 2, 25.) Rem. 1. Instead of the Ablative domo with a preposition or without a preposition and the Genitive of the possessor, the person or personal relation may be expressed in the Ablative with the preposition a(ab)— (see 58 , Rem. 1)—e. g., Vin tu illatn actutum amovere, a te tit abeat, per gratiam ? Plaut. M. G. IV, 1, 33. Hunc succustodem suum foras ablegavit, dum ab se hue transiret. Plaut. M. G. Ill, 2, 54. Em hominem tibi, qui a matre et sorore venit. Plaut. M. G. IV, 7, 3. 213 . The place at which a letter is written is in Latin expressed in the Ablative as the place from which. 1. When a city, town, or island, the Ablative is used without a preposition, according to the rule.—e. g., Dat. IV. Id. Apr. Thuriis.Cic. Att. III. 5. IV. Kal. Febr. Ca¬ pua. Cic. Fam. XVI, 12, 6. Dat. prid. Kal. Mai. Brundisio Cic. Att. Ill, 7, 3. XV Kal. Dec. Corcyra. Cic. Fam. XVI, 7. Dat. IV Kal. Jun. Thessalonica. Cic. Att. Ill, 8, 4. VII Id. Nov. Actio, vesperi, Cic. Fam. XVI, 6, 2. Data, VI Kal. Decembr. Dvrrhacio, Cic. Att. Ill, 22,4. D. IV Kal. Jun. Perga, Cic. Fam. XII, 14, 8. Accepi tuas epistales, unam quam Tribus Tabernis dedisti. Cic. Att. I, 13, 1. 2. With anv other place than a city, town or island, use the Ablative with a preposition a (ab), ex, de—e. g., Accepi litteras datas a litoribus Britanniae proximo a. d. VI Kal. Oct. Cic. Att. IV, 17, 3. A Pontio, ex Trebulano a. d. V Id. Mai. Cic. Att. V 3, 3, (Cf. in Trebulano apud Pontium manere; also, in Trebulanum ad Pontium venire, Cic. Att. V 2, 1; V, 3,1.) Curaut valeas? VI Id. April, de Pomptino, Cic. Fam. 146 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. VII 18, 3. V Kal. Sext. ex Castris. Cic. Fam. X, 24, 8. D. XI Kal. Jun. ex castris, ex ponte Argenteo. Cic. Fam. X, 35, 2. Prid. Non. Mai, ex castris flnibus Statiellensium. Cic. Fam. XI, 11. 2. XV Kal. Maias ex itinere. Cic. Att. X, 8, 2. Ill Id. ex Apinati. Cie. Att. XVI, 13c. 2. 3. When a city, town, or island is associated with any other place, omit the preposition with the town, &c.; use it with the other relation of place.— e. g. Ill Non. Mai. ex Castris, Dertona. Cic. Fam. XI, 10,5. Ill Kal. Mai. ex castris, Regio. Cic. Fam. XI, 9, 2. VIII Id. Jun. Cularone ex finibus Allobrogum. Cic Fam. X, 23, 7. A. d. Idus Quint, ex castris, Narona. Cic. Fam. V, 9, 2. Rem. 1. The place at which a letter is written is rarely expressed in the Ablative with the preposition in,but notil thenameof atown, &c. e. g., Idus mane in Sinuessano. Cic. Att. XVI, 10, 2. 214 . The name of a city or of a Roman Tribe as a place of birth or residence is written in the Ablative without a preposition. In this way a Tribe is uniformly written in Cicero—e. g., Casser desideravit C. Fleginatem Placentia, A. Cranium Puteo- lis, M. Sacrativirum Capua. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 71. Reducitur ad eum deprensus N. Magius Cremona. Caes. B. Civ. I, 24. Inven- tum est fortem amicum Q. Verrem Romilia. Cic. Verr. Pr. Act. VIII, 23. Ser. Sulpicius Q. f. Lemonia Rufus. Cic. Phil. IX, 7, 15. Ad. IV Id. Feb. Sestius ab indice Cn. Nerio Pupmia de ambitu postulatas est. Cic. Q. fr. II, 3, 5. L. Domitius Cn. f. Fabia. L. Villius Pomptina. Septimus T. f. Quirina. Cic. Fam. VIII, 8, 5. C. Lucilius C. f. Pupinia. C. Scribonius C. f. Popilia. L. Ateius L. f. Aniensi. Cic. Fam. VIII, 8, 5. Rem. 1. Sometimes the city as place of birth or residence is written in the Ablative wirh a preposition (ab). This form of expression, while very usual in Livy, does not occur in Cicero or Caesar. The name of a country as a place of birth or residence is written in the Ablative with a preposition (ex) in all periods of the language—e. g., Turnus Herdonius ab Aricia in Tarquiuium erat invectus. Liv. I, 50, 3. Obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos. Liv II 22, 2. Mixti etiam ab Ardea Rutulorum quidam generis. Liv. XXI 7 2. Legiones effecerat, quinque ex Italia, unam ex Cilicia, unam ex Creta et Macedonia exveteranis militibus, duasex Asia. Caes. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 147 B. Civ. Ill, 4. Mittitur Q. Junius ex Hispania quidam. Caes. B. G. V. 27. Is c’vis ex Latio erat. Sail. Jug. 69. 216 . Instead of the name of the city and country in the Ablative without or with a preposition the adjective may be used, descriptive of birth or residence. The use of the adjective is more frequent than the Ablative.—e. g., Phylarchus Centuripenus, Aristus Panhormitanus, Cratippus Tyndaritanus. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 12, 29. Dumnorix Aeduus. Caes. B. G. I, 3. Praeceptorem habuit Lysim Tarentiuum. Nep. Ep. 2. Cassius Parmensis quadam epistola sic taxat Augustum. Suet. Aug. 4. 217 . With the Ablative expressing the place from which all the qualifications are associated in the Ablative of the place from which. The latter are in English often rendered as the place where —e. g. Inveni duos libellos a L. Canuleio missos sociis ex portu Syra- cusis. Cic. Verr. II, II, 74, 182. Haec omnia ab Heio e Sacrario Verres abstulit. Cie. Verr. II, IV, 3, 6. Uterque eorutn ex castris a flumine Apso exercitum educunt. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 30. Repe- riebat T. Ampium conatum esse pecuuias tollere Epheso ex fano Dianae. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 105. (Legio) quam ex Achaia a Q. Fufio legato evocaverat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 106. Allata est epis¬ tola Athenis ab Archino. Nep. Pelop. 3. Vox ab aede Junonis ex arce exstitit. Cic. Div. I, 45, 101. 218 . The Ablative with the preposition a(ab) represents the point of view from which an action or event is con¬ ceived, in effect, the respect in which an action or event is true, the direction irom which , or the side on which an action, event, or statement is true. In this Ablative are presented in military operations certain local designations, as on the front , parts of the body, &e., Geographical rela¬ tions, the party on the side of which , in connection with verbs, adjectives and sometimes with substantives—e. g., A fronte atque ab utroque latere protegere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 25. 148 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. fugum leniore fastigio ab ea parte. Caes. B. Civ. II, 24. Ah utroque cornu circumire aciem. Caes. B. Civ. II, 41. A tergo cir- cumvenire. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 44. A medio fere spatio suos cohor- tatur. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 46. Dextrum Caesaris cornu ab latere aperto aggredi. Caes. B. Civ. III. 86. A novissimo agmine inse- qui ac lacessere. Caes. B. G. 1,37. Ne hostes a lateribus pugnantes suos circumvenire possent. Caes. B. G. II, 8. Scutum ab novissi- mis uni militi detractum. Caes. B. G. II, 25. A primo agmine iter impedire coepit. Caes. B. G. VII, 67. Saxis arenaque a puppi oneratam (navem). Curt. IV, 12. Deinde a capite molis rursus alto se immersit. Curt. IV, 17. Accolae sedis sunt ab oriente proximi Aethiopum. Curt. IV, 31. A dextra iter ad Ariobarza- num erat. Curt. V, 15. Mosyni a laeva sunt. Curt. VI, 12. A Septentrione Indus affluit, a meridie Acesines Hydaspi confundi- tur. Curt. IX, 15. Cuius a media fronte inter aures unum cornu exsistit. Caes. B. G. VI, 26. Metuendum est ne denudetur a pectore. Cic. Verr. II, V, 13, 32. Attingit ab Sequanis et Hel- vetiis flumen Rhenum. Caes. B. G. I, 1. Utrimque ab cornibus positos ita incurrisse ferunt. Liv, I, 37, 3. Cum prima quies silentiumque ab hostibus fuit. Liv. XXI, 5, 9. Ducenti ab Romanis cecidere. Liv. XXII, 16, 3. [The preposition ah and the Ablative never represent the partitive Genitive, as do ex ( inter , in), de ] Maxime a re frumentaria laborabant. Caes. B.Civ. Ill, 9. Commune est quod nihilo magis ab adversariis quam a nobis facit. Cic. Inv. I, 48, 90. Tantum poterit a facundia. Ter. Haut. Pro! 13. Is igitur mediocriter a doctrina instructus. Cic. Brut. 66, 233. Tuto (loco) consedimus copioso a frumento. Cic. Att. V, 18, 2. Qui sic inopes et ab amicis et existimatione sunt, ut, &c. Cic. Att. I, 1. 2. Antonius ab equitatu firmus esse diceba- tur. Cic. Fam. X, 15, 2. Cum deum benignitate ab omni re sumus paratiores. Cic. Fam. X, 8, 6. Metus et ab cive et ab hoste. Liv. II, 24, 3. Ab hostibus metu retenti sumus. Liv. V, 52, 12. 219 . To this connection must be referred the Ablative with a(ab) expressing the specific relation of service or official subordination in which one person stands to another. The general is expressed by a substantive, ser- LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 149 vus, libertus, cast os, &c., which is specifically defined by the Ablative with a(ab) indicating the exact respect in which the leading idea suggested by servus, &c., is true. Generally only the name of the person is given, and the relation in which he stands to another is expressed b} r the Ablative with the preposition a(ab)—e. g., Nec ullam ob aliam causam Pollicem, servum a pedibus meum, Roman misi. Cic. Att. VIII, 5, 1. Philemonem a manu servum .puniit. Suet. Caes. 74. Thallo a manu.crura fregit. Suet. Aug. 67. Suspexit Polvbium ab studiis,.Narcissum ab episto- lis et Pallantem a rationibus. Suet. Claud. 28. Caenidem Anto- niae libertam et a manu.revocavit in contubernium. Suet. Vesp. 3. Homines, quos ab epistolis et libellis et rationibus ap- pellet. Tac. Ann. XV, 35. 220. In a sense similar to the Ablative with a(ab), pre¬ senting the point of view from which, occurs the Ablative (particularly parte , partibus ) with the preposition ex, and very rarely the Ablative with the preposition in —e.g., Jugum utraque ex parte praeruptum atque asperum. Caes. B. Civ. II, 24. Continentur una ex parte Rheno. Caes. B. G. I, 2. Una ex parte aditus relinquebatur. Caes. B. G. II, 29. Qua ex parte est Hibernia. Caes. B. G. V, 13. Duabus ex partibus oppugnare contendit. Caes. B. G. V, 21. Ex utraque parte vallis se ostenderunt. Caes. B. G. V, 32. Ex omnibus partibus castra muniri iubet. Caes. B. G. V, 50. Intervalla grandibus in fronte saxis effarciuntur. Caes. B. G. VII, 23. Nam ex utraque parte sunt qui pugnare cupiant. Cic. Earn. XVI, 11, 2. II. Ablative of the Whence Relation in Time. 221 . The Ablative presents not only the whence relation in Space, but the same relation in Time. In other words, it expresses the time from which an action, state, or event is reckoned. With the Ablative in this sense the use of a preposition is the rule. 1. The preposition a (ab)—usque a(ab)-^e. g., Quibus (navibus) effectis diebus triginta a qua die materia 150 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. caesa est. Caes. B. Civ. I, 36. Hoc idem a prima luce faciunt. Caes. B. Civ. I, 81. Cum ab hora septima ad vcsperum pugna- tum sit. Caes B. G. I, 26. Ab hora fere quarta usque ad solis oecasum. Caes. B. G. Ill, 15. A prima luce ad horam octavam. Caes B. G. V, 35. Opinio est usque ab heroicis temporibus ducta. Cic. Div. I, 1, 1. 2. The preposition e(ex)—e. g., Csesar ex eo tempore, dum ad flumen Varum veniatur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 87. Dies colloquio dictus est ex eo die quintus. Caes. B. G. I, 42. Ex eo die dies continuos quinque Caesar. copias produxit. Caes. B. G. I, 48. 3. The preposition de —e. g., Exercitus diem de die prospectans ecquod auxilium ab dicta- tore appareret. Liv. V, 48, 6. Rem. The preposition is rarely and irregularly omitted with the Abla¬ tive of time from which—e. g., Orto sole ad noctem agmina intravere vallum. Curt. Ill, 4. 222. In this connection is to be observed the phrase ex quo=from the time when—since —e. g., Institit quaerere quotus dies esset ex quo Nicomachus ad eum detulisset indicium. Curt. VI, 27. Euergetas appellabant ex quo .Cyri exercitum iuverant. Curt VII, 11. Nondum sunt anni mille quingenti ex quo Graecia Stellis nomina fecit. Sen. Nat. Quaest. VII, 25, 3. Duo de quadrigesimo ferme anno ex quo regnare coeperat Tarquinius. Liv. I, 40, 1. Rem. 1. With the phrase ex quo—since compare cum with the Perfect (Aorist) Indicative. The relation of cum with the perfect transferred to the past becomes cum with the Pluperfect—e. g., Aliquot sunt anni cum vos duo delegi quos colerem. Cic. Att. IX, 11, A. 2. Nondum centum et decern anni sunt, cum.a L. Pisone lata lex est. Cic. Off'. II, 21, 75. Permulti anni erant cum inter patricios mag- istratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant. Liv. IX, 33, 3. Rem. 2. With the phrase ex quo=since compare quod with the Perfect indicative (Aorist Indicative) e. g., Tertius dies est quod audivi recitantem Sentium Augurinum. Plin. Ep. IV, 27, 1. Rem. 3. When an action is reckoned from a given time and is not yet concluded, this relation may be expressed by cum, ex quo, quod , and ut LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 151 (rare) with a tense of incomplete action—Present and Imperfect. The temporal relation is rendered by since —e. g., Vicesimus annus est cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt. Cic. Phil. XII, 10, 24. Annus sexagesimus et quartus ex quo cum anima mea luctatur. Sen. De Mort. Cl. Ill, 1. Nec dissimulavit, tertium iam diem esse, quod omni labore materiae ad scribendum destinatae non inven- iret exordium. Quint. X, 3, 14. Octavus (annus est) ut imperium ob- tines. Tac. Ann. XIV, 53. Rem. 4. The temporal relation expressed by ex quo , cum , &c., may be expressed, and very exactly, by the Ablative of a verbal substantive, in¬ stead of the Perfect (Aorist) or Pluperfect, and annus with an ordinal— e- g., Cuius a morle tertius hie et tricesimus annus est. Cic. Sen. VI, 16 (Cf. Tricesimus tertius annus est cum (ex quo) mortuus est). 223, Time ma}' be implied in the word stated in the Ablative—e. g., A pueris nulla disciplina assuefacti nihil contra voluntatem faciunt. Caes. B. G. IV, 1. Provinciam Hispaniam ex praetura habuerat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 22. Acceperam litteras a Lentuli triumpho datas. Cic. Att. V, 21, 4. III. Ablative of the Place Whence in Abstract Rela¬ tions. 224. By the Ablative is expressed the State or condition or general abstract relation from which, with the Ablative in this sense is associated a preposition as a Rule. 1. The preposition a(ab)—e. g., Discedant in Italia omnes ab armis. Caes. B. Civ. I, 9. Ab scientia gubernatorum atque artificiis confugiebant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 58. Haec (fama) civitates nonnullas ab eius amicitia avertebat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 79. Non sunt ab earum spe cau¬ sae diligendi profectae. Cic. Am. IX, 30. Fallis verbo cives tuos, quod hos a bello revocas. Nep. Epam. 5. 2. The preposition e(ex) e. g., Si quos ex eo periculo fortuna servare potuisset. Caes. B. Civ. II, 41. Prius quam se hostes ex terrore reciperent. Caes. B. G. II, 12. Ilium ex periculo eripuit. Caes. B. G. IV, 12. Nostn se ex timore receperunt. Caes. B. G. IV, 34. Ex amicitia benevo- lentia tolli non potest. Cic. Am. V, 19. 152 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 3. The preposition de—e. g., Licet iis testimonium reddere industria percpiam de servitute exierint. 225. The preposition may be in composition: it may be repeated, or a different preposition used—e. g., Si videatur, pugna ut excedant et cum Ambiorige una collo- quantur. Caes. B. G. V, 36. Abeuntem magistratu eontionis ha- bendae potestate privavit. Cic. Fam. Y, 2, 7. Non recuso quin tantumdem de mei indieii fama detrahatur. Cic. Fam. VI, 18 4- Seito tuos amicos ex magna spe deturbatos iacere. Cic. Pam. V, 7. 1. Elapsum seito esse de manibus uno hoc indicio. Cic. Att. I, 16. 6. Rem. 1. The preposition is sometimes omitted—e. g., Dietatura Se abdicat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 2. Quaestura removit. Suet. Tib. 35. Reliquos gentis eiusdem vel similia sectantes urbe summovit. Suet. Tib. 36. 226. The Ablative of an abstract relation with a prepo¬ sition often expresses not the state or condition from which, but the time from which—e. g. Cum alius discessisset, alius ex diutino laborequieti se dedisset. Caes. B. Civ. II, 14. Ex eventu ab aliis, a me tamen ex ipso ini¬ tio consilium Hortensii reprehendatur. Cic. Att. I, 16, 3. Nos¬ tros confirmavit ut se ex maximo timore colligerent. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 65. Hi ex interregno cum extemplo magistratum in- issent. Liv. YI, 1, 9. Credo te ex acclamatione Clodii advocato- rum audisse, quae consurrectio facta sit. Rem. The use of the Ablative of the Supine—in u —to express the state or condition from which does not belong to the best period of the Latin, and shoald not be imitated—e. g., Primus cubitu surgat. Cat. R. R. 5, 5. Opsonatu redeo. Plaut. Men. 277. 227. The Ablative in the whence-sense is associated with verbs which involve the idea of removal or separa¬ tion. In this connection the substantive in the Ablative represents either an abstract relation—state or condition —a concrete relation, or a relation in space. Hence the Ablative occurs:— LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 153 Ablative with Verbs of Removing, Freeing, Abstain¬ ing, Etc. 228. With verbs to remove , to withhold , to free , to re¬ lieve ■, to client, to deprive , to prevent , to desist , to abstain , &c., movere, summovere, liberare, levare, abstinere, fraud- are, privare, prohibere, nudare, spoliare, intercludere, su¬ persedere, orbare, desistere, exuere, &c.—e. g. Hoc frustra per omnes moras exitu prohibere conatus. Suet. Caes. 34. (Dixit) se Antonium, si prohibere provincia sua non potuisset, bello persecuturum. Cic. Fam. X, 15, 2. Itinere desistere iubet. Caes. B. G. V, 11. Proelio abstinebat. Caes. B. G. I, 22. Spoliat nos iudicio, privat approbatione, omnibus orbat senibus. Cic. Acad. II, 19, 61. Non tibi obicio quod Ap- ollonium omni argento optime facto depeculatus es. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 17, 37. Caesar proelio supersedere statuit. Caes. B. G. II, 8. Militem praeda fraudavere. biv. II. 42, 1. Qui hac opin- ione levandi sunt. Cic. Am. XX, 71. Qui se libidinum vinculis laxatos esse non moleste ferrent. Cic. Sen. Ill, 7. Ouem ne anda- bata quidem defraudare poteramus. Cic. Fam. VII, 10,2. Avun¬ culus tuus cum a P. Vario magna pecunia fraudaretur. Cic. Att. I, 1, 3. Italian! bello liberare. Cic. Fam. V, 2, 8. Te exsilio pri¬ vare. Cic. Att. I, 16, 9. Rem. 1. With most of the verbs of this class (general separation or removal) a preposition may be used with the Ablative—e. g., Tempestates quae hostem a proelio prohiberent. Caes. B. G. IV, 34- Ab oppido se interclusurum adversaries confidebat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 43. (Cf. Commeatibus nostros intercludere instituunt. Caes. B. G.III, 23). Itaque ab defensione desistere. Caes. B. Civ. II, 12. Ablative with Verbs of Differing, Distinguishing, Etc. 229. With the verbs to differ, to distinguish, to separate , to revolt at (from), to leave off, distinguere, discernere, se- cernere, separare, differre, dissidere, discrepare, abhorrere, intermittere, &c., the use of the preposition a(ab) with the Ablative is the rule—e. g., Quam si subtraxeris, qui distinguere artificem ab inscio, &c. Cic. Acad. II, 7, 22. Qualia visa a falsis discerni non possent. 154 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Cic. Acad. II, 7, 22. Secerni blandus amicus a vero potest. Cic. Am. XXV, 95. Quae internosci a falsis non possunt. Cie. Acad. II, 7, 23. Neque suum consilium ab reliquis separare audent. Caes. B. G. VII, 63. Neque multum a Gallica differunt consue- tudine. Caes. B. G. V,14. Hominum vita tantum destitit a victu et cultu bestiarum. Cic. Off. II, 4, 15. Non rectum me in tantis rebus a Pompeio dissidere. Cic. Att. VII, 6, 2. Ea, quae multum ab humanitate discrepant. Cic. Off. I, 40, 145. Si (virtus) a car- itate vulgi abhorreret. Cic .Am. XIV, 50. Cum Caesar cohor- taretur ne quod tempus ab opereintermitteretur. Caes. B. G. VII, 24. A scribendo prorsus abhorret animus. Cic. Att. II, 6, 1. Ablative with Verbs of Origin and Descent. 230. With verbs denoting origin and descent the Abla¬ tive with a preposition, ab, ex, de, is more frequent than the simple Ablative. The verbs are oriri, gigni, nasci, pro- ficisci, provenire, concipere, generare, duci, procreare, esse, &c.—e. g., Sic reperiebat plerosque Belgas esse ortos ab Germanis. Caes. B. G. II, 4. Quod ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur. Cic. Fin. II, 24, 78. Nam principium exstinctum nec ipsum ab alio renascetur nec ex se aliud creabit. Cic. Tusc. I, 23, 54. (Res) quae ex iis (seminibus) progignuntur. Cic. Div. I, 56, 128. Genus divinationis quod ex arte profectum dicimus. Cic. Div. I, 57, 130. Si tibi fortuna non dedit ut patre certo nascerere. Cic. Rose. Am. XVI, 46. Generari et nasci a principibus fortuitum, nec ultra aesti- matur. De quo Romulus est genitus. Ov. Met. XIV, 617. Ex me atque hoc natus es. Ter. Haut. V. 4, 7. Pater eius ex concubina erat. Sail. Jug. 108. Ex quo intellegis nullam defensionem exor- tam. Cic. Verr. II, V, 15, 39. Sed quod ex nobis natos liberos appellamus, idcirco Cerere nati nominati sunt Liber et Libera. Cic. N. D. II, 24, 52. Nullum est malum domesticum quod ex ipsa provincia nasci possit. Cic. Verr. II, V, 4, 8. Ex quo uno haec omnia nata et profecta esse concedit. Cic. Quinet. XXVIII, 85. Nulla tarn detestabilis pestis est, quae non homini ab homi- ne nascatur. Cic. Off. II, 5, 16. Mulierem interfecit, ut illud, quod erat ex fratre conceptum. necaretur. Cic. Clu. XI, 31. Ab LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 155 iis rebus.quern admodum ducatur honestum, satis diximus. Cic. Off. I, 18, 60. Cum ex tribus uxoribus liberos procreasset. Nep. Reg. 2. Qui dea matre est : qui est matre libera : quae ma- tre Asteria est. Cic. N. D. Ill, 18, 45 and 46. An ut ea liberos ex sese pareret, quos cum florentes videret, laetaretur. Cic. Fam. IV, 5, 3. Quod a virtute profectum in ipsa virtute situm est. Cic. Tusc. II, 20, 46. Noscere potes quicque sua de materia grandes- eere alique. Lucr. I, 190. Par est omnia semine certo crescere. Lucr. I, 188 (cf. e nilo crescere. Lucr. I, 185). Nulla res e nilo gignitur divinitus. Lucr. I, 150. Both the subject and the object in the Ablative may represent impersonal relations. 231 —With the participial forms natus, enatus, progna- tus, editus. genitus. ortus, satus, the Ablative is used with a preposition ab, ex, de, and without a preposition. The use of a preposition is perhaps more frequent in most relations, except in the statement of immediate descent— e cr to') Ergo hi dei sunt habendi mortalibus nati matribus? Cic. N. D. Ill, 18, 45. Ipsi erant ex Ciinbris Teutonisque prognati. Caes. B. G. II, 29. Ne profectio, nata ab timore defectionis, similis fu- ’ ; r . - s.. 335. Of like character with the preceding'is the Dative after a phrase presenting distinctly the object of personal interest. —e. g., Fertur utrique mox crura fregisse. Suet. Tib. 44, (=That he broke the legs of both for them.) Vellent tibi barbam lascivi pueri. Hor. Sat. I, 3, 133. Cum varices secabantur C. Mario, dolebat. Cic. Tusc. II, 15, 35. Ei anulus aureus, quem habebat, fractus et comminutus est. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 25, 56. Mala sus- tinenti arma gladium superna defigit. Liv. 25, 12. Sextius ocu- los misero tundere vehementissime coepit. Cic. Verr. II. IV, 54, 142. 336. Dative of the Possessor. The verb esse with the Dative denotes that the subject of the verb is or exists for the object expressed in the Dative. The verb esse is best translated “to have,” with emphasis on the subject as the thing had or possessed , and not on the possessor in the Dative. The matter had or possessed may be an abstract relation.—e. g., Inveniebat (eos) mulieres in eum locum coniecisse quo exercitui aditus non esset. Caes. B. G. II, 16. Sermo,qui turn multis erat in ore. Cic. Am. I, 2. Fatigatis humus cubile est: cibus, quem occupati parant, satiat. Curt. Ill, 5. 337. By esse and the Dative is, generally, expressed that which belongs to the subject, as a possession or assigned relation. To express that which belongs to it as a quality or constituent part use esse or inesse with the preposition in and the Ablative of the possessor. Inesse and the Da¬ tive may be compared with esse and the Dative when the possession is an abstract relation. Habere with the Ac¬ cusative may substitute either esse (inesse) with the Da¬ tive, or esse (inesse) with in and the Ablative.—e. g., 228 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. In his (navibus) tanta erat firmitudo. Caes. B. G. Ill, 13. Tan- tum fuit in militibus studii. Caes. B. Civ. I, 64. In quibus ali- quid dignitatis fuit. Caes. B. G.I, 16. Est in Quinto fratre meo comitas. Cic. *Att. I, 17, 2. In te sapientia est. Cic. Am. II, 7. Disserentem inducit neque inesse in homine animum vel animam. Cic. Tusc. I, 10, 21. Quis mortalium, cui virile ingenium inest, tolerare potest? Sail. Cat. 20, 11. Quibus maxima necessitudo et plurimum audaciae inerat. Sail. Cat. 17. Inimicitias habebat privatas cum Caesare ex aedilitate conceptas. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 16. Dion praeter maiorum famam multa alia habuit bona. Nep. Dion. I. (Cf. In Dione alia fuerunt (infuerunt) bona.) Rem. I. The difference between esse and the Dative and esse (inesse) with the Ablative and the preposition was not uniformly observed by the later writers. In these we often find esse with the Dative where esse (inesse) with the Ablative and the preposition in is the usage in Classical Latin.—e. g., Erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenmm, nisi suam naturam fortuna corrumperet. Curt. Ill, 5. Si quid tibi tui regis reverentiae est. Curt. IV, 42, Idem militibus animi est. Curt. IX, 7. 338. The verb esse with the Dative and the Ablative with the preposition Cum may best be translated “ to have to do withy —e. g., Si inihi tecum minus esset quam est cum tuis omnibus, allega- rem ad te illos. Cic. Fam, XV, 10, 2. Quid, inquit, homini Ar- pinati (fuit) cum aquis calidis? Cic. Att. I, 16, 10. Cf. Negoti- um esse. Intellegebat sibi cum viro forti negotium esse. Nep. Dat. 7. 339. To this connection may best be referred the Dative with esse and the Dative of a participle volenti , cupienti, in imitation of the Greek. This construction occurs chiefly in Sallust and Tacitus.—e. g., Militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labor volentibus erat. Sail. Jug. 100. Grande pericultim Lilybaeo esse et quibusdam vo¬ lentibus novas res fore. Liv. XXI, 50,10. (In this example qui¬ busdam volentibus may be construed as the Ablative.) Neque plebi militia volenti putabatur et Marius studia vulgi amissurus. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 229 Sail. Jug. 84. Et quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exem- plum. Tac. Agr. 18. Ut quibusdam bellum invitis aut cupienti- bus erat. Tac. Aun. 59. (Observe invitis.) 340. To the Dative of personal interest, and distinctly the Dative of advantage (commodi) refer the Dativus Ethicus. In this Dative occur the personal pronouns mihi, tibi, nobis, vobis. It is indicated by the Dative that the person involved in the pronoun takes, or should take, in¬ terest in the event expressed in the phrase. It is not necessary that this Dative be associated with an Interjec¬ tion.—e. g., Cum haec maxime scriberem ecce tibi Sebosus. Cie. Att. II, 15, 3. Haec vobis istorum per biduum militia fuit. Liv. XXII, 60, 25. Ad ilia mihi pro se quisque acriter intendat auimum. Liv. Praef. 9. Ne quae forte deum nobis immensa potestas sit. Lucr. V, 1209. Sed Tityos nobis hie est, in amore iacentem quern volu- cres lacerant. Lucr. Ill, 993. (Cf. Lucr. I, 797, 918; II, 500, 1038; III, 197, 279; IV, 511, 875; V, 260, 294, 805.) 341. Of like character with Dativus Ethicus is the Da¬ tive of the Reflexive pronoun with a tense of the verb velle, expressing reproach, surprise, or astonishment. Here velle with the Dative may best be translated “to want," "to mean." —e. g., Quid sibi isti miseri volunt? Cic. Cat. II, 10, 23. De quibus tu ex me requiris quid sibi voluerint. Cic. Att. \ , 21, 2. Quid haec sibi horum civium dona voluerunt? Cic. Verr. II, III, 80. 186. Quid sibi vellet cur in suas possessiones veniret? Caes. B. G. I, 43. Quid sibi volunt in mediis barbarorum regionibus Graecae urbes? Sen. Helv. 7, 1. 342. To the Dative Commodi or Incommodi must be re¬ ferred the Dative with an Interjection. Here the Dative presents not only the object with reference to which the emotion involved in the Interjection is expressed, but the relation of the object of personal interest.—e. g., 230 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Vae illis virgis miseris, quae in tergo morientur raeo. Plaut. Capt, III, 4, 117. Hei mihi! Etiam de sorte nunc venio in dubi- um miser? Ter. Ad. !I, 2, 34. 343. Dative implying deference, respect, or honor, or the absence of these. This Dative denotes the object in honor of whom, from respect for whom, or in contempt of whom an action is done.—e. g., Sibi unum e collegio non assurrexisse indignatus est. Suet. Caes. 78. Eisdem praetextatis adhuc assurrectum et a stantibus plausum questus est. Suet. Aug. 56. Nee mirum, cum palam esset,ipsum quoque eisdem et assurgere et decedere via. Suet.Tib. 31. Ii numero sceleratorum habentur: iis omnes decedunt. Caes. B. G. ¥1, 13. (Cf. Ludos, quos Caesaris Victoriae Caesar adoles- cens fecit, curavi. Cic. Fam. XI, 28, 6. 344. Dative of the participle. With an intransitive ex¬ pression the Dative of a participle occurs to give the local relations and the general restrictions under which the con tents of the expression obtain.—e. g. Euntibus a parte laeva Arabia, odorum fertilitate nobilis re- gio, est. Curt. V, 2. Caesar Gomphos pervenit, quod est oppi- dum primum Thessaliae venientibus ab Epiro. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 80. Locum qui nunc saeptus descendentibus inter duos lucos est. Liv. I, 8, 5. Thaumaci a Pylis per Lamiam eunti loco alto siti sunt. Liv. XXXII, 4, 3, Admonebat vere reputantibus, Galli- am suismet viribus concidisse. Tac. II IV, 17. Turres mira specie ac procul intuentibus pares. Tac. H, Y, 11. Et, iuste aes- timantibus regem liquet, bona naturae eius fuisse. Curt. X, 8. t . 345. Dative governed by a Substantive. It is an irreg¬ ularity rarely occurring to use the Dative dependent upon and governed by a Substantive. In such cases the Sub¬ stantive is always derived from a verb which governs the Dative, and the Substantive retains the force of its verbal origin. Instead of the Dative the rule is to use, even with LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 231 such substantives, the Genitive (Objective), or its equiva¬ lent a preposition with its proper case.—e. g., Cum bonos viros eius honori viderem esse fautores. Cic. Plane, I, 1. Pompeius intellegit insidias suae vitae fieri. Cie. Q. frat. II, 3,4. Multae mihi a. C.Verreinsidiae terra manquefactae sunt. Cic, Verr. Act. pr. II, 3. (With faeere and fieri the Dative may he explained as Indirect object of the verb.) Oui per tumultum successor ei nominatus Corfinium praesidio tenebat. Suet. Caes. 34. Non ego sum oblocutor alteri. Plaut. M. G. Ill, 1, 48. Mihi tibi erat auscultatio. Plaut. Rud. II, 6, 18. Rem. 1. The use of the Objective Genitive is the Rule.=e. g., Nullius perpercit vitae, quern eius insideratorem putaret. Nep. Reg. 2 346. As with a Substantive, so the Dative is found with * an adverb (particularly constanter, convenienter, congru- enter) derived from a verb which governs the Dative.—e. g., Quam enim sibi constanter convenienterque dicat, non laborat. Cic. Tusc. V, 9, 26. Quaero quid convenienter possit rationi et sententiae suae dicere. Cic. Fin. II, 26, 84. Cum extremum hoc- sit congruenter naturae convenienterque vivere. Cic. Fin. Ill, 6, 26'. Rem. 1. To be observed is the Dative with praesto esse.—e. g., Ad quem diem magistratus civitatum sibi praesto esse vellet. Caes. B. Civ. II. 19. 347. The Dative of the Terminus. While the use of the Dative in the relation of Terminus instead of the Accusa¬ tive with a preposition is chiefly poetical, it is yet occa¬ sionally found in the best prose.—e. g., Victor per populos dat iura viamque affectat Olympo. Verg. Georg. IV, 561. Si quis casus puerum egerit Oreo. Hor. Sat. II, 5, 49. Multos Danaum demittimus Oreo. Verg. Aen. II, 398. Atque ob sutelas tuas te morti misero. Plaut. Capt. Ill, 5, 34. Matres familiae, quae Romanis de muro manus tendebant. Caes. B. G. VII, 48. (Cf. Egressi manus ad Caesarem tendere coeper- unt. Caes. B. G. II, 13.) 232 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 348. The Final Dative: The Dative is used to express the-end, or object. This Dative occurs with the verbs esse, dare, dicere, servare, habere, canere, deligere, ducere, ca- pere, &c.—e. g., Quae ad oppugnandum usui erant, comparare coepit. Caes. B. G. II, 12, Argumento sit clades Romana. Liv. V, 44, 5. Verba testimonio sunt. Cic. Rose. Com. 4,11. Quicquid umquam dono dedisset. Suet. Tib. 11. Locum colloquio dicere. Caes. B. G. I, 34. Cleopatra, quam servatam triumpho magnopere cupiebat. Suet. Aug. 17. Nee aliter universos quam membra partisque im¬ perii curae habuit. Suet. Aug. 48. Consecutus id quod animo proposuerat, Caesar receptui cani iussit. Caes. B. G. VII, 47. Eo consilio domos reliquerant ut locum domicilio deligerent. Caes. B. G. I, 30. Id vero periculum est ne sollertius castris locum ca- peret. Liv. IX. 17, 15. Si quis despicatui ducitur, Mysorum ul- timus esse dicitur. Cic. Flac. 27, 65. Munitioni castrorum tern- pus relinqui volebat. Caes. B. G. V, 9. Ubi omnes idem sentire intellexit, posterum diem pugnae constituit. Caes. B. G. Ill, 23. Juventus, quae custodiis in oppido remanserat. Caes. B. Civ. II, 5. Templum dedico, sedem opimis spoliis. Liv. I, 10, 6. Si rex in aliqua Graeciae parte sedem bello cepisset. Liv. XXXV, 18, 3. Rem. 1. Parallel with the Dative in this connection is the Genitive, or ad with the Accusative, particularly with locus, sedes, and such words. The Genitive specifically defines the Substantive.—e. g., Consultare inde principes Veios an Fidenos sedem belli caperent. Liv. IV, 31, 8. Vallo ita producto ut locum ad transgrediendum hos- tes haberent. Liv. XXI, 5, 9. 349. To be observed is the Dative of the Gerund with esse, in the sense to be adequate to , to be competent to: the Dative scribendo with adesse =to be present at the drawing up of a document, as of a decree, &c., also the Dative of the Gerund with the name of a public official, to express the object or end for which he was appointed. —e- g-» Nimim id fuit: solvendo enim non erat. Cic. Att. XIII, 10,3. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 233 Divitcs, qui oneri ferendo erant. Liv. II, 9, 6. Experiendam rem esse, sitne aliquis plebeius ferendo honori. Liv. IV, 35, 9. Nihil illic imperatoriae artis ordinibus locandis fuit. Liv. IX, 13, 3. Fretus esse tolerando certamini legatum. Liv. X, 5, 5. Ea, quae restinguendo igni forent, portantes, in agmen ruebant. Liv. XXX, 6, 3. In aede Apollinis scribendo affuerunt L. Domitius, Q. Caelius. Cic. Fam. VIII, 8, 5. Me Albani gerendo bello du- eem creavere. Liv. I, 23,8. Decern viros sacris faciendis plebeios videmus. Liv. X,8, 2. Cf. Comitia consulibus rogandis habuit. Cic. Div. I. 17, 33. Cf. Cum dies venisset rogationi ex senatus consuitu ferendae. Cic. Att. I, 14, 5. Quod ius statues commu- ni dividendo, cum commune nihil possit esse, &c.? Cic. Fam. VII, 12, 2. Cf. Dies is erat legitimus comitiis habendis. Cic. Verr. II, II, 52, 129. 350. Double Dative. With the verb esse, and the verbs to give, to impute, and with verbs of motion in military operations, to send, to lead, to come, to go, and with the verb to leave, occur two Datives, the one the Dative of the indirect object, the Dative of the end, the other the Dative of (personal) interest, commodi or incommodi. In military operations the Datives auxilio, praesidio, subsidio frequently occur as Dative of indirect object or end. The Dative of the personal relation depends upon the verbal idea resulting from the association of the Dative of the Indirect object or end and thepredicate expressed.—e. g., Cum viderent illos pecuniam possidere, illud quidem non quae- rerent, cui bono fuisset. Cic. Am. 31, 86. Turri tegmento esse. Caes. B. Civ. II, 9. Gallis esse impedimento. Caes. B. G. I, 25. Sibi curae esse. Caes. B. G. I, 33. Vobis honori et amicis utili- tati. Cic. Or. I, 8, 34. Mibi maxime cordi esse. Cic. Verr. II, I, 44, 112. His odio esse. Cic. Verr. II, II, 3, 7. Profecto te intel- leges laudem Sex. Roscio vitio et culpae dedisse. Cic. Rose, Am. 16, 48. Quod seiret sibi crimini datum iri pecuniam accepisse, Cic. Verr. II, V, 29, 73. An censemus, si Fabio laudi datum esset quod pingeret, &c. Cic. Tusc. 1,2,4. Hoc nostra laus erit, quod illi tribuebatur ignaviae. Cic. Fam. II, 16, 3. Ne sibi vitio ver- 234 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. terent, quod abesset a patria. Cic. Fam. VII, 6, 1. Curae sibi habebat certiorem facere Atticum. Nep. Att. 20. Tu nunc tibi id laudi ducis, quod turn fecisti inopia? Ter. Ad. II, 1, 25. Sed ita dictu opus est, me mea omnia bona doti dixisse illi. Ter. Haut. V, 1,69. Praedae praesidio esse. Caes. B. Civ. I, 55. Sibi adiu- mento esse. Cie. Verr. Act. pr. 3, 10. Equitatui, quern auxilio Caesari Aedui miserant, Dumnorix praeerat. Caes. B. G, I, 18. Iis auxilio ex ulterioribus castellis deductos submittebant. Caes. B. G. VII, 81. Legiones ab opere deductas subsidio suis duxit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 69. Naves quas praesidio onerariis navibus Curio ex Sicilia eduxerat. Caes. B. Civ. II, 23. Ii, qui prasidio erant relicti, subsidio suis ierunt. Caes. B. G. VII, 62. Interim P. Sulla auxilio cohorti venit cum legionibus duabus. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 51. Galli sagittarios interiecerant qui suis auxilio suc- currerent. Caes. B. G. VII, 80. Caesar praesidio utrisque cas- tris quod satis esse visum est reliquit. Caes. B. G. I, 51. Cf. Caesar praesidio navibus Q. Atrium praefecit. Caes. B. G, V, 9. Rem. 1. Instead of the Dative of the end the Appositive Nominative or Accusative, and, in some cases, the Accusative with ad or in final may be used.—e. g., Si scieris velle aliquem imprudentem super aspidem assidere, cuius mors tibi emolumentum (Cf. Eniolumento) futura sit, improbe feceris nisi monueris ne assidat. Cic. Fin. II, 18, 59. Donum Jovi Coronam auream in Capitolium tulere parvi ponderis. Liv. Ill, 57, 7. Eum reliquerat Hannibal ad regionis eius praesidium. Eiv. XXI, 60, 5. (Here ad praesidium=ut praesidio esset). Attalus trecentos tantum milites in praesidium miserunt. Liv. XXXI, 16, 7. Rem. 2. When the Ablative occurs with the preposition, as with the verb relinquere, the Case expresses the locative relation, and is not to be compared with the Dative. In a sense nearly related to the Dative of end occurs the Genitive with causa. —e. g., Addunt pavorem signa eorum qui in praesidio reJicti fuerant. Liv. I, 14, 9. Egerius Collatiae in praesidio relictus. Liv. I. 38, 1. Co- hortes quae essent ibi in praesidio. Caes. B. Civ. II, 20. Clamorem militum audit, quos rex in oppido praesidii causa reliquerat. Caes. B. Civ. HI, 106. 351. The use of two Datives, dicto and the Dative of a personal relation with audiens esse is to be observed.—e. g., Respondit dicto audientem fuisse se praetori, Cic. Verr. II, IV, LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 235 12, 27. Istae imagines ita nobis dieto audientes sunt? Cic. Div. II, 67, 138. Coniscit illam, vocem Cn. Pompeius omnes oportere senatui dicto audientes esse. Cic. Fam. VIII, 4, 4. Dixit nihil in- teresse utrum Caesar senatui dicto audiens futurus non esset an pareret, Cic. Fam. VIII, 8, 9. 352. The Dative of the Agent. This Dative retains ev¬ erywhere, more or less distinctly, the force of the Dative Commodi in connection with the Passive. The Ablative with the preposition ab denotes the author or agent of the action: the Dative, on the other hand presents the agent with special reference to him as the person to whom the action pertains. In other words, in the use of the Dative the relation of agent or doer while involved is subordinated to that of the person interested in the action as one realized or accomplished or in its development as expressed by a simple tense. The Dative as the case of personal interest is naturally associated with a completed action, or state realized. Hence we find the Dative of the so-called agent generally associated with a compound tense in the Passive rather than with a simple tense. —e. g., Disputatio, quae mihi nuper habita est in Tusculano. Cic. Tusc. 11, 1, 2. (In this sentence mihi habita est is almost the same with mihi fait.) Permagni aestimo tibi factum nostrum probari. Cic. Att. X, 1, 1. (In this sentence tibi factum nostrum probari is quite the same as tibi factum nostrum placere.) Mihi, ut urbi satis esset praesidii, consultum atque pro visum est. Cic. Cat. II, 12, 26. Mihi iudicatum, si hoc Caesar volet, deponere illam per¬ sonam. Cic. Fam. VII, 33, 2. Sumatur nobis quidam praestans vir optimis artibus. Cic. Tusc. V, 24, 68. li libri cum in Tuscu¬ lano mihi legerentur audiente Sallustio. Cic.Q. fr. Ill, 5, 1. Hon- esta enim bonis viris, non occulta quaeruntur. Cic. Off. Ill, 9. 38. Mihi haec oratio suscepta non de te est, sed de genere toto. Cic. Off. II, 13, 8. Quaerentibus utrimque ratio initur. Liv I, 23,10. Contemni patribus desierunt. Liv. XXII, 34, 8. Hoc consilium Caesaris plerisque non probabatur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 72. 236 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 353. This Dative of the agent occurs in Cicero quite frequently with (aliquid) cognitum, auditum, compertum, quaesitum, susceptum, institutum, consideratum, provi- sum, praecautum, consultum, deliberatum, elaboratum, eogitatum, inventum, pertractatum, notatum, perceptum, laudatum est, &c., more rarely with the simple Passive tenses—aliquid probatur, comprobatur, quaeritur, acqui- ritur, reperitur, legitur, neglegitur. 354. With the future Passive Participle the agent is reg¬ ularly expressed in the Dative. Here the relation of agent or doer is subordinated to that of the person upon whom is devolved the obligation or duty of doing the action. In this connection the Dative retains its office as the case commodi.—e. g., Tibi ipsi pro te erit maxima corona causa dicenda. Cic. Tusc. I, 5, 10. Paucis post annis tamen ei moriendum fuit. Cic. Fam. IV, 5, 4. Rem frustra temptatam Caesar dimittendam sibi iudi- cat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 26. Rem. 1. When the Dative of the agent and of the (logical) object are employed in the same sentence and depend upon the same verb—the Fu¬ ture Passive Participle—then to prevent ambiguity the former may be expressed in the Ablative with the preposition ab. —e. g., Aguntur bona multorum civium, quibus est a vobis consulendum. Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6. Rem. 2. When the concurrence of two Datives as dependencies upon the Future Passive Participle can result in no ambiguity as to the agent and logical object, they are allowed.—e. g., Sentio, iudices, moderandum mihi esse iam orationi meae. Cic. Verr. II, III, 43, 103. Rem. 2. To give prominence to the relation of the agent, and when there is no Dative of the logical object, the former may be expressed in the Ablative, with the preposition ab. In such cases the real doer of the ac¬ tion is emphasized, and the person upon whom is simply imposed the ob¬ ligation to do is subordinated.—e. g., Quae oratio non a philosopho aliqtio sed a censore opprimenda est. Cic. Fin. II, 10, 30. In this example reference is had not so much to the person whose duty it is, and upon whom is imposed the obligation to act, as to him by whom the action must, has to, be done.—e.g., Crassus a consulibus mearn causam suscipiendam esse dicebat. Cic. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 237 Sest. 18, 41. Prim mil a prudentibus et usu doctis monendi impera- tores sunt. Liv. XLIV, 22, 12. Quod dicebam ad haec transfer quae ab homine facienda sunt. Sen. Ep. 65, 3. Et a grandi cervix ferienda ministro. Juv. XII, 14. Rem. 4. When the agene\' is presented in the form of an impersonal re¬ lation it is expressed in the Ablative with the preposition ah, when it is conceived as a personal actor or doer. The Passive means or instrument must be expressed, of course,in the Ablative without a preposition— e.g., Neque is, qui optime potest, deserendus est a cohortatione nostra. Cic. Or. II, 20, 86. Novo quidam amore veterem amorem tanquam clavo clavum eiciendum putant. Cic. Tusc. IV, 35, 75. Modestia tua terrore vincenda erat. Plin. Paneg. 5. The Dative with Adjectives. 355. The Dative is used with Adjectives which signify easy, difficult, agreeable, disagreeable, friendly, hostile, useful, unprofitable, consistent, like, unlike, different, equal, unequal, suitable, dangerous, faithful, unfaithful, &c.—e. g., Cui censemus cursum ad deos faciliorem fuisse quam Scipioni ? Cic. Am. 4, 14. Locus Marso (difficilis), sed Romano facillimus (est.) Cic. Div. II, 33, 70. Id militibus fuit pergratum et iucun- dum. Caes. B. Civ. 1, 86. Quos offendit noster minime nobis in- iucundus labor. Cic. Fin. I, 1,3. Di generi hominum amici sunt. Cic. Div. II, 49, 102. Tibi senectus gravis est. Cic. Sen. 2, 4. Sibi finitimi sunt inimici. Caes. B. G. II, 31. Consilium tibi uti- lissimum est. Cic. Fam. IX, 9, 2. Somnia minime consentanea maiestate deorum. Cic. Div. II, 64, 135. Simile hello fuit. Caes. B. G. VII, 77. Aedificia Gallicis eonsimilia. Caes. B. G. V, 12. Cotta Sulpicio dissimilis. Cic. Brut. 56, 204. Non ab- similis illi narratur in Thebis delubro Serapis. Plin. N. H. XXXVI, 11, 58. Sibi parem esse. Cic. Am. 19, 69. Sententia priori diversa est. Quint. II, 3, 10. Impar tantis honoribus. Suet. Tib. 67. His multum dispares. Cic. Off. I, 30,109. Naves ei loco proximae. Caes. B. Civ. II, 6. Nihil tarn contrarium na¬ turae. Cic. Div. II, 7, 18. Locus peridoneus castris' Caes. B. Civ. II, 24. Populo Romano periculosum. Caes. B. G. I, 33. Quern sibi fidelem esse arbitrabatur. Caes. B. G. IV, 21. Infkle- lior mihi. Plaut. Capt. II, 3, 83, &c. 238 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 356, Adjectives of likeness and unlikeness ; similis , &c., allow either the Dative or Genitive. No clear distinction can be drawn between the Dative and Genitive with these adjectives, except that in the Classical Latin the Genitive of the Personal Pronouns, mei, tui, sui, &c., is the Rule, but in this the Rule is not invariable. The statement that with the Genitive resemblance or likeness in character (in¬ ternal resemblance) is meant (Est similis tui moribus), while with the Dative resemblance or likeness in figure or form (external resemblance) is meant (Est similis tibi figura) is not sustained by the facts in the language. As little do the facts in the language require as invariable usage the employment of the Genitive of a living creature, but the Dative of an inanimate object or thing. While it is true, in Cicero at least, that the Genitive of a person or of a God is more frequently found with similis than the Dative, if the facts in the language be considered the con¬ clusion is irresistible that the Latin writers often used either the Dative or Genitive with adjectives of likeness and unlikeness with no conscious reference to any differ¬ ence between the cases.—e. g., Ego possum suspicari bovis exile cor dissimile cordis fuisse. Cie. Div. II, 16, 37. Democritus huic in hoc similis, uberior in ceteris. Cie. Acad. II, 37, 118. Sed non video cur non potuerit patri similis esse filius. Cie. Fin. V, 5, 12. Eum disciplina patris similem esse coegit. Cie. Yerr. II, V, 12, 30. Quid habet illius carminis simile haec oratio ? Cic. Rep. I, 36, 56. Causa posita consimilis earum causarum. Cic. Or. I, 33, 149. Res consimilis rebus iis. Cic. Phil. II, 13, 28. Et. L. Crassi et multorum Cras- sorum inventus est dissimillimus. Cic. Brut. 81, 282. Nihil tarn dissimile, quam Cotta Sulpicio. Cic. Brut. 56, 204. Non eum cum summisviris comparo,sed simillimum deo iudico. Cic. Marc. 3, 8. Necesse est ignis ei similis sit igni. Cic. N. D. II, 15, 40. Quare cum solis ignis similis eorum ignium sit. Cic. N. D. II, 15, 41. Qui maesti inter sui dissimiles et maerentes sedebant. Cic. Att. I, 16, 3. Optime considerabitis vestri similes feminae sintne LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 239 Romae. Cic. Fam. XIV, 14, 1. Ne licet quidem tibi non tui simi- lem esse. Cic. Fam. IX, 14, 6. Antonins mihi te simillimum dix¬ it sibi vidcri. Cic. Or. Ill, 12, 47. Rem. 1. The adjective similis takes the Genitive of verum rather than the Dative vero, also the Dative of hoc, illud, id, not the Genitive huius, &c.-e. g., Id eo facilius eredebatur, quia simile veri videbatur. Cic. Fam. XII, 5, 1. Quid veri simillimum esset inveniri posse Socrates arbitrabatur. Cic. Tusc. I, 4, 8. Quaeres, quid intersit: si enim hoc illi simile sit, esse illud hie. Cic. N. D. I, 32, 90. 357. With the adjectives par and dispar occur both the ( Dative and Genitive in all periods of the language. The form par with the Genitive is perhaps best interpreted as I a substantive. The Ablative with the preposition cum in connection with par approaches very nearly the sense ol the Dative with this adjective.—e. g., Cratippus, quern ego parem summis Peripateticis iudico. Cic. Div. I, 3, 5. Sunt his alii multum dispares, simplices et aperti. Cic. Off. I, 30, 109. Facio iniuriam viro, qui ilium, cuius paucos pares haec civitas tulit, cum hac belua conferam. Cic. Pis. 4, 8. Animi natura non habebat in se quicquam dispar sui. Cic. Sen. 21,78. Is quern tu parem cum liberis tuis fecisti. Sail. Jug. 14. 358. The adjective superstes allows either the Genitive or Dative.—e. g., Utinam te non solum vitae, sed etiam dignitatis meae supersti- tem reliquissem. Cic. Q. fr. I, 3, 1. Nam precabantur ut sibi sui liberi superstites essent. Cic. N. D. II, 28, 72. 359. In connection with adjectives which signify near¬ ness is to be observed, apart from the Dative, the use of the Accusative with propior, propius; proximus, proxime. In the employment of the Accusative is retained the con¬ struction of the preposition prope in the Comparative and Superlative adverb and adjective. The conception nearer from and nearest from is naturally and regularly expressed by the preposition ab and the Ablative.—e. g., ! 240 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Ambitio animos hominum exercebat, quod vitium propius vir- tutem erat. Sail. Cat. 11, 1. (The use of the Accusative with the comparative adjective propior has not been observed in Cic¬ ero.) Tanta tempestas coorta est ut naves ad inferiorem partem insulae, quae est propius solis oecasum, magno sui cum periculo deicerentur. Caes. B. G. IV, 28. (Oportet) nee propius urbem miliapassuum ducenta admoverit. Cic. Phil. VII, 9. 26. Proximi sunt Germanis, qui trans Rhenum incolunt. Caes. B. G. I, 1. Crassus hie et concretus aer, qui est terrae proximus. Cic. Tusc. I, 18, 42. Publius Crassus proximus mare Oceanum in Andibus hiemarat. Caes. B. G. Ill, 7. Proxime Pompeium sedebam. In- tellexi hominem moveri. Cic. Att. I, 14,3. Cetera loca Numidae tenent: proxime Hispaniam Mauri sunt. Sail. Jug. 19. Nam ut illic quisquis ab igne propior stetit, percusso similis obstupuit. Sen. Ep. 74, 4. Aliae (stellae) propius a terris eadem spatia con- ficiunt. Cic. N. D. I, 31, 87. Ne iambus quidem aut dactylus si est proximus a postremo. Cic. Or. 64, 217. A Sura autem prox¬ ime est Philiscum oppidum Parthorum. Plin. N. H. V, 24, 89. 360. To be observed is the Dative along with the preposi¬ tion cum and the Ablative, associated with the adjective communis and the verb esse —also the Accusative with cum and the Ablative and the verb habere. —e. g., Quam iste laudetn communem sibi ait esse mecum. Cic. Verr. II, I, 7. 18. Sunt quaedam in te singularia: quaedam tibi (sunt) cum multis communia. Cic. Verr. II, III, 88, 206. Sed vetustas habet aliquid commune cum multis, amor non habet. Cic. Fam. XI, 27, 2. 361. The constructions with adjectives signifying fitness, adaptedness , and tendency are to be observed. The form aptus takes the Dative of a personal relation—the Dative or the preposition ad, less frequently the preposition in, with the Accusative of an impersonal relation: the adjec¬ tive idoneus in addition to the Dative allows the preposi¬ tion ad and the Accusative: the adjective habilis and the form accommodatus in addition to the Dative allow the LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 241 preposition ad and the Accusative: the adjective opportu¬ ne takes regularly the Dative, less frequently the preposi¬ tion ad and the Accusative: the adjective utilis in addition to the Dative allows the preposition ad and the Accusative, the forms pronus, intentus, and promptus tend to the Ac¬ cusative with the preposition ad or in in (classical Latin. —e. g., Haec genera dicendi aptiora sunt adolescentibus. Cic. Brut. 95, 326. Intellectual est nostros minus aptos esse ad huius ge¬ neris hostem. Caes> B. G. V, 16. Erant deprehensi genere pug- nae, in quod minime anti sunt. Liv. XXXVIII, 21, 7, Eius Fal- ernum mihi idoneum visum est deversorio. Cic. Fam. VI, 19, 1. Non essem ad ullam causam idoneus si id non viderem. Cic. Clu. 0,17. Aegyptum ut habiliorem annonae urbicae ledderet. Suet. Aug. 18. Nunquam ingenium idem ad res diversissimas habilius fuit. Liv. XXI, 4, 3. Hispano cingitur gladio ad propiorem ha- bili pugnam. Liv. VII, 10, 5. Si earn (legem) vobis accommoda- tam intellegerem, eius auctor essem. Cic. Leg. Ag. 11,6,14. Pup- pes ad magnitudinem fluctuum accommodatae. Caes. B. G. Ill, 13. Ceterae res opportunae sunt singulae rebus singulis. Cic. Am. 6, 22. Ad omnia haec magis opportunus nee magis ex usu tuo nemost. Ter. Eun. V, 9, 47. Nonne sapiens abstulerit cibum alteri, homini ad nullam rem utili? Cic. Off. Ill, 6, 29. Soli huic eognitioni per totos dies intentus. Suet. Tib. 62. Epicurus do- cet in eas imagines mentem intentam nostram intellegentiam ca- pere. Cic. N. D. I, 19, 49. Diseors exercitus nee ad unum inten¬ tus imperium cuncta turbaverat. Curt. Ill, 22. Romani sic ha- buere alia omnia virtuti suae prona esse. Sail. Jug. 114. Quar- taque anxitudo prona ad luctum et maerens. Cic. Rep. II, 41, 68. Pronum in libidines fuisse constans opinio est. Suet. Caes. 50. Nuntii incedunt qui gnara Claudio cuncta et venire promp- tum ultioni afferrent. Tac. Ann. XI, 32. Promptiores debemus esse ad nostra pericula quam ad communia. Cic. Off. I, 24, 83. Promptior in spem,et firmus adversispedes ante vexilla constitit. Tae. Agr. 35, The Genitive Case. 362. The Genitive is the case of specific definition. In 242 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. other words, the Genitive defines by presenting the specific limits within which a generic term is to be taken or the exact limits as to kind within which a generic term is re¬ stricted. It defines by assigning the limits as to kind. This office the Genitive performs whether it bears to the generic idea the relation of subject or object ; of the whole to the part , of price , of quality , of character , or whatever be the specific relation of the Genitive to the word defined by it. In the phrase “Flos horti” the gene¬ ric term flos is specifically defined by the Genitive horti. A flower of the garden, or a garden-flower in contradis¬ tinction to the forest-dower , the meadow-dower , the held dower. Again, in the phrase amor amici=love of (=by) a friend the Genitive amici specifically defines as subject the generic term amor. Love by a friend in contradistinc¬ tion to love by a father or by a mother, by a brother , by a sister , &c. Again amor amici —love of (=for) a friend, the Genitive amici specifically limits, as the object , the ge¬ neric term amor. Love lor a friend , in contradistinction to love for a father , for a mother , or for any other object of the affection. This force of the Genitive is clearly pre¬ sented by Cicero Off. 1,10 in the phrase Dierum indutiae= a truce for (of) days. The generic term indutiae is spe¬ cifically defined by dierum. A truce for days in contradis¬ tinction to a truce for nights. The offices of the Genitive may be conveniently considered under the following tech¬ nical designations of the case. I. The Subjective Genitive. 363. This Genitive denotes source or authorship , the person or thing from whom or from which proceeds that which is implied in the word upon which it depends. The Subjective Genitive occurs with substantives.—e. g., Oratio consulis. Caes. B. Civ. I, 4. In this phrase consulis= of or hy the Consul. Hence the Consul’s oration : the oration of LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 243 the Consul or bv the Consul. Veritus ne militum introitu et noc- turni temporis licentia oppidum diriperetur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 21. In this example the phrase introitu militum means by the en- tranee of or by the soldiers, and nocturni temporis licentia means by the license of (^afforded by) the night season. Magistratuum nostrorum iniurias tulerunt. Cic. Verr, II, II, 3, 8. Here the phrase magistratuum nostrorum iniurias means the wrongs of, done by, our civil magistrates. 334. This genitive frequently occurs with the name ol an author of a literary work, of a work of art, of a saying. In this connection is to be observed illud = “that well- known saying.”—e. g., Quod in nostri Fabii Pictoris Graecis annalibus eius modi est. Cic. Div. I, 21, 43. Superbi Tarquinii Somnium, de quo in Bruto Aceii loquitur ipse. Cic. Div. I, 22, 43. Unum signuin Cupidinis marmoreum Praxitelis. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 2, 4. Is(Cupido) dice- batur esse Myronis, ut opinor, et certa. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 3, 5. Haec signa Praxitelis, Myronis, Polycliti vendit a. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 6, 12. Est Eupompi Victor palmam tenens. Plin. N. H. XXXV, 10, 75. Scitum est enim illud Catonis, ut multa. Cic. Am. 24, 90. Ex quo et illud est Callani et Homerici Hectoris. Cic. Div. I, 30, 65. 365. The translation of the Genitive by a preposition with a substantive should not mislead to the employment in Latin of a preposition and its proper case.—e. g., Continens omnium dierum labor. Caes. B, Civ. Ill, 63. (Om¬ nium dierum=of all the days, for all the days, through all the days.) Trium mensium molita eibaria. Caes. B. G. I, 5. (Tri- um mensium=of three months, for three months.) 366. Apposition Genitive. To the Subjective Genitive refer the Genitive which serves simply to define the word upon which it depends, and to which it stands in the rela¬ tion of an apposition, or of an appositive definition, e. g., Testes excitamus eos, qui voluptatis nomen audire non possent. 244 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Cic. Fin. II, 21, 67. Quid est amare, e quo nomen ductum amici- tiae est? Cic. Fin. 11,25,78. Anile et plenum superstitionis fati nomen ipsum. Cie. Div. II, 7,19. Sex dies ad earn rem conficien- dam spatii postulant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 3. Magnum numerum supplement nomine in legiones distribuerat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 4. Ne parricidio macularent partus suos, nepotum illi, hi liberum progenietn. Liv. I, 13, 2. (Eos)ad Asturae flumen Maenius, im- proviso adortus,fudit. Liv.VIII, 13, 5. Quid ad bellurn Ronanum attineret, si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasi- mani pugna nobilior esset? Liv. XXIII, 43,4. Ad Hannibalem, cum ad lacum Avcrni esset, quinque iuvenes venerunt. Liv. XXIV, 13, 1. 367. To the Subjective Genitive refer the Genitive Epex- egeticus. Explicative or explanatory Genitive. There is but little difference between the Appositive Genitive and the Genitive Epexegeticus, which is most clearly seen with Causa and Genus.—e. g., Unum genus est eorum qui maiores possessiones habent. Cic. Cat. II, 8, 18. Ut incommoda propter causam sceleris istius eve- nire videantur. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 51, 113. 'Eum simulacrum Cer- eris et Victoriae reposcebant. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 51, 113. 368. Of like character with the preceding is the Genitive defining a substantive which stands to it in the relation of an adjective. In this case the governing substantive, while it is defined by the Genitive, is restricted to the spe¬ cific limits furnished by it.—e. g., Stultitiam censuerunt constantia carentem posse tueri medioc- ritatem officiorum. Cic. Tusc. Ill, 5, II. (Mediocritatem offici- orum may be resolved as media officia.) Admiratum Leontem novitatem nominis quaesivisse, quinam essent philosophi. Cic. Tusc. V, 3, 8. (Here novitatem nominis may be resolved as no- vhtn nomen.) Quorum imbutae mentes pravitatis erroribus. Cic. Tusc. V, 27, 78. (Here pravitatis erroribus may be resolved as pravis erroribus.) Quaedam pestes hominum te a me alienarunt. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 245 Cic. Fam. V, 8, 2. Pondera saxorum provoluunt Tac. H. Ill, 27. Pontes humido paludum imponere. Tac. Ann, I, 61. Scelus viri Palaestrio is me in hanc illexit fraudem. Plaut. M. G. V, 41. Quatn ab lenone abduxti tu hodie, scelus viri. Plaut. Cure. V, 2, 16. Flagitium hominis, da obsecro argentum huie. Plaut. Asin. II, 4, 47. Tu scabie frueris mali, quod in aggere rodit. Juv.V, 153. 369. Instead of the Genitives (in the relation of Subjec¬ tive Genitives) of the personal pronouns ego, tu, se, nos, vos, the Possessives meus, tuus, suus, noster, vester are used, as a rule.—e. g., Ilia augentur cogitatione et memoria mea. Cic. Am. 27, 104. Multas uno tempore accepi epistolas tuas. Cic. Att. VII, 5, 1. ( Pompeius hortatus est) ne nova Caesaris offieia veterum suorum beneficiorum in eos memoriam expellerent. Caes. B. Civ. I, 34. Clamitabat magno esse Germanisdolori nostras victorias. Caes. B. G. V, 29, Senes in adolescentium caritate acquiescimus, ut in vestra (caritate). Cic. Am. 27. 101. Sicilia vexata est nostra patrumque memoria. Cic. Verr. II, III, 54, 125. Insidiae, quae tuae atque horum famae comparantur. Cic. Verr. Act. pr. 17. 52. Halaesini pro suis maiorumque meritis leges petiverunt. Cic. Verr. II, III, 49, 122. Portus et nostris classibus et Carthagi- niensium clausus fuisset. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 52, 116. 370. Sometimes two Subjective Genitives occur, one of which depends upon and is governed by the other. Rarely do more than two Genitives (Subjective) succeed one another.—e. g., Nisifructus tuae suavitatis praeteriti temporis exegero. Cic. Att. IV, 1, 2. (In this sentence suavitatis depends upon fructus, and temporis upon suavitatis, rather than upon fructus.) Cuius (Antonii) ut omittam scelera urbani consulatus. Cic. Phil. \II, 5, 15. (Here consulatus depends upon scelera, and euins upon consulatus, rather than upon scelera.) Huius (Ulixis) animi pars ilia mollior rationi paruit. Cic. Tusc. II, 21, 50. Res gestae 246 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. principis terrarum populi. Liv.Praef. 3. Uxoris Quinctii sororis filius erat. Liv. XXXII, 36, 10. 371. Sometimes two Genitives govern each other , one ol which is the Subjective , the other the Objective , Genitive. —e < r Magnus animorum motus est factus eorum quorum oportuit. Cic. Fam. I, 9, 8. (In this sentence animorum, the Objective Gen¬ itive depends upon motus, and eorum, the Subjective Genitive, de¬ pends upon animorum.) Rerum gestarum memoria principis ter¬ rarum populi. Liv. Praef. 3. 372. Sometimes two Genitives, the one Subjective, the other Objective , depends upon, and are governed by the same word.—e. g., Labor est functio quaedam vel animi vel corporis gravioris operis. Cic. Tusc. II, 15, 35. (In this sentence both animi and corporis Subjunctive Genitives, and operis, the Objective Genitive, depend upon, and are governed by, functio.) 373. As the Possessive substitutes the Subjective Geni¬ tive of a personal pronoun, so does the form alienus regu¬ larly represent the Subjective Genitive of alius, and, occa¬ sionally, the form cuius—a—um the Subjective Genitive of the Relative qui. —e. g., Est enim difficilis cura rerum alienariun. Cic. Off. I, 9,30. Haec praecipienda videntur lectoribus, ne alienos* mores ad suos refer- ant. Nep. Ep. I. Apronius certiorem facit istum, cuia res erat. Cic. Verr. II, III. 27, 68. 374. The Subjective Genitive of a personal pronoun oc¬ casionally occurs instead of the Possessive. This is par¬ ticularly the case with the Genitive sui, nostrum, vestrum. -e. g., Vectigalia locare nusquam licet nisi in hac urbe, hac vestrum frequentia. Cic. Leg. Agr. II, 21, 55. (In this sentence we look LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. . 247 for hac vestra frequentia.) Earn autem unius tui studio me as- sequi posse eonfido. Cic. Fam. II, 6, 5. (In this sentence we look for unius tuo studio.) Recordamini quantus consensus vest rum. Cic. Phil. V, 1, 2. Qua re noli me ad contentionem vestrum lo- eare. Cic. Plane. 6, 16. Ad Cyrum nobilissimum regem originem sni (=suam) referens. Curt. IV, 45. Quamdiu vobiscum in acie stabo nec mei nec hostium exercitus numero. Curt. IX, 10. (In this sentence mei (=meos) may be justified by hostium.) Saepe maiores nostrum miseriti plebis Romanae inopiae eius opitulati sunt. Sail. Cat. 33. Testificatus non longam sui absentiam fore. Tac. Ann. XV, 36. Cf. Hunc «sui finem crediderat. Tac. Ann. XIV, 9. Is splendor est vestrum, ut eadem postulentur a vobis, quae, &c. Cic. Att. VII, 13, (a), 3. 375. The Subjective Genitive involved in the Possessive is referred to by the Relative qui. —e. g., Probatio futura est tua qui locas. Cic. Verr. II, I, 54, 142. Non eadem est cogitatio eorum et mea qui hanc benevolentiam meminisse me iudico. Curt. IX,* 25. Vestra consilia accusantur, qui mihi summum hoiiorem imposuistis. Sail. Jug. 85. 376. The Subjective Genitive is often represented by an adjective.—e. g., Is Tages puerili specie dicitur visus, sed senili fuisse prudentia. Cic. Div. II, 23, 50. Ilostili in terra turpiter iacuit insepultus a feris vexatus. Cic. Juv. I, 55, 108, At Caesar milites Attianos collaudat, Pupium dimittit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 13. Delectus Pom- peiani. Caes. B. Civ. I, 15. Cf. Ab Afranianis militibus. Caes. B. Civ. I, 54. Sollicitato exercitu regio ne Pompeius Alexandream occuparet. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 104. 377. The words causa , gratia, ergo , instar —the first three usually postpositive—take the Subjective Genitive. Hence, instead of the Subjective Genitive of a personal pronoun and of alius we find the Possessive and alienus with causa and gratia. —e. g., Ne ea, quae reipublicae causa egerit, in suam contumeliam ver- 248 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. tat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 8. Quae a maioribus nostris sociorum cau¬ sa comparata sunt. Cic. Verr. Act. pr. 14, 42. Si Verres HS. CCI33 populum verbi gratia Centuripinum poposcisset. Cic. Verr. II, II, 58,143. Quem censores senatu probri gratia mover- unt. Sail. Cat. 23. Mulieres ne lessum funeris ergo habento. Cic. Leg. II, 23, 59. Auger, cui deinde honoris ergo publicum id sacerdotium fuit. Liv. I, 18, 6. Effecerant ut instar muri hae saepes munimentum praeberent. Caes. B. G. II, 17. Te abesse mea causa moleste fero, tua gaudeo. Cic. Earn. XV, 18, 2. Nos¬ tra causa di id facerent ut providere futura possemus. Cic. Div. II, 60. 124. Id flagitium sit mea te gratia et operam dare, &c. Plaut. Bacch. I, 1,61. Praeeipue quod aliena potius causa quam sua (fecisse dicetur.) Quint. Ill, 7, 16. 378. The occurrence of the forms of the Objective Geni¬ tive nostri and sui, chiefly with causa , is to be observed. In this case the forms nostri and sui are irregularly used as Subjective Genitives, or causa is irregularly associated with Objective Genitives.—e. g., Quod illi semper sui causa fecerant. Cic. Verr. Ill, 52, 121. Quam multa quae nostri causa nunquam faceremus, facimus cau¬ sa amicorum? Cic. Am. 16, 57. Cur deus, omnia nostri causa cum faceret, tantam vim viperarum fecerit? Cic. Ac. II, 38, 120. Quae nostri origine veneranda. Tac. Ann. II, 54. Non initia nos¬ tri diis curae. Tac. Ann. VI, 22. 379. To be observed is the frequent use of the Demon¬ strative and Relative in agreement with causa and gratia, instead of the Subjective Genitive.—e. g., Multos mortales ea causa adversos habeo. Sail. Cat. 52. Qua gratia. Ter. Euti. I, 2, 19. 380. The Genitives ipsius, unius , solius, and, generally, of words signifying number often occur in agreement or in apposition with the Genitives involved in the the Posses- sives.—e. g., Ad tuam ipsius amicitiam aditum istius habet nequitia. Cic. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 249 Verr. II, III, 4, 7. Itaque contentus ero nostra ipsorum amicitia. Cic. Fam. VI, 16. Juravi hanc urbem mea unius opera esse sal- vain. Cic. Pis. 3, 6. Potest evadere qui vestris paucorum re¬ spondeat laudibus. Cic. Brut. I, 7, 2. Ut nostro duorum eventu cernatur, quantum eques Latinus Romano praestet. Liv. VIII, 7, 7. (Cf. Vestrae ipsorum virtuti. Liv. I, 28, 4. Sua unius gratia. Liv. II, 8, 3. Suismet ipsorum viribus. Liv. 10, 16, 4. Suum ipsius eaput. Liv. XXX, 20, 7. Sua unius sententia. Liv. XXXVI, 36, 2. Sua ipsorum turba. Liv. XXXVII, 43, 9. Nos¬ tra ipsorum libertas. Liv. XLI, 23, 8. Suo solius periculo Cic* Cat. IV, 11, 23.) Omnes iudicant civitatis salutem cum unius mea salute esse coniunctam. Cic. Vat. 3, 8. 381 . An adjective occurs in the Genitive agreeing with the Genitive involved in the Possessive—also a participle thus occurs in the Genitive, more frequently in poetry— also a substantive in apposition with the Genitive in¬ volved in the Possessive. 1. An adjective occurs agreeing with the Genitive involved in the Possessive.—e. g., Cui nomen meum absentis honori fuisset, ei meas praesentis preces non putas profuisse? Cic. Plane. 10, 106. 2. A participle occurs agreeing with the Genitive of the Personal Pronoun involved in the Possessive.—e. g., Facio ut tuam virtutem domi togati, armati foris pari indus- tria administrare gaudeam. Cic. Fam. XV, 5, 1. Cum mea nemo scripta legat recitare timentis. Hor. Sat. I, 4, 23. Obi- ciebatur animo meo metus cogitantis fore finem huius lucis. Cic. Tusc. II, 4, 10. 3. A Substantive occurs in the Genitive in apposition with the Genitive of the Personal Pronoun involved in the Possessive e- g., Tuum hominis simplicis pectus vidimus. Cic. Phil. II, 43, 111. Quod meum factum dictumve consulis gravius quam tri- buni audistis. Liv. VII, 40, 9. Ne tua quidem recentia prox- imi praetoris vestigia persequi poterat. Cic. Verr. II, III, 17, 43 . 250 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 382 . In case of contrast or of special emphasis on the subject or object, the form ipse , in connection with the possessive suus , is retained in the Nominative or Accusa¬ tive, according as prominence is to be given to the subject or object, instead of being expressed in the Genitive (ipsius &c.)—e. g., Sunt qui dicant fraude visam agere sua ipsam peremptam mer- cede. Liv. I, 11, 9. In this sentence ipsam indicates a contrast between Tarpeia who wished to destroy the Sabines, but who was destroyed by her own act. With sua ipsam compare the less emphatic but more frequent expression sua ipsius. Alios sua ip- sos invidia opportunos interemit. Liv. I, 54, 8. In this .sentence compare sua ipsos with the less emphatic sua ipsorum. Adeo tribunos obstupefecit ut diem ipsi suavoluntate prodicerent. Liv. II, 61, 7. Cf. Jura sancta fore ratus, si se ipse venerabilem insig- nibus imperii fecisset. Liv. I, 8. 2. 383 . With the Genitive omnium instead of the Posses¬ sive of nos and vos, namely noster and vester, the Geni¬ tive nostrum and vestrum are retained. These Genitives may be explained as depending upon and defining, as ap- positives, the Genitive omnium, or as Genitives of quan¬ tity restricting omnium.—e. g., Illos, qui contra salutem omnium vestrum relicti sunt, monitos volo. Cic. Cat. II, 12, 27. Illud, quod familiaris omnium nos¬ trum Posidonius disseruit. Cic. N. D. I, 44, 123. Risus populi atque admiratio omnium vestrum facta est. Cic. Yerr. II, IV, 12, 27. Constitutum est omnium vestrum bona praedam esse illius victoriae. Cic. Att. XI, 6, 2. Si omnia ad omnium vestrum studium.adhaerescerent. Cic. Or. Ill, 10, 37. 384 . The demonstrative this or that of is as a rule not expressed with the Genitive, unless for the purpose of call¬ ing attention to a thing which has been already men¬ tioned, or of special emphasis. If this special demonstra¬ tive force does not inhere in the word, the Genitive occurs alone, or without the statement of the demonstrative. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 251 The repetition of the leading substantive with the Geni¬ tive is allowable and regular.—e. g., Quod si qui satis sibi contra hominum conscientiam muniti esse videntur, deorum tamen horrent. Cic. Fin. 1,16,51. (The phrase deoruin tamen horrent is translated, “ They yet dread that of the Gods,” but illam must not be expressed.) Nostrae classes etCar- thaginiensium. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 52, 116. (Translate, “Our fleets and those of the Carthaginians,” but illae must not be writ¬ ten.) Senes in adolescentium caritate acquiescimus, ut in vestra, ut in Tuberonis. Cic. Am. 27, 10, 1. (The phrase in Tuberonis is translated, “In that of Tubero,” but ilia must not be written.) Ac de malorum opinione hactenus : videamus nunc de bonorum. Cic. Tusc. IV, 31, 65. Multi aut propter victoriae cupiditatem aut propter gloriae vulnera exceperunt. Cic. Tusc. II, 27, 65. Ignorare te non arbitror quae contra Philonis Antiochus scrip- serit. Cic. Acad. I, 4, 13. Cf. Cum omnis arrogantia odiosa est turn ilia ingenii multo molestissima. Cic. Caec. II, 35. (But Ar- mati stilum persequitur: victi quid faciet? Cic. Fam. VI, 7, 4.) Nulla est celeritas quae possit cum animi celeritate contendere. Cic. Tusc. I, 19. 43. Genitive of the Possessor. 385 . To the Subjective Genitive must be referred the Genitive of the Possessor. This relation of the Possessor may be considered under the following restrictions: 386 . The Genitive of the possessor with the verb esse expresses possession or ownership, as of property. Here prominence is given to the possessor or owner in the Geni¬ tive, and esse may be translated to belong to. Compare the Genitive with £eri=to become the property of. —e. g., In qua (urbe) domus est quae Hieronis fuit. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 53, 118. Phaleras, quae regis Hieronis fuisse dicuntur, utrum ab- stulisti an emisti? Cic. Verr. II, IV, 12, 29. Kgo fortunas omnes aratorum istius fuisse dico. Cic. Verr. II, III, 20, 50. Neque se iudicare Galliam potius esse Ariovisti, quam populi Romani. Caes. 252 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. B. G. I, 45. Omnia, quae mulieris fuerunt, viri fiunt dotis nomi¬ ne. Cic. Top, 4, 23. Praedam captae urbis edixit militum fore. Liv. XXI, 11, 4. 387. With esse=to belong to the possessives meus,tuus, suus, &c., must of course, be used as substitutes of the Genitives of the personal pronouns.—e. g., (Dixit) provinciam suam hanc esse Galliam, sicut illam nost- ram. Caes. B. G. I, 44. Aequum videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est meum esse dicam ? Plaut. Rud. IV, 7, 4. 388. The Genitive with esse expresses source, or author¬ ship. In other words, esse with the Genitive=£o belong to as source or author. In this connection the Possessives must be used instead of the Genitives of the personal pro¬ nouns.—e. g., Mollis est oratio philosophorum et umbratilis. Cic. Or. 19, 64. Mei sunt ordines, mea descriptio, multae istarnm arborum mea manu sunt satae. Cic. Sen. 17, 59. 389. The verb esse with the Genitive signifies to belong to, as of a party, state, faction, or in the interest of. —e. g., Cassius visis equitibus, quos Scipionis esse arbitrabatur, ad montes se convertit. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 3G. Saepe clamitabat li¬ berum se liberaeque civitatis esse. Caes. B. G. V, 7. Adeo prope omnis senatus Hannibalis erat. Liv. XXI, 11, 1. Qui Romanae partis erant sub adventum regis urbe excesserunt. Liv. XXXV, 51, 7. Se illius fore proprium fide confirmarat. Nep. Lvs. 1. (The relation is strengthened by the addition of proprium.) Cf. eorum magis sententiae sum qui ferunt (earn) partum Romae edidisse. Liv. I, 39, 5. Cassium partis adversae obvium sibi non refugit. Suet. Caes. 63. In this connection the Genitive without esse and with an attributive may be interpreted as the Genitive of quality, the descriptive Genitive. 390. To the general Subjective Genitive must be referred the Genitive to be explained by the ellipsis of a substantive LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 253 upon which it depends. The substantives omitted are templum, filius, filia, uxor, liber, or opus. Which of these substantives is, in a given case, to be supplied must be de¬ termined by the context.—e. g., Ad me Valerius scripsit quem ad modum a Vestae ducta esset. Cic. Fam. XIV, 2, 2. (Here a Vestae=a templo Vestae.) Jam Meropis dici cupiens. Ov. Met. II, 184. (Meropis=Meropis fili¬ us.) Flaccum audivi cum dieeret Caeciliam Metelli exisse in Sa- cellum. Cic. Div. I, 46, 104. (Here Caecilian Metelli=Caeciliam Metelli filiam.) Caesonius ad me litteras misit Postumiam Sul- picii venisse. Cic, Att. XII, 11. (Here Postumiam Sulpicii= Postumiam Sulpicii uxorem.) Oviae C. Lolliicuranda sunt HSC. Cic. Att. XII, 21. 4. (Oviae C. Lollii uxori.) Quae te ex Apollo- dori puto posse invenire. Cic. Att. XII, 23, 21. Here ex Apollo- dori=ex Apollodori opere (annalibus.) Esse=To be the Mark, &c. (391—398.) 391. To the Subjective Genitive must be referred tht Genitive with esse=“ to be the mark, part, duty, office, sphere, characteristic ,” &c.—e. g., Temeritas est florentis aetatis, prudentia senescentis. Cic. Sen. 6,20. Esto: fuerit hoc censoris, si iudicabat ementitum. Cic. Div. I, 16, 29. In navigando tempestati obsequi artis est. Cic. Fam. I, 9, 21. Erit tuae fidei et humanitatis curare, ut, &c. Cic. Fam. IX, 9, 3. Sint ista Graecorum, quamquam ab iis ingenuas disciplinas habemus. Cic. Fin. II, 21, 68. Sunt enim ea mathe- maticorum, non hariolorum. Cic. Div. II, 3, 10. 392. The subject of esse=to be the mark &c., is fre¬ quently the Infinitive or a phrase—e. g., Hoc intellegere perfecti auguris est. Cic. Div. II, 34, 72. Viro- rum est fortium et magnanimorum toleranter dolorem pati. Cic. Tusc. II, 18, 43. Mandare quemquam litteris cogitationes suas, qui eas nee disponere nee illustrare possit, hominis est intemper- anter abutentis et otio et litteris. Cic. Tusc. I, 3, 6. Cuiusvis hominis est errare: nullius nisi insipientis in errore perseverare. Cic. Phil. XII, 2, 5. 393. With esse=to be the mark, &c. the Possessive must 254 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. be used instead of the Genitive of a personal pronoun. When an Infinitive or phrase is the subject of esse , which is quite uniformly the case, the neuter (meum, &c.,) of the Possessive must be used.—e. g., Homines clarissitnos prudentia vicisti? Est tuum, est ingenii tui. Cic. Yerr. II, III, 7, 16. Est tuum i!las res gestas maiores esse putare. Cic. Fam. XV, 4, 15. Est tuum, M. Cato, videre quid agatur, retinere adiutorem. Cic. Muren. 38,83. Nulla mora est operae. Vestrum dare, vincere nostrum est. Ov. Fast. IV, 889. 394. With ess e=to be the mark , &c., the Genitive may represent either an abstract or concrete relation, and, in either case, the neuter adjective suggested by the Genitive, if the adjective be of the second declension, or of two end¬ ings of the third declension, may substitute the Genitive. —e- g-, Secundas res immoderate ferre levitatis est. Cic. Off. I, 26, 90. (Cf. leve est.) Quod apud omnes leve et infirmum est, id apud iudicem grave et sanctum esse ducetur ? Cic. Rose. Com. 2, 6. (Cf. Levitatis et infirmitatis, gravitatis et sanctitatis est.) Et facere et pati fortia Romanum est. Liv. II, 12, 9. (Cf. Et facere et pati fortia Romanorum est.) Metelli sperat sibi quisque for- tunam quasi sperare sit prudentius quam timere. Cic. Tusc. I, 36, 86. Hoc patrium est, potius consuefacere filium sua sponte reete facere. Ter. Ad. I, 1, 49. 395. With esse to be the mark , &c., instead of the neu¬ ter adjective or the Genitive of a substantive the Nomina¬ tive of the substantive or the Genitive of the adjective may be used. If the adjective be one of two endings of the third Declension, the use of the Genitive is rare and not to be imitated.—e. g., Magna stultitia est earum rerum deos facere effectores. Cic. Div. II, 26, 55. Stultitia atque insipientia haec sit me ire in opus LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 255 alienum. Plaut. M. G. Ill, 3, 5, Quod non liberalis sed levis ar- bitrabatur polliceri quod praestare non posset. Nep. Att. 15. 396. With esse to he the mark , &c., if the adjective sub¬ stituting the Genitive be of one ending of the third Declen¬ sion, instead of the neuter the Genitive of adjective is used. But the neuter of such an adjective is allowable when as¬ sociated with an adjective of the second Declension; yet in this case the Genitive of both adjectives is more usual. —e- g-» Quas (offensiones) turn evitare, turn ferre sapientis (not sapiens ) est. Cic. Am. 24, 89. Carere enim sentientis est, nec sensus in mortuo. Cic. Tusc. 1,36, 88. Est prudentis sustinere ut currum, sic impetum benevolentiae. Cic. Am. 17,63. Pigrum et iners vi- detur sudore acquirere, quod possis sanguine parare. Tac.Germ. 14. Negligere, quid de se quisque sentiat non solum arrogantis est sed dissoluti. Cic. Off. I. 28, 99. 397. With esse to be the mark , &c ., if the adjective be of one ending of the third Declension, then instead of the Genitive of the adjective the substantive derived from the adjective maybe used in the Nominative or Accusative (as subject or object), or in the Genitive—e. g. Suum codicem testis loco recitare arrogantia est. Cic. Rose. Com. 2, 5. (Cf. arrogantiae est.) Suarum liturarum adversaria proferre non amentia est? Cic. Rose. Com. 2, 5. (Cf. amentiae est.) 398. With the Genitive after esse=£o be the mark , &c ., there is often associated officium, munus, proprius, some¬ times pars, by which the sense of esse is more emphati¬ cally presented, or the relation of the Genitive more dis¬ tinctly expressed.—e. g., Chrysippus (dicit) officium esse eius (=divinationis) praenos- cere, dei erga homines mente qua sint. Cic. Div. II, 63, 130. (With officium esse eius cf. esse eius.) Principum munus esse du- 256 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. cebat resistere levitati multitudinis. Cic. Mil. 8, 22. Cum pro_ prium sit Academiae iudicium nullum interponere. Cic. Div. II, 72, 150. (Cf. Ita propria est ea praeceptio Stoicorum, Academi- corum. Cic. Off. 1,2, 6. Ad id quidem non proprium senectutis vitium est. Cic. Sen. 11, 35. Viri autem propria maxime est for- titudo. Cic. Tusc. II, 18, 43.) Plura de extremis loqui, pars ig- naviae est. Tac. Hist. II, 47. 399. To the Subjective Genitive must be referred the Genitives, usually ditionis and potestatis, with facere and fieri, to reduce to, make belong to, to become. When, in in this connection, the relation of the Genitive of a per¬ sonal pronoun is to be expressed, the Possessive must be used.—e. g., Omnem oram usque ad Iberum Romanae ditionis fecit. Liv. XXI, 60, 3. (Dixit) Poenum quod inter Alp es Apenninumque agri sit suae ditionis fecisse. Liv. XXI, 53, 5. (Urbs) condita ab Agenore mare ditionis suae fecit. Curt. IV, 20. Imperio alteri aucti, alteri ditionis alienae facti. Liv. I, 25, 13. Pleraque trac- tus eius suae facta ditionis. Curt. Ill, 17. Custodiam murorum suae extemplo potestatis fecit. Liv. XLIII, 22, 6. (Cf. Quinctius dicebat Tbebas populi Romani iure belli factas esse. Liv. XXXIII 13, 8. Quae ille universa fecit lucri. Nep. Thras. I. (Not neces¬ sarily lucrefecit by tmesis.) Neque gloriam meam, laborem illo- rum faciam. Sail. Jug. 85. Ut magnam partem beneficio eorum suam fecerit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 32. 300. With esse= to belong to the party of, to be in the interest of, to favor, must be observed the use of totus agreeing with the subject of esse, and emphasizing its meaning.—e. g., Jam me Pompeii totum esse scis: Brutum a me amari intellegis. Cic. Fam. II, 13, 2. Plebs novarum rerum atque Hannibalis tota esse. Liv. XXIII, 14, 7. Conclamatum ab universo senatu est, totos Antiochi Aetolos esse. Liv. XXXVII, 49, 5. Rem. 1. With esse in this connection to express the relation of the LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 257 Genitive of a personal pronoun the Possessive must be used, which, as totus, agrees with the subject of esse. —e. g., Et sum totus vester et esse debeo. Cic. Fam. XV, 7, 2. Videtur Antistius amicus nobis fore: nam Plancius totus noster est. Cic.Q. fr. 11,1,3. 401. To the Subjective Genitive refer the Genitive with videri, ducere, habere, putare, dicere. The last four verbs usually occur in the Passive. As esse occasionally occurs with these verbs, the Genitive may, perhaps, be explained by the ellipsis of esse (Cf. 492.) Quod summae sapientiae Pythagorae visum est. Cic. Tusc. I, 26, 62. Tenuis atque infirmi haec animi videri. Caes. B. Civ. I, 32. Ut omnia subterfugere non modo sapientiae sedetiam felicita- tis dieeret sibi videri. Cic. Am. 10, 35. Necessitati parere sem¬ per sapientis est habitum. Cic. Fam. IV, 9,2. Pacem cum victis fecimus: tutelae deinde nostrae duximus. Liv. XXI, 41, 12. Quamquam laetus nuntio, tamen officii duxit, quantum in se esset. Suet. Tib. 11. Hie summo ortus loco et magnae habitus auctoritatis. Caes. B. G. VII, 77. Quaeeumque sunt in mundo, deorum atque hominum putanda sunt. Cic. N. D. II, 62, 154. Uti ex libris Punicis, qui regis Hiempsalis dicebantur, interpreta- tum est. Sail. Jug. 17. (Cf. Fidei iam suae, non solum virtutis ducebant esse. Liv. VII, 18, 3. Omnia, quae sint in his urbibus. eorum populorum esse dicuntur. Cic. N. D. II, 62, 154.) In the last two examples virtutis maybe explained as Genitive with esse =to be the mark , &c. and populorum as the Genitive of the Pos¬ sessor. > Genitive with Interest and Refert (402—407.) 402. To the Subjective Genitive must be referred the Genitive with refert and interest, it is of interest , concern , importance. The person or thing whose interest is in¬ volved is expressed in the Genitive.—e. g., Existimant nihil interesse hominum scire, quid sit futurum. Cic. Div. II, 49, 101. (Dixit) interesse reipublicae et communis salu- tis, se cum Pompeio colloqui. Caes. B. Civ. I, 24. 258 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 403. If the person interested or concerned is expressed by a personal pronoun, the Ablative singular Feminine of the Possessive must be used, mea, tua, sua, nostra, ves- tra. The form of the Possessive may be explained in two ways. 1. The Possessive agrees with re of the compound refert (re fert); with interest, however, the form re is omitted, its separate form being lost in the compound refert. 2. The Possessives mea, &c., may be explained, with no refer¬ ence to re, as adverbial Ablatives, parallel with qua, hac, and rendered in my case, in my matter: tua, in thy case, in thy mat¬ ter.— e. g., Cum tua et mea maxime interest te valere, turn multis est cu- rae. Cic. Fam. XVI, 4,4. Non ascripsi id, quod tua nihil refere- bat. Cic. Fam. V, 20, 5. Dicebat non tarn sua quam reipubli- cae interesse uti salvus esset. Suet. Caes. 86. Vestra hoc maxime interest, non ex libidine causas ponderari. Cic. Sull. 28, 79. Neque nostra nihil interest scire ea, quae eventurasunt. Cic. Div. I, 38, 82. 404. With refert and interest the matter of concern, of interest, of importance is rarely expressed by a substan¬ tive in the Nominative. It is generally and regularly ex¬ pressed by the Infinitive, by the Accusative with the Infin- tive, by the indirect question, by a sentence with quod (=that), by si, by a sentence with ut (negative ne), by hoc, id, illud, quod. With these neuters the verbs are per¬ sonal, as also when the matter of concern or interest is expressed by a substantive. 405. The measure or degree of interest or concern is ex¬ pressed : 1. By the Accusatives of extent or amount: multum, plus, plurimum, paulum, nihil, alquid, tantum, quantum, tarn, quam, quid. 2. By the Genitives of Value (pretii): inagni, permagni, parvi, pluris, tanti, quanti. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 259 3. By the adverbial forms: valde, magis, maxime, magnopere, jarum, minime, quantoperc.—e. g., Longitudo in his refert, non crassitudo. Plin. N. H. XVIII, 31, 74. Usque adeo magni refert stadium atque voluptas. Lucr. IV, 984. Magni interesse arbitrabatur eius auctoritatem inter suos valere. Caes. B. G. V, 4. Quid enim refert qua me ratione cogatis? Cic. Am. 8, 26. (Dicit) neque interesse ipsos- ne interheiant, impedimentisne exuant. Caes. B. G. VII, 14. At nostra interest scire ea quae eventura sunt. Cic. Div. II, 51, 105. Quid interest Cornelius tribunus.reus sit an quaera- mus. Quint. X, 5, 13. Nihil interest valeam ipse necne, si tu non valebis. Suet. Tib. 21. Ulud mea magni interest te ut vi- deam. Cic. Att. XI, 22, 2. Quanti id refert, si fato nescio quo accidit? Cic. Fam. V, 9, 1. Quid refert, si hoc ipsum salsum illi et venustum videbatur? Cic. N. D. I, 28, 79. Non tarn sua quam reipublicae interesse uti salvus esset. Suet. Caes. 86. Vestra, commilitones, interest, ne imperatorem pessimi faciant. Tac. H. I, 30. Neque enim multum interest quod nondum per numeros distributi sunt. Plin. Ep. X, 30. Permagni interest quo tibi haec tempore epistola reddita sit. Cic. Fam. XI, 16, 1. Nec plus refert quid dicas, qtiam quo loco. Quint. XI, 17. Loco publico privatone dicas, plurimum interest. Quint. XI, 1,47. Permagni nostra interest, te esse Romae. Cic. Att. II, 23, 3.. Hoc dicis eum mihi amicum fuisse sua causa, quod interest om¬ nium recte facere. Cic. Fin. II, 22, 72. Ne minimum refert, in i tacta rosaria primus, an sera carpas manu. Ov.Ex. Pont. Ill, 4. 61. Docet quantopere reipublicae intersit manus hostium distinere. Caes. B. G. II, 5. Accusasse naturam dicitur, quod hominibus, quorum maxime interfuisset, tarn exiguam vitam dedisset. Cic. Tusc. Ill, 28, 69. Faciendum aliquid, quod illo- rum magis quam sua retulisse videretur. Sail. Jug. 111. Ves¬ tra hoc maxime interest. Cic. Sull. 28,79. Quorum id nihil in- teresset. Cic. Tusc. III. 28, 69. Illud mea magni interest. Cic. Att. XI, 22. 2. Id, quod tua nihil referebat. Cic. Fam. V, 20, 5. Quod enim permagni interest, pro neeessario saepe habetur. Cic. Part. Or. 24, 84 406. The object with reference to which a matter is of 260 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. interest or importance is expressed by the preposition ad with the Accusative, in some cases approximating the sense of the Genitive.—e. g., Existimans magni interesse ad decus et ad laudem civitatis res tarn graves Latinis litteris contineri. Cic. N. D. I, 4, 7. Magni ad honorem nostrum interest, quam primum ad urban me venire. Cic. Fam. XVI, 1,1. Ad properationem mcam quiddam interest, non te exspectare. Cic. Fam. V, 12, 2. Ad disciplinam militiae plurimum intererat insuescere militem nostrum victoria frui. Liv. V, 6, 1. 407. (Caution.) With refert and interest a Genitive in ap¬ position with the Genitive involved in the Possessive (mea, tua, &c.,) does not occur. Instead of such a Genitive the relative with a finite verb must be used.—e. g., Vehementer intererat vestra, qui patres estis (not patrum,) Plin. Fp. IV, 13, 4. Vestra enim, qui cum summa integritate vixistis, hoc maxime interest. Cic. Suit 28, 79. Id mea minime refert, qui sum natu maximus (not natu maximi.) Ter. Ad. \, 4, 27. Rem. 1. The verb refert does not differ from interest in signification. Refert rarely occurs with the Genitive, but quite frequently with the Possessive. It usually occurs absolutely, that is, the person or thing concerned is not expressed: but in this form of expression interest is also used.—e. g., Quod illorum magis quam sua retulisse videretur. Sail. Jug. III. Id quod tua nihil referebat. Cic. Fam. V, 20, 5. Ipsi animi magni re¬ fert quali in corpore locati sint. Cic. Tusc. I, 33, 80. Neque refert vi- dere quid dicendum sit. Cic. Brut. 29, 110. Rem. 2. The use of the Dative instead of the Genitive of the person in¬ terested or concerned is a rare irregularity : the relation expressed by the preposition in and the Ablative (=in the case or matter ol) is not to be confounded with that of the Genitive.—e. g., Die quid referat intra naturae fines viventi &c. Hor. Sat. I, 1, 49. (The Dative is to be explained as the Dative of advantage) (Commodi). Fac in puero referre ex qua affectione caeli spiritum duxerit. Civ. Div. II, 47. 99. II. Objective Genitive. 408. The Objective Genitive presents a substantive in LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 261 the relation of an object to the governing substantive. Here too the Genitive expresses the object as the specific definition or restriction of a generic word. In the phrase amorpatris the generic term love (amor) is restricted or limited in its operation to the father (patris =for the fa¬ ther), in contradistinction to love for a mother or any other object of the affection. The Objective Genitive oc¬ curs : 1. OBJECTIVE GENITIVE WITH SUBSTANTIVE. (409-420.) 409. With a substantive: usually of a verbal origin.— e- g., Non oblivione amicitiae nostrae ad te nullas litteras misi. Cic. Fam. V, 17, 1. Res eas gessi quarum aliquam in tuis litteris gratulationem exspectavi. Cic. Fam. V, 7, 3. Milites inter se colloquuntur, ducem suum, cuius spe atque fiducia permanserint, fugae consilium capcre. Caes. B. Civ. I, 20. Movebatur miseri- cordia civium, quos interficiendos videbat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 72. Incensus Tarquinius dolore tantae ad irritum cadentis spei cir- cumire urbes. Liv. II, 6, 1. 410. Very frequently the Subjective and Objective Geni¬ tive occur defining the same word: not to be confounded with the occurrence of two Genitives defining and govern¬ ing each other. (Cf. 371.)—e. g., Quid de Crassi civilis iuris studio loquar? Cic. Sen. 14, 50. Studia familiae vestrae virtutis et doctrinae mihi nota sunt. Cic. Lig. 5, 12. Necesse est me totum superioris anni reipublicae nau- fragium exponere. Cic. Sest. 5,14. Laus habetur propter animi multarum rerum brevi tempore percursionem. Cic. Tusc. IV, 13, 31. Veteres iniuriae Helvetiorum populi Romani. Caes. B. G. I, 30. 411. The Objective Genitives of the personal pronouns frequently occur. They are mei, tui, sui, nostri, vestri. e- g-, Dolabellam, quern iudico amantissimum mei cohortare. Cic. 262 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Fam. VII, 22, 3. Nondum in auxilium mei validus in aliena cas- tra confugi. Sen. Helv. 5, 2. Ut quam exspectationem tui conci- tasti, hanc sustinere ac tueri possis. Cic. Fam. II. 1, 2. Citius amore tui fratrem tuum odisse desinam quam illius odio quic- quam de nostra benevolentia detraham. Cic. Fam. V, 2, 10. Accedit desiderium tui. Cic. Q. fr. Ill, 5, 4. Ne permoti milites defectionis odio et contemptione sui omnes puberes interficerent. Caes. B. Civ. II, 13. Mazaeus, qui cum sex milibus equitum oc- currerat, non ausus periculum sui facere. Curt. IV, 37. Fiber tibi mittetur, quoniam te amor nostri Philorhetora reddidit. Cic. Att. I, 13, 5. Clamitabat nequc Eburones tanta cum con¬ temptione nostri venturos esse. Caes. B. G. V, 29. Conspectus vestri coegit ut vehementius parricidis irascerer. Curt. VI. 32. 412. The Genitive of a personal pronoun sometimes oc¬ curs when the Possessive which represents the subjective Genitive is required as the regular form, and again, the Possessive sometimes occurs where the objective Genitive is looked for. These are irregularities and need not be im¬ itated. (Cf. 374,)—e. g., Venerati ilium eustodem huius urbis ac vestrum. Cic. Cat. Ill, 12, 29. (In this example vestrum whether it be interpreted as the Genitive in conformity with urbis, or as the Possessive (eus¬ todem vestrum) is in either case irregular. The form vestri, is looked for as the regular form). Impedis et ais habe meam rationem. Habe nostrum. Cic. Att. VII, 9, 4. (Here instead of meam and the Genitive nostrum we look for mei and nostri. If, as is possible, nostrum represents the relation of the Subjective Genitive=bj us, then the form should be—Habe nostram (ratio¬ nem). (Cf. ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua solum, sed etiam aliorum. Cic. Off. I, 39, 139. Et mei documenta vobis dedi et vestra habeo. Curt. VII, 41. In this example we look for vestri.) 413. From the preceding it is seen that the Possessive sometimes represents either the subjective or objective Genitive, to be determined by the context. This seems to be the case particularly and regularly with the word LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 263 iniuria. With this word the Genitive of a substantive also regularly occurs either as subjective or objective Genitive. 1. The Possessive representing Subjective Genitive with iniu¬ ria —also Subjective Genitive of a substantive with iniuria. Iniu¬ ria with Subjective Genitive is rendered wrong [clone) by.—e. g., Illud vestra iniuria adductus feci. Cic. Ver. II, I, 11, 29. Si indignitas iniuriae tuae non commovebat. Cic. Yerr. II, I, 59, 154. Quis templum illud aspexit, quin iniuriae tuae testis esset? Cic. Yerr. II, I, 59, 154. Haec parva civitas, cumulata aliis tuis maioribus iniuriis praedae tibi fuit? Cic. Yerr. II, III, 37, 85 ? Regna denique omnia de nostris iniuriis expostulavit. Cic. Verr. II, III, 89, 207. Nemo est qui istorum iniuriae potu- isse obsisti arbitretur. Cic. Verr. II, I, 11, 31. Tanta vis is- tius iniuriae, tanta in isto improbitas putabatur. Cic. Verr. II, 1, 29, 74. Si Rubrius inuriam fecisset, de tui comitis inuria in¬ iuria questum ad te venirent. Cic. Verr. II, I, 31. 80. Ut etiam iniurias nostrorum hominum perferendas putarent. Cic. Yerr. II, II., 3, 8. Antonium in mediis eius iniuriis mors oppressit. Cie. Verr. II, III, 213. 2. The Possessive representing the Objective Genitive with the word ininria. The Objective Genitive of a substantive regularly occurs with iniuria. Iniuria with the Objective Genitive is ren¬ dered wrong to (done to). With iniuria the Objective Genitive is very rarely expressed by a preposition (in) with the Accusative. —e- g.. Si alienam vicem pro nostra iniuria doleremus, vestigium is- tius in foro nullum esset relictum. Cic. Yerr. II, I, 44, 113. Civitas suas iniurias persecuta est. Cic. Verr. II, II, 4, 11. Neque cuiquam mortalium iniuriae suae parvae videntur. Sail. Cat. 51, II. Feci gratum Siculis quod eorum iniurias meo la- bore sum persecutus. Cic. Verr. II, II, 6, 16. Alio loco de ara- torum iniuriis videro. Cic. Verr. II, II, 61, 150. Aratorum in¬ iuria. Cie. Verr. II, III, 88, 182. Parentis iniuriis commotus sum. Cic. Verr. II, III, 25, 63. Cognoscetis Entellinorum iniu¬ rias. Cic. Verr. II, III, 43, 103. Omnium temporum iniu-> rias inimicorum in se commemorat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 12. [So. Cic. Sest. 30, 64. Cic. N. D. II, 34, 84. In. 44, 138.] 264 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 414. The objective relation expressed by the Genitive is sometimes peculiar and obscure.—e. g., Sed procul gravitas morum aut voluptatum parsimonia. Tac. Ann. XV, 48. (In this sentence voluptatum parsimonia must be interpreted as frugality in pleasures =\n the enjoyment of pleasures.) Otho ne vulgi largitione centurionum animos averteret.promisit. Tac. Hist. I, 40. (The phrase vulgi lar¬ gitione—largitione in vulgus facta.) 415. It is often the case that the context would not show whether a Genitive were subjective or objective. In such cases the office of the Genitive would be ambiguous. To remove the ambiguity a preposition with its proper case is employed to substitute the Objective Genitive. In this office the following prepositions are used: 1. The preposition in with the Accusative. (a.) In a friendly relation.—e. g.. Natura ingenerat amorem in eos qui procreati sunt. Cic. Off. I. 4, 12. (In this sentence eorum would be ambiguous.) Veterein amicitiam commemorat Caeserisque in se beneficia exponit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 22. (b.) In an unfriendly or hostile relation.—e. g., Ita ad impietatem in deos, in homines adiunxit iniuriam. Cic. N. D. Ill, 34, 84. (Here in homines with iniuriam is em¬ ployed to express clearly the relation of the Objective Geni¬ tive.) 2. The preposition erga with the Accusative. (a.) Usually in a friendly relation.—e. g., Amicitia, voluntas erga aliquem rerum bonarum illius ip- sius causa. Cic. Inv. Ill, 55, 166. ( b .) Less frequently in an unfriendly or hostile relation.—e.g., Huius odium erga Romanos concitasse videtur helium. Nep. Hamilc. 4. 3. The preposition adversus with the Accusative. (a.) In a friendly relation.—e. g., Adhibenda est quaedam reverentia adversus homines et LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 265 • • optimi cuiusque et reliquorum. Cic. Off. I, 28, 99. (6.) In an unfriendly or hostile relation.—e. g., Odium adversus neeessitudines in Druso detexit. Suet. Tib. 50. 4. The Objective Genitive is substituted by the preposition de , with the Ablative.—e. g., De cuius meritis tanta senatus iudicia fecisset. Cic. Or. 41, 140. (Cf. In quo iuratusiudicium dignitatis meae fecerat. Cic. Brut. I, 1). Neque quid nunc consilii capiam, scio de virgine istae. Ter. Eun. V, 2, 27. (Cf. Exponam breviter consilium profectionis meae. Cic. Phil. I. 1, 1. Neque, mearum rerum quid consilii capiam, reperio. Cic. Fam. 14, 2). 416. As implied in the statement touching de and the Ablative as the substitute of the Objective Genitive, the use of a preposition with its proper case to express the general relation of the Objective Genitive obtains not only where the Genitive would be ambiguous , but is extensively employed in Latin where no ambiguity would arise from the use of the Genitive. The use of a preposition with the proper case of a personal pronoun is much more frequent than the Objective Genitive.—e. g., Visi sumus senatum commemoratione tuae voluntatis erga or- dinem permovere. Cic. Fam. I, 2, 1. Pompeius erat adhortatus ne nova Caesaris officia veterum suorum beneficiorum in eos me- moriam expellerent. Caes. B. Civ. I, 34. Meum studium erga te. Cic. Fam. Ill, 12, 3. Illius summus in te amor magnae tibi consolationi debet esse. Cic. Fam. V, 17, 5. Intellexi te ad eum venisse ut eius animum erga me perspiceres. Cic. Att. VII, 2, 5. Intellexit se pro tua erga me benevolentia gratum tibi fecisse. Cic. Fam. XIII, 60, 2. Qui illius in te amor fuit pietasque in om- nes suos. Cic. Fam. IV, 5, 6. With many substantives the use of the Objective Geni¬ tive instead of a preposition with its proper case would be unusual and not in comformity with Latin usage. In many cases the relation of the Objective Genitive is ex- 266 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. pressed by a preposition with its proper case as the only construction. 417. To the office of a preposition with its case to ex¬ press the relation of the Objective Genitive may be re¬ ferred the use of the preposition in with the Accusatives imperium, potestatem, &c.—e. g., Vitae necisque in suos habebat potestatem. Caes. B. G., I, 16. Cui non apparere, affectare eum imperium in Latinos ? Liv. I, 50, 4. 418. The Objective Genitive may be represented by an adjective.—e. g., Ut muliebres amores omittam, quibus licentiam natura conces¬ sit. Cic. Tusc. IV, 33, 71. Mederi fraternae invidiae animo ar- debat. Sail. Jug. 39. Quid futurum fuit, si plebs soluta regis inetu, agitari coepta esset? &c. Liv. II, 1, 4. 419. The Objective Genitive may be represented by a De¬ monstrative Pronoun.—e. g., Scaevola, cum in earn ipsam mentionem incidisset. Cic. Am. 2, 3. (In this sentence in earn ipsam mentionem=in mentionem eius rei ipsius). Ita propria est ea praeceptio Stoicorum, Acade- micorum. Cic. Off. I, 2, 6. Ad id sacrarium flamines bigis curru arcuato vehi iussit. Liv. I, 21, 4. Hoc fiducia virium (=harum virium) Tullus Sabinis bellum indicit. Liv. I, 30, 4. Hac arte in patria steti, et invictus bello, in pace pulsus sum. Liv. V, 44, 2. 420. The Objective Genitive may be represented by the relative.—e. g., Quam similitudinem videmus in bestiis. Cic. Fin. V, 15. 42. (In this sentence quam similitudinem—cuius rei simile aliquid). Quae si vos cepit oblivio aut si in me aliquid offendisti. Cic. Mil. 36, 99. Quo terrore cum vicisset pudicitiam velut victrix libido. Liv. I, 58, 5. Qua dolore incensus iniit consilia reges Lacedae- moniorum tollere. Nep. Lys. 3. 2 . OBJECTIVE GENITIVE WITH AN ADJECTIVE. ( 421 - 431 ). 421. To the Objective Genitive must be referred the Gen- LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 267 itive with adjectives ending in ax, ans, ens. These adjec¬ tives are generally derived from verbs and those in—ans and—ens, of verbal origin, are present participles used ad jectively. 1. The Genitive (Objective) with adjectives in ax, as capax, fallax- edax, fugax, ferax, pervicax, rapax , procax, tenax, mendax , &c. From the following examples it will be seen that the employment of the Genitive with these adjectives is not Ciceronian usage, e. g., , '* Insula magnae sedis capax. Curt. IV, 33. Homines amici- tiae fall aces. Tac. Ann. XVI. 32. (Is) cibi vinique eapacissi- mus. Liv. IX, 16, 13. Tempus edax rerum. Ov. Met,. XV, 234, Ille gloriae fugacissimus. Sen. Benf. IV, 32,4. Terra arborum ferax. Plin. Ep. II, 17, 15. (Is) recti pervicax. Tac. Hist. IV, 5. Nihil est appetentius similium sui nec rapacius quam natura. Cic. Am. 14, 50. (Rapacius=rapacius similium sui, but ob¬ serve its association with appetentius). Procax lixarum inge- nium. Tac. Hist. II, 87. Tenaces armorum. Suet. Caes. 67. Pecuniae parcus ac tenax (pecuniae). Suet. Tib. 46. Huius rei mendax. Plaut. Asin. V. 2, 5. 2. The Objective Genitive with adjectives in ans, ens , as amans, abstinens, abundans, appetens, colens, conficiens, conservans, cu- piens, diligens, efficiens, egens, fidens, fugiens, gerens, impatiens, insolens, intellegens, intolerans, metuens, neglegens, observans, patiens, perferens, persequens, retinens, sciens, sitiens, tolerans, &c.—e. g., Amantes patriae, Cic. Att. IX, 19, 3. Amantes tui. Cic. Fam. IX, 6, I. (Observe Genitive tui). Nihil nostri amantius. Cic. Fam. XVI, 5, 2. (Observe Genitive nostri.) Homo alieni abstinens. Plin. Ep. VI, 8, 5. Omnium rerum abundans. Nep. Eum. 8. Appetentesgloriae. Cic. Imp. Pomp.3, 7. Homoappe- tens tui. Plin. Ep. VII, 31. 7. Religionum colentes. Cic. Plane. 33, 80. Eorum (bonorum) conficientia. Cic. Fin. V, 27, 81. Conservans eius status. Cic. Fin. Ill, 5, 16. Lib- erorum cupiens. Tac. Ann. XVI, 6. Cupiens tui. Plaut. M. G. IV, 2, 58. Diligens officii. Cic. Cael. 30, 73. Efficiens utili tatis. Cic. Off. Ill, 3, 12. Ipse auxilii egens. Sail. Jug. 14. 268 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Fidens armorum. Lucan. 9, 373. Fugiens laboris. Caes. B. Civ. I, 69. Negotii bene gerens. Cic. Quinct. 19, 62. Impatiens pulveris. Tac. Hist. II, 99. Insolens belli. Caes. B. Civ. II, 36. (Cf. Insolita rerum bellicarum. Sail. Jug. 39). Cuiusvis generis eius intellegens. Cic. Fin. II, 20, 63. Corpus intolerans laboris. Liv. X, 28, 4. Homines indiciorum metuentes. Cic. Dom. Sua 26, 70. Amicorum negligens. Cic. Verr. II, III, 62, 143. Mei observans. Cic. Q. fr. I, 2, 11. Officiorum observans. Plin. Ep. VII, 30, 1. Amnis navium patiens. Liv. XXI, 31, 10. Perfe- rens iniuriarum. Cic. Or. II, 83,183. Inimicitiarum persequens. Cic. Heren. II, 19, 29. Retinens libertatis. Cic. Plane. 23, 55. Regendae rei publicae sciens. Cic. Or. 1,49,214. Locorum sciens. Sail. Jug. 85. Deinde sitientem me virtutis tuae deseruisti ac re- liquisti. Cic. Plane. 5, 13. Cognoscens sui. Cic. Heren. IV, 18, 25. Africanus indigens mei? Cic. Am. 9, 30. Corpus laborum tolerans, animus audax, sui obtegens. Tac. Ann. IV. 1. Cetera- rum rerum prudens. Cic. Quinct. 3, 11. Imprudens legis. Cic. Inv. II, 31, 95. Tibi servio atque audiens sum imperii. Plaut. True. I, 2, 25, &c. 422. To the Objective Genitive must be referred the Gen¬ itives with adjectives which express desire, knowledge, experience, skill, memory, as, avidus, cupidus, studiosus, perstudiosus, conscius, gnarus, ignarus, peritus, imperi- tus, prudens, imprudens, providus, consultus, memor, im- memor, rudis, insuetus, and other adjectives of like sense, but which do not take the Genitive in the best Latin. —e.g., Festinatio victoriae avida. Cic. Phil. Ill, 1,2. Cupidus rerum novarum. Caes. B. G. I, 18. Pilae studiosus. Cic. Am. 20, 74. Litterarum Graecarum perstudiosus' Cic. Sen. 1, 3. Conscius maleficii. Cic. Clu. 22, 59. Gnarus rei publicae. Cic. Brut. 64, 228. Ignarus physicae rationis. Cic. N. D. II, 21, 54. Peritus regionum. Caes. B. Civ. I, 17. Imperitus rerum. Caes. B. G. I, 44. Mens provida rerum futurarum. Cic. Div. II, 57, 117. Jus- titiae consultus. Cic. Phil. IX, 5, 10. Facti memor. Caes. B. Civ. I, 13. Immemor mandati tui. Cic. Att. IV, 6, 3. Omnium rerum rudis. Cic. Tusc. I, 24, 57. Haec ratio nostros perturba- vit insuetos huius generis pugnae Caes. B. Civ. I, 44 . (Cf. Im- LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 269 providus futuri certaminis Romanus veniebat. Liv. XXVI, 39, 7, &c.) Rem. 1. With peritus and consultus occur both the Genitive (iuris) and the Ablative (iure).—e. g., Juris peritus. Cic. Brut. 21, 81. Jure peritior. Cic. Cluent. 38,1 07. Juris consultus. Cic. Phil. IX, 5, 10. Jure consultus. Gell. XI, 18, 16. Rem. 2. The phrases centiorem facere, certior fieri are construed with the Objective Genitive, or with the preposition deand the Ablative.—e.g., Me de tuis rebus velim certiorem facias. Cic. Fam. 1,9, 24. Tu me velim de ratione Gallici belli certiorem facias. Cic. Fam. VII, 18. 1. Juba certior factus de nocturno proelio duo milia Gallorum Saburrae summisit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 40. Amisso Corfinio denique certiorem me sui consilii fecit. Cic. Att. IX, 2, a. 2. The form of the phrase in prose is certiorem facere, cer¬ tior fieri, rather than certum facere, certus fieri. 423. Some of the adjectives referred to in 421 and 422 allow other case-constructions than the Genitive. These must be interpreted according to the case, or preposition and case employed. Hence the Ablative, the Ablative with the preposition in, and the Accusative with the preposition ad, according to the case-relation to be expressed.—e. g., Usu periti. Caes. B, Civ. Ill, 93. In doctrinis imperitus. Quint. I, 4. 27. Ad disciplinam peritus, ad consilia prudens. Cic. Font. 19, 43, (33). L. Torquatus elegans in dicendo, in existi- mando prudens. Cic. Brut. 68, 239. 424. Among the adjectives to be referred to 422 accord¬ ing to their signification, but with which the Objective Genitive is rare or not found in the Classical Latin, are the following: avarus, assuetus, callidus, curiosus, doctus, docilis, expertus, fastidiosus, improvidus, incuriosus, in- doctus, inscius, insolitus, nescius, praesagus, praescius, suetus, prudens, &c. (See Lexicon). / 425. To the Objective Genitive must be referred the ad¬ jectives which signify control, power , possession, and their opposites, as compos, impos; potens, impotens. Of 270 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. these adjectives compos occurs with the Objective Genitive in Cicero.—e. g., Omnes virtutis compotes beati sunt. Cic. Tusc. V, 13, 39. Memoria ex annalibus repetita, aliguatos mentes hominum com¬ potes sui fecisse. Liv. VIII, 18, 12. Gens suarum impotens re¬ rum prae domesticis seditionibus. Liv. IX, 14, 5. Ut, potentes rerum suarum Poenum pro Romano acciperent., Div. XXIII, 16, 6. Imposne mentis, an simulata dementia, incertum. Suet. Aug. 19. ' Rkm. 1. With some of the preceding adjectives the Ablative occurs with a modification of case-relation demanded by the Ablative and with a somewhat different meaning of the adjective, e. g., Praeda ingenti compotem exercitem reducunt. Liv. Ill, 7. 13. Inde ingenti praeda potens Roman redit. Liv. I, 33, 5. ; 426. To the Objective Genitive must be referred the ad¬ jectives which signify participation, innocence , suspicion , and their opposites, as affinis, consors, expers, exsors, insons, innocens, innoxius, manifestus, particeps, suspica- tus and the word reus. Of these affinis, consors, expers, particeps, and reus occur in the best prose.—e. g., Neque homines fuisse putantur hums affines suspicions. Cic. Sull. V, 17. Quid (respondebo) tibi consorti mecum temporum illorum ? Cic. Mil. 36, 99. , Mirum hoc vobis videatur Leontinos expertes iniuriarum fuisse. Cic. Verr. II, III, 46, 109. Nulla eius vitae pars summae turpitudinis erat expers. Cic. Verr. II, II, 78, 191. Ut parta victoria praedae ac praemiorum velint esse participes. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 82. Is est reus avaritia qui male- dictum omne, non modo crimen effugit? Cic. Flac. 3, 7. In standard prose the adjective affinis occurs also with the Dative; the adjective consors with the preposition in and the Ablative; the adjective expers with the Ablative, but not in the best prose; reus with the preposition de and the Ablative.—e. g., Huic (facinori) sipaucos putatis affines esse, vehementer erratis. Cic. Cat. IV. 3, 6. Consors quidem in lucris atque in furtis. Cic. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 271 Verr. II, III, 66, 155. Sed omnes fama atque fortunis expertes sumus. Sail. Cat. 33. Gabinium de ambitu rerum fecit P. Sulla. Cic. Q. fr. Ill, 3, 2. (Cf. Ille, si quid accideret, se omnis culpae ex- sortem fore diceret. Liv. XXII, 44, 7. Quem insontem culpae dei respicere debent, cape hunc equum, Liv. XXII, 49, 7. Tem- pus faciebat ne quis suspectum cupiditatis imperii consulem habe- ret. Liv. XXIV, 9, 10, &c.) 427. The Genitive (Objective) occurs with the adjectives which express plenty, fullness, liberality, and their oppo¬ sites, as dives, egenus, fecundus, fertilis, immodicus, inanis, indigus, inops, locuples, liberalis, onustus, opulentus, par¬ ens, plenus, profusus, prodigus, refertus, validus, &c. Of these adjectives perhaps only inanis, inops, fertilis, plenus and refertus occur in Cicero.—e. g., Proponit inania mihi nobilitatis, hoc est, hominum arrogan- tium nomina. Cic Verr. Act. pr. 6, 15. 0 verborum inops, qui- bus abundare te putas, Graecia. Cic. Tusc. II, 15, 35. Proferre possum multos fertiles agros alios aliorum fructuum. Cic. N. D. II, 52, 131. Qui mons erat hostium plenus sempiternorum. Cic. Att. V, 20, 3. Velim existimes fraternam plenam humanitatis voluntatem. Cic. Fam. V, 2, 6. Pleni libri sunt contra ista ipsa disserentium philosophorum. Cic. Tusc. I. 6, 11. Plenus spei bonae atque animi adversus eos proficiscitur. Caes. B. Civ. II, 5. Cognovi refertam esse Graeciam hominum nefariorum. Cic. Plane. 41, 98. Refertus takes the Genitive particularly of per¬ sonal designations. Rem. Most of the preceding adjectives take also the Ablative, or the Ablative with ah. —e. g., Nulla abs te epistola inanis aliqua re utili venerat. Cic. Att. II, 8,1. Verres habeat ornamentis fanorum plenam domum ? Cic. Verr. II, IV, 57, 126. Qui sic inopes et ab amicis et existimatione sunt, ut, &c. Cie. Att. 1,1, 2. Nam Xerxes refertus omnibus praemiis donisque fortunae, &c. Cic. Tusc. V, 7, 20. 428. The Genitive (Objective) occurs with adjectives which express freedom from, exemption from, destitution, as immunis, liber, nudus, purus, vacuus. None of these adjectives take the Genitive in the best prose.—e. g.. 272 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Epistolae (scribebantur) eos retineri sub vexillo ceterorum im- munes. Tac. Ann. I, 36. Indoctus quid enim saperet liberque laborum rusticus. Hor. A. P. 212. Ubi per loca aequalia et nuda gignentium ventus arenam excitavit. Sail. Jug. 79. Inte¬ ger vitae scelerisque purus, non eget Mauris iaculis. Hor. Od. I, 22,1. Ager ariduset frugum vacuuseatempestate. Sail. Jug. 90. Rem. 1. Most of the preceding adjectives, in standard prose, are used with the Ablative, or the preposition ab with the the Ablative.—e. g., Id ipsum cernitur, si ab omni animi perturbatione liber sis. Cic. Off. I, 20, 67. Huic tradita urbs est, nuda praesidio, referta copiis. Cic. Att. VII, 13, a. 1. Ipsa Messana ab iis rebus sane vacua atque nuda est. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 2, 3. 429. The Genitive occurs with adjectives which express feeling and mental state , asanxius, ambiguus, aeger, acer, dubius, certus, exspes, formidolosus, incertus, ignavus, laetus, praescius, providus, improvidus, segnis, pavidus, securus, trepidus, timidus, &c. The Genitive is not usual with these adjectives in standard prose, but instead of the Genitive occurs the Ablative, or the Ablative with a preposition {ab, de ), and this too in all periods.—e. g., Incerta ultionis, anxia sui. Tac. Ann. II, 75. Ambiguus pu- doris ac metus. Tac. Ann. II, 40. Animi aeger. Curt. IV, 13. Acer militiae. Tac. Hist. II. 5. Agrippina sceleris certa. Tac. Ann. XII, 66. Exspes vitae. Tac. Ann. VI, 24. Formidolosus hostium. Tac. Ann. I, 62. Dubius sententiae. Liv. XXXIII, 25, 5. Incertus sententiae. Liv. IV, 57, 3. Ignava laboris. Tac. Ann. XI, 18. Laeta laborum. Verg. Aen. XI, 73. Praescia venturi. Verg. Aen. VI, 66. Providus futurorum. Tac. Ann. VI, 46. Improvidus eonsilii. Tac. Hist. Ill, 56. Occasionum segnis. Tac. Ann. XVI, 14. Trepidus admirationis. Tac. Ann. VI, 21. Offensionum pavidus. Tac. Ann. IV, 38. Secura repul- sae. Ov. Met. XII, 199. Aequi cultor, timidusque deorum. Ov. Met. V, 100, &c. (Cf. Hanno iam ante anxius gloria eius. Liv. XXV, 41, 12, Thrasylus anxio de successore Tiberio affirmavit. Suet Calig. 19, &c.) Rem. 1. The form animi quite frequently occurs, but not in Cicero nor Caesar, with adjectives and participles, generally expressing feeling and LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 273 degree, as aeger, caecus, confusus, captus, exterminatus, immodicus, in- gens, lassus, miser, praestans, promptus, sanus, stupens, turbidus. The fact that the Genitive animorum (plural) does not occur in this connec¬ tion, while the Ablative animis is occasionally found hardly authorizes the Locative as the explanation of the form atiimi. —e. g., Dux segnis et captus animi. Tac. Hist. Ill, 73. Caecus animi forem. Gell. XII, 13, 4. 0 praestans animi iuvenis. Verg. Aen. XII, 19. Confusus atque incertus animi. Liv. I, 7, 6. Femina ingens animi, munia ducis pereos dies induit. Tac. Ann. I, 69. Promptus animi Mar- tius gladiatores in Padi ripam repente effudit. Tac. Hist. II, 2, 3. C. Caesar turbidus animi legionem legato tradidit. Tac. Hist. IV, 48, &c. Rem. 2. While the Genitive animi does not occur in standard prose with adjectives expressing feeling, it does occur with verbs of like signifi¬ cation, as pendere, and angi.—e. g., Angebatur animi, quod domum eius exornatam iste reddiderat. Cic. Verr. II, II, 34, 84. (Cf. Audio te animo angi et medicum dicere ex eo te laborare. Cic. Fam. XVI, 14, 2.) Ostendis te pendere animi quamnam rationem sim Caesari allaturus. Cic. Att. XI, 12, 1. Pen- deo animi exspectatione Corfiniensi, in qua de salute decernitur. Cic. Att. VIII. 5, 2. (Cf. exspectando pendemus animis, cruciamur, angi- mur. Cic. Tusc. I, 40, 96. Continuo excruciarer animi: sin forte ei fuisset febris. Plaut. M. G. Ill, 1, 124.) Quid illam miseram animi excrucias, quae nunquam male de te meritast? Plaut. M. G. IV, 2, 78. Discrucior animi: hoecine de improviso mali mihi obicitantum? Ter. Ad. IV, 4, 1. Nee me animi fallit Graiorum obscura difficile illus- trare Latinis versibus esse. Lucr. I, 137. 430 . The adjectives dignus and indignus occur with the Genitive—the former in Cicero.—e. g., Obsecro te, suscipe curam et cogitationem dignissiman tuae virtutis. Cic. Att. VIII, 15, A, 1. Magnorum hand unquam in- digntts avorum. Verg. Aen. XII, 649. 431 . Other Adjectives occur with the Genitive, but they may readily be referred to one of the classes above given. 3 . OBJECTIVE GENITIVE WITH VERBS (432 — 453 .) 432 . With the verbs to admonish, to remind, admonere, commonere, commonefacere, monere.—e. g., Admonitus huius aeris alieni nolui deesse ne tacitae quidem flagitationi tuae. Cic. Top. 1, 5. Legatos miserunt qui admon- erent foederis eum Romani. Liv. XXXV, 13, 2> 274 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. The verb admonere allows the Accusative neuter of a. pro¬ noun and adjective denoting degree, and in Cicero is con¬ strued with the Ablative and the preposition de more fre- quently than with the Genitive, e. g., Multa ostendis, tmdta extis admonemur multisque rebus alns. Cic. N. D. II, 66, 166. Saepiusteadmoneodesyngrapha Sittiana. Cic. Fam. VIII, 4, 5. Illud me praeclare admones ne nimis indul- genter loquar.’ Cic. Att. IX, 9, 2. De quo (proelio) vos paulo ante invitus admonui. Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 45. Non iltae te nuptiales tibiae eius matrimonii commonebant? Cic. (auct.) Heren. IV, 33, 44. The verb cotnmonere allows the Accusative neuter of a pronoun and adjective, and, in Cicero, is construed with the Ablative and the preposition de more frequently than with the Genitive—e. g., Cum amice aliquid commonemus et ad concordiam hortamur. Quint. VI, 1, 50. Quis venit quin is de avaritia tua commonere- tur? Cic. Verr. II, I, 59, 154. Te neque filius de liberum cari- tate neque pater de indulgentia patria commonebat ? Cic. Verr. II V 42, 109. Cum ipse te veteris amicitiae commonefaceret, commotuses? Cic. (auct.) Heren. IV, 24, 33. (Irrisio) quae commonefaceret istius praeturam. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 64, 144. (In this example the Accusative praeturam is to be observed.) Jussos dicta cum silentio accipere, temporis ac necessitatis monet. Tac. Ann. I, 67. The verb monere does not take the Genitive in good prose: it allows the Accusative neuter of a pronoun and adjective. In Cicero it is construed with the preposition de and the Ablative.—e. g., Id ipsum quod me mones. Cic. Att. XIV, 19, 1. Extremum est quod te orem, cum Camillo communices, ut Terentiam mone- atis de testamento. Cic. Att. XI, 16, 5 (de testamento not testa- men ti.) 433 . With the verbs to remember , to forget , to call to LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. B0 Z 0N t0L ^GE u CHEst *ut <-< 275 mind ; meminisse, commeminisse, oblivisci, recordari, rem- inisci.—e. g., Num potui rrmgis oblivisci temporum meorum, meminisse ac- tionnm? Cic. Fam. I, 9 8. Animus meminit praeteritorum, praesentia eernit, futura providet. Cic. Div. I, 30, 63. Cum da- bis aliquid domum litterarum meimemineris. Cic. Fam. XV, 17, 4. The verb memininisse allows the Accusative, also the Ablative with the preposition de. —e. g.. Illud quale tandem est, sapientem mala meminisse non oportere? Cic. Fin. II, 32. 104. Quern quidem probe meminisse potestis. Cic. Sen. 5, 14. Odiosum genus hominum officia exprobrantium, quae meminisse debetis. Cic. Am. 20, 71. De Planco memini. Attica iure queritur. Cic. Att. XV. 27, 3. Et de Herode et Met- tio meminero et de omnibus quae te velle suspicabor. Cic. Att. XV, 27, 3. Non fugitivost hie homo : commeminit domi. Plant. Trin. IV, 3, 28 (1027). The verb commeminisse occurs in Cicero, as elsewhere, with the Accusative. —e. g., Galbam, quern commeminisse se aiebat, reprehendere solebat. Cic. Or. I, 53, 227. Hoc adeo hoc commemini magis quia illo die impransus fui. Plaut. Amph. I, 1, 98. Auctoritates, quae te ob¬ livisci laudis domesticae non sinant. Cic. Verr. Act. prim. 17, 52. Si nostri oblitus es, dabo operam ut istuc veniam. Cic. Fam. VII, 14, 1. Oblitusne es igitur fungorum illorum, quos apud Niciam ? Cic. Fam. IX, 10, 2. Tibi assentantur et tarn diu, dum tu ades, sunt oblitae sui. Cic. Fam. IX, 12, 1. The verb oblivisci takes also the Accusative of an im¬ personal relation. —e. g., Et artificium obliviscatur et studium deponat licebit. Cic. Rose. Am. 17, 49. Obliviscor iam iniurias tuas, Clodia: depono memo- riam doloris mei. Cic. Cael. 20, 50. Ipse cum aliquo dolore flag- itiorum suorum recordabitur. Cic. Pis. 6, 12. The verb recordari occurs very rarely with the Genitive in Cicero. Instead of the Genitive the Accusative is used, and, less frequently, the preposition de with the Ablative, -e- g., 276 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Recordare tuas litteras, quibus magnum animum mihi osten- disti. Cic. Fam. VI, 12, 4. Recordare cetera: quam cito se- natum illo die coegerim. Cic. Fam. V, 2, 3, Cum tuam virtutem essem mecum recordatus, non putavi esse alienum &c. Cic. Fam. V, 17, 1. Tu si meliore memoria es, velim scire ecquid de te re¬ corder. Cic. Tusc. I, 6, 13. Istis vestris lacrimis de illis recor- dor, quas pro me saepe profudistis. Cic. Plane. 42, 104. The verb recordari takes the Ablative of a personal rela¬ tion with de. The Ablative of an impersonal relation with de is also quite usual. Reminisceretur veteris incommodi populi Romani. Caes. B. G. I, 13. The verb reminisci allows the Accusative; also the Abla¬ tive with the preposition de— e. g., Ka potius reminiscere, quae digna tua persona sunt. Cic. Fam. IV, 5, 5. Sed parum est me hoc meminisse: spero te, qui oblivisci nihil soles nisi iniurias, de huius illo quaestorio officio, etiam de aliis quaestoribus reminiscentem, recordari. Cic. Lig. 12, 35. 434, The phrase venire in men tern, with its logical sub ject in the Dative, takes the Objective Genitive. In Cicero the predicate (venit) is personal, when a neuter pronoun is subject. In the poets and later writers it occurs as a personal predicate with a substantive as subject. The tendency however is everywhere to the impersonal use of the predicate, except when a neuter pronoun is subject. e- g., Tibi tuarum virtutum veniet in men tern. Cic. Or. II, 61, 249. Mihi solet in mentem venire illius temporis, quo proxime fuimus una. Cic. Fam. VII, 31. Yenit enim mihi fani, loci, religionis il¬ lius in mentem. Cic. Yer. II, IY, 50, 110. Cum mihi Tyndaritani illius venit in mentem, turn iura civitatum considero. Cic. Yerr. II, V, 47, 124. Nunquam tibi huius tantae frequentiae venit in mentem. Cic. Verr, II, V, 55. Fac tibi paternae legis Aciliae ve- niat in mentem. Cic. Verr. Act. Prim. 17,51. Cum mihi patria, cum vestrorum periculorum veniebat in mentem, turn, &c. Cic. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 277 Sull. 6, 19. Si id egissemus, quod ne in mentem quidem nobis ve- niebat. Cic. Fam. V, 15, 5. Mirari amentiam alii, cui comper- endinato quicquam illorum veniret in mentem. Cic. Verr. II, IV 15, 34. Haec mihi fere in mentem veniebant, quae dieenda puta- rem de natura deorum. Cic. N. D. II, 67, 168. Si quid in men¬ tem veniet, quo modo earn effugere possimus, utemur. Cic. Att. XII, 36,1. Dicebam ea, quae tibi in mentem veniunt, cur non es set tuto futurus. Cic. Att. XV, 11, 1. Non venit in mentem pugnaapud Regillum lacum? Liv. VIII. 5, 10. Ouotiescumque patria in mentem veniret, haec omnia occurrebant. Liv. V, 54, 3. Miserae cum venit in mentem mihi mortis, metus membra oc- eupat. Plaut. Rud. Ill, 3, 25. Adeon rem redisse ut patrem ex- timescam, ubi in mentem eius adventi veniat? Ter. Phorm. I, 1, 2. Quidrisisti? Servi venere in mentem Syri calliditates. Ter. Haut. V. 1, 13. Rem. 1. An Infinitive or phrase may be the subject.—e. g., Quid in mentum venit Callistheni dicere deos Gallis signum dedisse cantandi ? Cic. Div. II, 26, 56. Mihi omnino non venit in mentem^ quae possit actio esse de pace. Cic. Att. X, 1, 3. Rem. The verb venire occurs with the Dative and the preposition in with the Accusative of other substantives then mentem . The phrase is to be interpreted according to the elements which compose it—e. g., Hostibus in contemptionem Sabinus venit. Caes. B. G., Ill, 17. Utrisque venit in opinionem signum a classariis regis datum. Nep. Milt. 7. Delectatus est in primis quod nobilis rex in potestatem inopi- nanti venerat. Nep. Dat. 3. (Cf. Quid gravius de nobis sentire pos- sunt quam ut in eoram potestatum veniatis ? Caes. B. Civ. II, 32.) 435 . To be observed is the phrase mentionem facere , with the Objective Genitive or the preposition de and the Ablative. The usage tends to the Genitive.—e. g., Cuius quoniam mentio facta est, Tironem patris aegrum reli- qui. Cic. Att. VII. 2, 3. Regem appellas, cum Rex tui mentionem nullam fecerit. Cic. Att. I, 16, 10. Neque, dum auxilia a Ro¬ manis sperastis, pacis umquam apud vos mentionem feci. Liv. XXI, 13, 3. Phalereus ille Demetrius, de quo feci supra mentio¬ nem. Cic. Leg. Ill, 6,14. 436 . With the verbs to fill, to lack, as complere, explere, 278 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA, implere, egere, indigere, carere. (For the Ablative with this class of verbs see 265.—-e. g.,) Convivium vicinorum cotidie compleo,quod ad multam noctem producimus. Cic. Sen. 14, 46. His institutis cum completus iam mercatorum career esset. Cic. Verr. II, V, 57, 147. (The Ablative is decidedly the usage with complere). Animum explere iuvabit ultricis flammae et cineres satiasse meorum. Verg. Aen. II, 587. (The Ablative is the construction with explere in prose, and the regular construction everywhere). Si ollam denariorum implere non potes, Romam tibi remigrandum est. Cic. Fam. IX, 18, 4. (The Ablative is the prevailing construction with im¬ plere). Id institutum videtur ne quis ex plebe contra potentiorem auxilii egeret. Caes. B. G. VI, 11. (With egere the Ablative is the more usual construction. The Genitive, in Cicero, not fully established). Haec (virtus) plurimae commentationis et exerci- tationis indiget. Cic. Fin. Ill, 15, 50. (With the verb indigere the Ablative is regular, while in Cicero the Genitive often occurs). Dum abs te absum, omnes mihi labores fuere quos cepi leves, praeter quam tui carendum quod erat. Ter. Haut. II, 4, 20, (400). (The Genitive with carere is not to be imitated.) MISERET, PAENITET, PUDET, TAEDET, PIGET, &C. ( 437 — 446 .) 437. With verbs which express feeling, as “it excites one’s pity for,” “it repents one for,” “it makes one ashamed for,” “it disgusts one for or at,” miseret, paeni- tet, pudet, suppudet, taedet pertaedet, piget. These im¬ personal verbs are construed with the Accusative of the person affected and the Genitive (Objective) at which the feeling is excited, or towards which it is directed, e. g., Eorum nos magis miseret, qui nostram misericordiam non re- quirunt. Cic. Mil. 34, 92. (Cf. Neque te mei miseret: Surge et sepeli natum tuum. Cic. Tusc. I, 44, 106. Mea mater, tui me miseret, mei piget. Cic. Div. I, 31, 66.) Tibi amplectimur genua, miseriarum te ambarum uti misereat. Plaut. Rud. I, 5, 20. Ef- ficis ut me non nostri consilii vitaeque paeniteat. Cic. Att. Ill, 7, 2. Consilia ineunt, quorum eos in vestigio paenitere necesse est. Caes. B. G.IV, 5. Eosque peccatorum suorum turn maxime LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 279 paenitet. Cic. Div. I, 30, 63. Negat se auspiciorum, quae sibi secunda evenerint, paenitere. Cic. Div. I, 15, 27. Pudebit te il- lius tabulae, quam Cleanthes sane commode verbis depingere sol- ebat. Cic. Fin. II, 21, 69. Pudet me non tui, cuius memoriam admiror, sed Chrysippi, Antipatri. Cic. Div. 11.15, 35. Site municipiorum non pudebat, ne veterani quidem exercitus? Cic. Phil. II, 25, 61. Sunt homines quos libidinis imfamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat. Cic. Verr. Act prim. 12, 35. Non idcireo eorum usum dimiseram, quod iis succenserem, sed quod eorum me suppudebat. Cic. Fam, IX, 1, 1. Sunt homines quos libidinis infamiaeque suae non taedeat. Cic. Verr. Act. prim. 12, 35. Verum ego altius processi, dum me civitatis morum piget taedetque. Sail. Jug. 4. Pertaesum est (me) levitatis, assenta- tionis, animoruin temporibus servientium. Cic. Q. fr, I, 2, 4. Nunquam suscepti negotii eum pertaesum est. Nep. Att. 15. (Cf. Mea mater, tui me miseret. mei piget. Cic. Div. I, 31. 66.) Piget (me) actorum sine fine mihi, sine honore, laborum. Ov. Met. II, 386. Fratris me quidem pudet pigetque. Ter. Ad. Ill, 3, 37. 438 . The phrase “it is a shame before ” a person is ex¬ pressed by pudet with the Genitive.—e. g., Pudet Deorum hominumque. Liv. Ill, 19, 7. Pudet huius le- gionis : pudet exercitus. Cic. Phil. XII, 3, 8. Ut me hoc delictum in me admisisse, id mihi dolet, et me tui pudet. Ter. Ad. IV, 5, 49. 439 . The verb pudet rarely occurs with two Genitives. —e- Patris mei meum factum pudet. Cic. Div. I, 31, 66. (Vid. Pa- tris mei meum factum, pudet. Cic. Or. 46, 155.) 440 . The matter to which the feeling is directed may be expressed by the Infinitive, by quod (quia), si, cum, and the indirect question.—e. g., Plura me ad te de hac re scribere pudet, ne videar prudentiae tuae diffidere. Cic. Fam. IV, 5, 6. Effice ne quem paeniteat rem publieam quam spem praedae sequi maluisse. Cic Fam. XII, 12, 3. Me haud poenitet eorum sententiae esse, quibus numerum ab 280 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Etruscis ductum placet. Liv. I, 8, 3. Neque me vixisse paenitet, quoniam ita vixi ut non frustra me natum existimem. Cic. Sen. 23, 84. Subinvitaras ut aliquid eius modi scriberen, quominus te pratermisisse ludos paeniteret. Cic. Fam. VII, G, 1. Nec me pudet, ut istos, fateri nescire quod nesciam. Cic. Tusc. I, 25, 60. Paenitet iurasse patrem. Ov. Met. II, 49. Agnosse genus piget. Ov. Met. II, 183. Ait se paenitere quod animum tuum offende- rit, sed se iure fecisse. Cit. Att. XI, 13, 2. An paenitet vos quod salvum atque incolumem exercitum traduxerim? Caes. B. Civ. 11,32. Non dedisse istunc pudet: me quia non aecepi piget. piaut. Pseud. I, 3, 49. Dlsces quamdiu voles: velle debebis, quoad te, quantum proficias, non paenitebit. Cic. Off. I, 1, 2. Is probust, quern paenitet, quam probus sit. Piaut. Trin. II, 2, 39. Puto te suppudere cum bacc tertia epistola ante te oppres- serit quam tu litteram. Cic. Fam. XV, 16,1. Etsi solet eum, cum aliquid furiose fecit paenitere. Cic. Att. VIII, 5, 1. Magis esset pudendum, si in sententia permaneres. Cic. Tusc. II, 5, 14. Ceteros pudeat, si qui se ita litteris..abdiderunt, ut &c. Cic. Arch. 6, 12. 441. The verb (vereri in the form) veritum est rarely oc¬ curs in a sense similar to (pudet) puditum est. e. g., Ouos non est veritum in ea voluptate summum bonum ponere. Cic- Verr. II, 13, 39. 442. The verbs paenitet and pudet occur with the Accu¬ sative and the Infinitive.—e. g., Quod si mihi per me efficiendum fuisset, non me paeniteret ita esse molitum. Cic. Fam. VI, 12, 2. Me pudet tarn cito de sen¬ tentia esse deiectum. Cic. Tusc. II, 5, 14. Pudebat Macedones tarn praeclaram nrbem acommissabundo rege deletam esse. Curt. V, 23. Pudebat libertatis maius esse apud feminas quam apud viros pretium. Curt. VIII, 9. Pudebat atnicos super vinum et epulas socerum ex deditis esse deiectum. Curt. VIII, 16. 443. The verbs paenitet, piget, and pudet occasionally occur as personal verbs, particularly with a neuter Demon¬ strative or Relative pronoun as subject.—e. g,, LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 281 Sequitnr ut nihil paeniteat, nihil desit, nihil obsit. Cic. Tusc. V, 18,53. Et me quidem haec conditio nunc non paenitet. Plaut. Stich. I, 1, 50. Nimio id quod pudet facilius fertur quam illud quod piget. Plaut. Pseud. I, 3, 48. Hei mihi! Non te haec pu- dent? Ter. Ad. IV, 7, 36. 444. The same constructions are found with miseretur, commiseretur and miserescit, commiserescit, as with mis- eret.—e. g., Neque me tui neque tuorum liberum misereri potest. Cic. Verr. II, I, 30, 77. Cave te fratrum fratris salute obsecrantium miser- eatur (misereat?). Cic. Lig. 5, 14. Obsecro ut inopis nunc te miserescat mei. Ter. Haut. V, 4, 3. Ita aegre, tulit ut ipsam Bac- chidem, si adesset, credo, eius commiseresceret. Ter. Hec. I, 2, 54. Scripsit Herodotus: navitas precum eius harum commiseri- tum esse illactenus ut, &c. Gell. XVI, 19, 11. 445. The verbs miseretur and miserescit occur quite fre¬ quently as personal verbs with the Objective Genitive, and without an object in the Accusative.—e. g., Audite, iudices, et aliquando miseremini sociorum. Cic. Verr. II, I, 28, 71. At vos, O Superi, Arcadii quaeso miserescite regis. Verg. Aen. VIII, 573. 446. The verb commiserari, when not used absolutely, governs the Accusative: the verb miserari in Classical Latin governs the Accusative: the Genitive with miserari is poetic.—e. g., Haec exornatio plurimum prodest in commiseranda re huins modi enarrationibus. Cic. Her. IV, 55, 69. Tantum afuit ab in- solentia gloriae, ut commiseratus sit fortunam Graeciae. Nep. Ages. 5. Ita sum animo affectns ut non queam satis communem omnium nostrum conditionem miserari. Cic. Mur. 27, 55. 447. With the judicial verbs to accuse, to arraign, to condemn, to convict, to acquit. The verbs construed with the Genitive, in the best prose, are: accusare, damnare, 282 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. condemnare, arguere, coarguere, insimulare, arce^sere, convincere, reum facere, reus esse, absoluere. The Objec¬ tive Genitives stating the charge or offense, and most fre¬ quently occurring, are: capitis, sceleris, facinoris, avari- tiae, audaciae, cupiditatis, maiestatis, amentiae, levitatis, negligentiae, maleficii, improbitatis, caedis, furti, &c.—e. g., Nunquam tarn Caelius atnens fuisset ut ambitus alteium accus- aret. Cic. Gael. 7, 16. Cupiditatis nomen servet alio, ut earn tamquam capitis accuset. Cic. Fin. II. 9, 27. The verb accusare takes also the Ablative of the charge, or the Ablative with the preposition de, also in with the Ablative.—e. g., Suis eum certis propriisque criminibus accusabo. Cic. Verr. II, I, 16, 43. Qui diem dixit et accusavit de vi Milonem. Cic. Sest. 44, 95, Jam quos nemo propter ignobilitatem nominat sescenti sunt qui de veneficiis aecusabant. Cic. Rose. Am. 32, 90. Illud, in quo te gravissime accusavi. Cic, Verr. II, III, 88,206. Homo improbus, qui iniuriarum sacerdote praetore damnatus est. Cic. Verr. II, III, 39, 90. Senatores qui ambo peculatus damnati sunt. Cic. Verr. Act. prim. 13, 39. The verb damnare takes also the Ablative of the general charge or offense, the Ablative of the charge or offense with the preposition de, also the Genitive, rarely the Abla¬ tive, of the penalty or punishment, and when this consists in a fine, money or land (territory), it is uniformly ex¬ pressed in the Ablative.—e. g., Qui Clodio interfecto eo nomine erat damnatus. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 21. In M. Atilio, qui de maiestate damnatus est, hoc planum factum est. Cic. Verr. Act. prim. 13, 39. Promulgata lex est ut de vi damnati ad populum provocent. Cic. Phil. I, 9, 21. Cedo mihi unum ex triennio praeturae tuae qui octup i damnatus sit. Cic. Verr. II, HI, 12, 29. Multi praeterea capitis damnati exsul- esque convenerant. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 110. Sed plurimi animos quasi capite damnotos morte multant. Cic. Tusc. I, 22, 50. In singulos HS quingenis milibus damnari mavultis? Cic. Verr. II, LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 283 III, 28, 69. Frusinates tertia parte agri damnati. Liv. X, 1, 3. Absens quindeeim milibus gravis aeris damnatur. Liv. V, 32, 9. Homo deterrimus C. Sacerdote praetore condemnatus iniuriarum. Cic. Verr. II, II, 8, 22. Non licebat Romae quemquam esse qui rei capitalis condemnatus esset. Cic. Verr. II, II, 4, 100. Caesar milites edocet summae se iniquitatis condemnari debere, Caes. B. G. VII, 19. The verb condemnare takes also the Ablative of the ge¬ neral charge or offense, the Ablative of the charge or of¬ fense with the preposition de , also the Genitive, less fre¬ quently the Ablative, of the penalty or punishment, and when this consists in a fine of money or land (territory), it is uniformly expressed in the Ablative.—e. g., Si iniquus es in meiudexcondemnabo eodem ego te crimine. Cic. Fam. VIII, 1, 1. Licinium Denticulum de alea condemnatum, collusorem suum, restituit. Cic. Phil. 11,23,56. Quern hominem absentem de litteris corruptis condemnasti ? Cie. Verr. II, II, 45, 110. Cuius responso iudices sic exarserunt ut capitis hominem condemnarent. Cic. Or. I, 54, 233. Epaproditum a libellis capi- tali poena condemnavit. Suet. Dom. 14, Quis erit quin malit deeumanis tuis dare quam quadruplo condemnari? Cic. Verr. II, 111, 13, 34. Denis milibus aeris gravis reos condemnavit. Liv. V, 12, 1. An non intellegis quos homines et quales viros summi sceleris argnas? Cic, Rab. 9, 26. With arguere the charge or offense may be stated in the Ablative or in the Ablative with de. —e. g., Nullum erat apertum crimen, quo argui posset. Nep. Paus. 3. De quibus quonam verbo arguit, verbo satis est negare. Cic. Rose. Am. 29, 82. Meum enim crimen avaritiae te nimiae coar- guit. Cic. Verr. II, V, 59, 153. C. Verrem insimulat avaritiae et audaciae. Cic. Verr. II, I, 49, 128. Mirari alii quod eius ipsius cupiditatis, cuius insimularetur, suspicionem augeret. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 15, 33. Poteratis non expetere vitam, non capitis arces- sere. Cic. Deiot. 11, 30. Quo facilius reliquorum, quos pecuniae captae arcessebat, delicta patefierent. Sail. Jug. 32. Supplicia, 284 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. quae in convictos maleficii servos constituta sunt. Cic. \err. II, V, 53, 139. With convincere the charge is generally stated in the Genitive, less frequently in the Ablative in the Ablative with the prepositions in and c/e.—e. g., M. Aquilium patres nostri multis avaritiae criminibus convic- tum liberaverunt. Cic. Flac. 39, 98, Quae est tanta facultas di- cendi quae istius vitam tot vitiis flagitiisque convictam aliqua ex parte possit defendere? Cic. Ver. Act. prim. 4, 11. Cum quoties quisquam est in hoc scelere convictus, toties renovetur memo- ria? Cic. Snll. 30, 83. Et mille memorari potest, qui et convicti ct condemnati falsis de pugnis sient, Plaut. True. II, 6, 5. Si quis Sthenium rei capitalis reum facere vellet, sese eius nomen re- ceptnrum. Cic. Verr. II, II, 38, 94. Et is est reus avaritiae, qui in uberrima re turpe compendium effugit? Cic Flac, 3, 7. With the predicate reum facere the offense or charge may be stated in the Ablative with de— e. g., M. Tuccium post ludos Romanos reum de vi fecit. Cic. Fam. VIII. 8, 1. Gabinium de ambitu reum fecit P. Sulla. Cic. Q. fr. Ill, 3, 2. Video non te absolutum esse improbitatis, sed illos damnatos esse caedis. Cic. Verr. II, I, 28, 72. The verb absolvere allows the charge or offense in the Ablative with the preposition c/e, also in the simple Abla¬ tive.—e. g., Drusus erat de praevaricatione a tribunis aerariis absolutus. Cic. Q. fr. II, 15, 3, Latae leges, quae regni suspicione consulem absolverent. Liv. II, 8, 1. Rem. 1. With the verb multare the punishment or penalty is uniformly expressed in the Ablative.—e. g., Si Hispanis agris stipendioque multatis virtute adipisci licet civita- tem. Cic. Balb. 18, 41. Domitius dixit tertiam fore tabellam qui pe- cunia multarent. Caes.B. Civ. Ill, 83. Agri parte multatis in centum annos indutiae datae. Liv. I, 15, 5. 448 . With the verbs damnare and condemnare, when the punishment consists in a sentence to a given state, LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 285 condition or end, it is expressed in the Accusative with the preposition in or ad. This form of statement, while it finds no parallel in Cicero or Caesar, is entirely regular and correct according to the elements which compose it. The Accusative is terminal with ad or in final. The con¬ ception is to sentence , and send to—to sentence and as¬ sign or give over to. —e. g., Quidam vel in opus damnati vel in ludum similiaque his genera poenarum publicorum servorum officio funguntur. Plin. Ep. X, 31 (40), 2. Erat fustibus caesus, damnatus in metallum, stran- gulatus in carcere. Plin. Ep. II, 11, 8. Omnes familiaritates in- tra breve tempus afflixit, uno ex iis et in antliam condemnato. Suet. Tib. 51, Multos honesti ordinis ad metalla et munitiones viarum et ad bestias condemnavit. Suet. Calig. 27.■ (Cf. Die, quo Antistius ad mortem damnabatur, mitiora censuit. Tac. Ann. XVI, 21. Tatius Gratianus lege eadem extremum ad supplicium damnatus. Tac. Ann. VI, 38. Scelere convictos nonnisi ad opus damnari praeceperat, Suet. Nero. 31. To this connection must he referred such expressions as ad (in) poenam.in solidum,in par¬ tem pretii, &c., with damnare or condemnare. 449. With the verbs to arraign, to convict, arguere, in- simulare, convincere, the charge or offense may be stated in the Infinitive. The form of the Infinitive is to be deter¬ mined by the context. It is generally the form of the Per¬ fect Infinitive.—e. g., Insimulant hominem fraudandi causa discessisse. Cic. Verr. II, II, 24, 59. Queruntur, quod eos insimulemus omnia incerta dicere. Cic. Acad. II, 10, 32. Insimulare coeperunt Epicratein litteras publicas corrupisse. Cic. Verr. II, II. 25, 60. Occidisse patrem Sex. Roscius arguitur. Cic. Rose. Am. 13, 37. Decretum, ut. qui pro Perseo adversus Romanos dixisse quid, aut fecisse con- vincerentur, capitis condemnarentur. Liv. XLV, 10, 14. Multa avare fecisse convictum interfici iusissit. Curt. IX, 31. The Infinitive defines the verb as the Accusative of the Inner Object. 286 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 450. To be observed is the Genitive voti with damnari= to be committed to (the performance of) a vow—e. g. t Camillus ait furere civitatem quae damnatavoti omnium rerum potiorem curam quam religione se exsolvendi habeat. Liv. V, 25, 4. Cuius damnatus voti cum victor Romam revertisset, dic- tatura se abdicavit. Liv. VII, 28, 4. Bis eiusdem voti damnata respublica in religionem venit. Liv. X, 36, 16. 451. In addition to the verbs above named (447), others occur with the Objective Genitive of the charge, penalty, or fine, but not, perhaps, in Cicero nor in Caesar, as an- quirere, compertus esse, iudicare, increpare, interrogare, liberare, deferre, purgare, postulare. The last two verbs (purgare, postulare) take, in Cicero, the Ablative of the charge, offense, &c., with the preposition de — e. g., Cum capitis anquisissent duo milia aeris damnato multam dix- erunt. Liv. II, 52. 5. Capite anquisitum ob rem bello male ges- tam de imperatore nullo esse. Liv. VIII, 33, 17. Bis est accusa- tus, pecuniaque anquisitum. Liv. XXVI, 3, 5. Duae vestales eo anno, Opimia atque Floronia stupri compertae. Liv. XXII, 57, 2. Edixit, qui pecuniae iudicati in vinculis essent, eos pecunia sese exsolvi iussurum. Liv. XXIII, 14, 3. Avaritiae singulos in- crepans et quod non puderet eos locupletiores esse quam se. Suet. Calig. 39. Pepigerat Pallas, ne cuius facti in praeteritum inter- rogaretur. Tac. Ann. XIII, 14. Taciti eius verecundiam non tulit Senatus, quin sine mora liberaretur. Liv. V, 28, 2. Sena- tus nec liberavit eius culpae regem, neque arguit. Liv. XLI, 19. 6. Multorum amoribus famosa Albiculla defertur impietatis in principem. Tac. Ann. VI, 47. Quibus purgantibus civitatem om- nis facti dictique hostilis adversus Romanos, iuvisse eos commea- tu classem hostium arguit. Liv. XXXVII, 28, 1. Per litteras purgat Caesarem de interitu Marcelli. Cic. Att. XIII, 10,3. Lae- lius Balbus Acutiam, P. Vitellii quondam uxorem, rnaiestatis postulaverat. Tac. Ann. VI, 47. L. Lentulus flaminis filius, qui (eum) iam de maiestate postulavit. Cic. Q. fr. Ill, 1, 15. 452. To be observed is the predicate formed by nomen LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 287 deferre=to indict, to impeach, uniformly and quite fre¬ quently occurring in Cicero with the preposition de and the Ablative of the charge.—e. g., i . Nomen amici mei de ambitu detulit. Cic. Cael. 31, 76. Nomi¬ na filiorum de parricidio delata sunt. Cic. Rose. Am. 23. The Genitive of the person defining nomen must be translated as sub¬ ject or object. 453. To be observed is the quite frequent association of the Ablatives crimine and nomine with the Genitive of the charge or offense. This Genitive is the Genitive Epexeget- icus defining nomine or crimine, or, more accurately, the Genitive in apposition with nomine or crimine. The fact that the Genitives nominis and criminis do not occur has suggested the explanation of the Genitive of the charge or offense with judicial verbs by ellipsis of crimine or nomine. —€• g*» Nee si sibi periculum ambitus subeundutn putaret, ipse alterum ambitus crimine arcesseret. Cic. Cael. 7, 16. Cf. Quamquam me nomine negligentiae suspectum tibi esse doleo. Cic. Fam. II. 1,1. III. The Partitive Genitive. 454. The Partitive Genitive expresses the whole of which a part is considered. It occurs with words which denote part, number, &c. 455. The Partitive Genitive occurs with substantives.— e- g., i t Quorum ipse maximam partem illo affinitatis tempore iniunxer- at Caesari. Caes. B. Civ. I, 4. Nihil horum quaero. Fortasse Sthenius familiaritatem hominis secutus est. Cic. Verr. 11,11,43, 107. Omnium mortalium nemo Sthenio inimicior quam hie C. Claudius fuit. Cic. Verr. II, II, 43, 107. Rem. The word nemo is often associated with a substantive designating a male, approximating the force of nullus, and in the sense of nemo with 288 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. the Genitive With nemo is to be compared quisquam and a substantive in a negative sentance.—e. g., Namque illo Perses nemo (Cf. nullus) manu fuit fortior. Nep. Reg. 1. Nemo Numida regem sequitur. Sail. Jug. 54. Fuit etiam disertus ut nemo ei Thebanus par esset. Nep.Epam. 5. Neque quisquam iudex ausus est de eo ferre suffragium. Nep. Epam. 8. 456. To be observed is the old Accusative form , partim with the Genitive (partitive).—e. g., Cum partim eius praedae libidines devorassent, partim nova luxuries. Cic. Pis. 21,48. Necesse est fateri partim horum errore susceptum esse. Cic. Div. II, 39, 83. Eorum ipsorum partim eius modi sunt, ut ad universos cives pertineant. Cic. Off. II, 21, 72. Partim copiarum ad tumulum expugnandum mittit, partim ipse ad arcein ducit. Liv. XXVI, 46. From the examples it will be seen that the form partim was used as an indeclinable substantive, and with no uni¬ form reference to gender. 457. The Partitive Genitive occurs with numerals ex¬ pressing a part.—e. g., Quarum (navium) erant XI tectae. Caes. B. Civ. I, 56. In quarta quaque earum turres binorum tabulatorum excitabat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 25. 458. The Partitive Genitive occurs with pronouns and adjectives, quis, quisquam, quispiam, quisque, aliquis, quivis, quilibet, quidam, alius, alter, uter, neuter, solus ullus, nonulli, pauci, multi, &c. —e. g., Si quid erit commissum a quoquam vestrum, quod reprehenda- tur. Cic. Verr. II. V, 69, 178. Si, cum haec a quopiam vestrum petita sint, praetor det quern velit iudicem. Cic. Verr. II, II, 12, 30. Quarum (Hispaniarum) erat altera beneficiis Pompeio de- vincta. Caes. B. Civ. I, 29. Eius est istorum quidque, qui vicit viribus. Cic. Am. 15, 55. Dixerunt se neutrum eorum contra al- terum iuvare debere. Caes. B. Civ. I, 35. Dixerunt principes esse patronos civitatis, quorum alter agros Volcarum iis conces- LATIN case-relations. 289 serit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 35. Utrtim igitur eorum accidisset, verum oraculum fuisset. Cic. Div. II, 56, 116. Domus est quae nulli mearum villarum cedat. Cic. Fam. VI, 18, 5, &c. 459. The word uterque is, as a rule, used adjectively with a substantive, but with the Partitive Genitive of a pronoun, or pronoun with a substantive.—e. g., Imperator uterque hinc et illinc Jovi vota suseipere. Plaut. Amph. I, 1, 74. Cf. Uterque legatorum et quisquis cuiusque ordi- nis sequi eos voluerat, remissi ad Pompeium. Veil. II, 50, 3. (The use of the Genitive instead of legatus (uterque legatus) is not to be imitated.) Eodem die uterque eorum exercitum educunt. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 30. Oui utraque in re gravem praestiterit, hunc ex raro genere hominum iudicare debemus. Cic. Am. 18,64. Tan- ta molestia, quantam mihi meus amor erga utrumque vestrum afferre debuit. Cic. Att. I, 17, 1. Utrique uostrum honestum ex- istimo, turn mihi erit pergratum. Cic. Att. V, 20, 10. Utriusque harum rerum animus est expers. Cic. Tusc. I, 26, 65. Quarum civitatum utraque foederata est. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 22. 460. The Partitive Genitive occurs with the Compara¬ tive and Superlative adjective.—e. g., Sed curae fuit consulibus et senioribus patrum. Liv. II, 30, 4. Plus hostium fuga quam proelium absumpsit. Liv. II, 42, 4. Ille taurus, quern crudelissimus omnium tyrannorum Phalaris habu- isse dicitur. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 33, 73. Suevorum gens est maxi¬ ma et bellicosissima Germanorum. Caes. B. G. IV, 1. 461. The Superlative adjective sometimes irregularly and illogically allows the Genitive when this does not represent the whole of which the Superlative and its sub¬ stantive form a part; in a similar relation the Genitive oc¬ curs associated with a Superlative adverb.—e. g., « Plurima mala hominum Graecorum indomum tuam intuli. Nep. Them. 9. (The comparison cannot be between mala ond Grae¬ corum. The sentence must be resolved as follows: Intuli in do- 290 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. mum tuamplurima malorum,quae omnesGraeci intulerunt). Sul- picius, qui maxime omnium nobilium Graecis litteris studuit. Cic. Brut. 20, 78. 462. The Superlatives extremus, (imus)infimus,intimus, novissimus, postremus, primus, summus, ultimus, and the adjectives reliquus and medius are often used in agreement with a substantive to indicate the part of the substantive suggested by the adjective. Thus summa arbor—summa pars arboris, &c.—e. g., In codicis extrema cera nomen infimnm in flagitiosa litura fecit. Cic. Verr. II, I, 36, 92. In extremo ponte turrim tabulatorum quattuor constituit. Caes. B. G. YI, 29. Ab infimo colle pro- gressi copias in castra reducunt. Caes. B. Civ. 1,42. Est in aure ima memoriae locus, quern tangentes testamur. Plin. N. H. XI r 45, 251. Abdidit se in intimam Macedoniam quo potuit longis- sime a castris. Cic. Fam. XIII, 19, 4. Afranius, cum novissi- mum agmen premeretur, collem nactus ibi constituit. Caes B. Civ. I, 70. Bacchus cum peditibus postremam Romanorum aciem invadunt. Sail. Jug. 101. Equitatum omnem prima nocte ad castra hostium mittit ad flumen Bagradam. Caes. B. Civ. II, 38. Nec dubitat Deiotarus quin ipse prima aestate Euphraten transi- turus sit. Cic. Att. Y. 21, 2. Ille dixit te in prima provincia velle esse, ut quam priinum decederes. Cic. Fam. Ill, 6, 2, Cum sum¬ mus mons a Labieno teneretur, Considius equo admisso accurrit. Caes. B. G. I, 22. Appius, ut audivit nos venire, in ultimam pro- vinciam se coniecit Tarsum usque. Cic. Att, V, 16, 4. Jam pri- dem cupio Alexandream reliquamque Aegyptum visere. Cic. Att. II, 5, 1. Qui locus, quod in media est insula situs, umbilicus Sici- liae nominatur. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 48, 106. Copias educit et in medio colle sub castris constituit. Caes. B. Civ. I, 41. Career media urbe imminens foro aedificatur. Liv. I, 33, 8. Anyone of the preceding Superlatives is used in the reg¬ ular sense of the Superlative to distinguish an individual of a class : the adjectives medius and reliquus are also used in their regular attributive sense, as primae litterae—the first letter. Medius locus=the middle point =the centre. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 291 463. The word unus, when it is followed by alter, alius, generally takes the Partitive Genitive. When it is not followed by alter, alius, it takes, as a rule, the Ablative with the preposition ex, less frequently de. —e. g., Legati quorum unus Hispaniam citeriorem, alter ulteriorem, tertius Lusitaniam obtinebat. Caes. B. Civ. I, 38. Quarum (le- gionum) una prima, altera tertia appellabatur. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 88. Partes, quarum imam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, ter- tiam qui, &c. Caes. B. G. I, 1. Requirebat uti unus esse ex eius militibus et monere velle aliquid ac dicere videretur. Caes. B.Civ. II, 35. (Dixit) se gladio percussum esse ab uno de illis. Cic. Mil. 24, 65. (Cf. Ex quibus (legionibus) unam Fabio dedit, al¬ teram Q. Ciceroni, tertiam Roscio. Caes. B. G. Y. 24. In such a sentence quarum more usual than ex quibus. Sum paulo infir- mior, unus multorum. Hor. Sat. I, 9, 71. (Observe multorum =ex (de) multis.)). Rem. 1. With unus ex (de) and the Ablative compare Unus inter and the Accusative.—e. g., Inter quas unam rex conspexit maestiorem quam ceteras. Curt. VI. 5. 464. The Partitive Genitive occurs with an adjective plural masculine used substantively. In such a case the Genitive approximates in sense the Appositive Genitive. This use of the Genitive does not occur in the best prose. —e- g Praedatorias manus delecti Maurorum duxere. Tac. Ann. IV, 24. Alarios equites ac leves cohortium mittit in eos qui vaga- bantur. Tac. Ann. III. 39. 465. The Partitive Genitive occurs associated with a proper name. In this case the Genitive is the equivalent, in some cases, of unus (alter) with the preposition ex (de) and the Ablative, or alter with the Genitive.—e. g., Consulum Sulpieius, Poetelius in laevo cornu constituunt. Liv. IX, 27, 8. Consulum anni prioris M. Atilium aetatem excusan- tem Romam miserunt. Liv. XXII, 40, 5. Decern legatorum P. 292 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Lentulus, P. Villius et L. Terentins Lysimachiam petierunt. Liv, XXX, 39, 2. 466. The Partitive Genitive occurs depending upon the Relative, also upon a participle—e. g., Qui capitivorum ex itinere regressi, quod iuraverant redituros, rebantur. Liv. XXXIV, 18, 5. Coniuges restituerunt quae ea- rum viros sequi voluissent, Liv. XXIV,35, 7. (Dixit) delectos patrum ad eum missos, ut, &c. Liv. II, 15, 2. 467. To the Partitive Genitive must be referred the Gen¬ itive with the neuter singular and plural of an adjective. This Genitive relation is not to be confounded with that stated above (368) which in some cases it resembles, particularly with the plural adjective, nor with the Geni¬ tive of quantity—e. g., Acies inter bina castra in medium campi procedunt. Liv. IV, 18, 3. Sed cum haud multum dici superesset, unus ab statione hostium exclamat. Liv. Ill, 2, 8. Studio legendi (cochleas) prope ad summum montis egressus est. Sail. Jng. 93. Rex adiun- etis Achaeorum navibus maritima Aetoliae vastabat. Liv, XXXVIII, 7, 2. Ut dura atque aspera belli Aetoli exhausierint, pacis fructum Romanusin severtat. Liv. XXXIII, 11, 6. Summa rerum, ubi aves non admiserant, dirimebantur. Liv. I, 36, 6, (Cf. XXVI, 1, 6.) Rem. In some cases the Genitive in connection with the Singular Neu¬ ter Adjective cannot be interpreted as the Partive Genitive, but must be accepted as the Genitive of the Specific Limitation, defining a relation of quantity (Genitive of Quantity) as will be seen below: In other cases with the Plural Neuter Adjective the Genitive must be interpreted ac¬ cording to 368 .—e. g., Neque multum ad solis occasum supererat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 51, In this example mnltum temporis— multum tempus, and is the Geni¬ tive of Quantity. Miratur portas, strepitumque, et strata viarum, Yerg. Aen. I, 422. In this example strata viarum approaches very nearly stratas vias. Navigia, quae sub constratis pontium per inter¬ valla excurrebant. Liv. XXX, 10,14. In this example sub constiatis' pontium may be compared with sub constratis pontibus. 468. The Partitive Genitive may be substituted by the LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 293 preposition ex or de with the Ablative. The preposition ex occurs more frequently in this office than de . 1. In connection with the Noun Substantive.—e. g., Duaeres me conturbant ex quibus in altera mihi velim obtem- peres. Cic. Fam. V, 14, 3. Ex ea pecunia, quae fuit in Asia, partem dimidiam fere exegi. Cic. Att. XI, 2,3. Ex quibus mor- tifera quaedam pars est, ut Ampsancti in Hirpinis. Cic. Div. I, 36, 79. Magnum ex iis numerum occidit atque omnes armis exuit. Caes. B. G. V, 51. Vos, quaeso, date hoc ut aliquam partem de istius impudentia reticere possim. Cic. Verr. II, 1,12, 32. 2. In connection with an adjective, numeral, and pronoun.—e.g., Multi ex nostris vulnerabantur. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 44. Paucos ex suis deperdiderunt. Caes. B. G. Ill, 28. Nonnullos ex suis amiserunt. Caes. B. G. V, 15. Complures ex iis occi- derunt. Caes. B. G. IV, 35. Plerique ex his se in fossas prae- eipitabant. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 69. Aliqui ex nostris. Caes. B. G. V,26. Cladiumfregialtercationeeiusmodi ex qua licet pauca degustes. Cic. Att. I, 16, 8. Quisque milescirctimspiciebat quid ex instrumento hibernorumrelinquerecogeretur. Caes. B.G. V, 31. Quis ex principibus? Caes. B. G. VI, 23. Qui ex iis secuti non sunt. Caes. B. G. VI, 23. Dicit ei quidam ex illis canibus. Cic. Verr. II, I, 51, 133. Nec ex reliquis fuit quisquam. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 87. Ex equitibus nostris interficiuntur quattuor et septuaginta. Caes. B. G. IV, 12. E quibus (navibus) erant viginti constratae. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 101. Quam multi essent de victoribus, qui te crudelem esse vellent! Cic. Lig. 5, 15. Aut nulli supersunt de inimicis aut quisuperfuerunt suntamicis- simi. Cic. Marc. 7, 21. Erat iniquum homini proscripto de fraternis bonis quicquam dari. Cic. Verr. II, I, 47, 123. Ap- ponit de suis canibus quemdam, qui dicat, &c. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 19, 40. Existimavi si qui de nostris philosophiae studio tener- entur, Graeca lecturos. Cic. Acad. I, 2, 4. (Cf. Oratores lau- dari video, si qui e nostris sint Demosthenem imitati. Cic. Acad. I, 3, 10). Unum Clitarchum neque praeterea quemquam de Graecis legisse videtur. Cic. Leg. I, 2, 7. Senatus decrevit ut de principum filiis decern in disciplinam traderentur. Cic. I)iv. I, 41, 92. 294 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 3. In connection with the Comparative and Superlative.—e. g., Heredes erant seripti ex duobus filiis maior et ex duabus filia- bus ea, quae, &c. Caes. B. Civ. III. 108. Qui plurimos ex his interfecerunt, magnam ferunt famam. Caes, B. G. VI, 38. Sed haec minima est ex iis iniuriis, quas accepi. Cic. Att. XI, 2. 2. Antonium iuvenem maiorem de duobus Fulvia genitisinteremit. Suet. Aug. 17. De tribunis longe optimum Racilium habemus. Cic. Q. fr. II, 1, 3. Tollatur igitur hoc: de reliquis quid est de- terrimum? Cic. Att. VII, 9, 4. De tuis innumerabilibus in me officiis erit hoc gratissimum. Cic. Fam. XVI, 1, 3. 4. Instead of the Partitive Genitive with a proper name and the Relative the Ablative may be used with the preposition ex. e. g., Fx iis Eporedirix media fere nocte rem ad Caesarem defert. Caes. B. G. VII, 39. Ex his Bellovaci suum numerum non con- tulerunt, quod se suo nomine bellum gesturos dicerent. Caes. B. G. VII, 75. Ex his Calvisiusomni Aetoliapotitusest. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 35. Scribit Heraclides ex iis Mercurium e patera sanguinem visum esse fundere. Cic. Div. I, 23,46. Regem hor- tatus est ut ex suis necessariis, quos haberet maximae auctor- itatis, legatos mitteret. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 109. 469. The Ablative with a preposition ex or de as the substitute of the Partitive Genitive relation is in some cases not readily distinguished from the same prepositions with the Ablative giving the source, number, class, rank, or order from which the subject or object springs.—e. g., En vobis iuvenem imaginem eius quern vos tribunum militum ex plebe primum fecistis. Liv. V, 18, 5. P. Junii erat hominis de plebe Romana filius. Cic. Verr. II, I, 58, 151. Nonne homo ex [numero disertorum postulabat, ut illi usitata exccptio dare- tur? Cic. Or. I, 37, 168. Eodem tempore accusator de plebe L. Caesulenus fuit, quem ego audivi iam senem. Cic. Brut, 34, 131. 470. The Partitive Genitive of nos is nostrum, of vos is vestrum, of se (plural) is ex suo numero or ipsorum. e.g., Observant quem ad modum sese unus quisque gerat. Cic. Verr. Act. prim. 16, 46. Signa, quae quemvis nostrum quos iste LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 295 idiotas appellat, declarare possent. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 2, 4. Omnium oculi coniecti sunt hoc ipso tempore in unum quemque nostrum. Cic. Verr. II, V, 68, 175. Nemo me vestrum, cum hinc excessero, consequetur. Cic. Tusc. I, 43, 103. Neminem vestrum ignorare arbitror hunc per hosce dies sermonem vulgi fuisse. Cic. Verr. II, I, 1, 1. Si quid erit commissum a quoquam vestrum quod reprehendatur. Cic. Verr. II, V, 69, 178. Lega- tos ex suo numero ad Caesarem mittunt. Caes. B. Civ. I, 20. Rem. 1. The Genitives mei, tui,sui,nostri, vestri in a partitive senseare Genitives of the neuters meum, tuum, suum, nostrum, vestrum; and not of ego, tu, se, &c.—e, g., Critoni non persuasi me hinc avolaturum neque mei quicquam relic* turum. Cic. Tusc. I, 43, 103. Coniuges liberosque devehendos Car. thaginem tradiderunt fortius quicquid accideret laturi, si carissimam sui partem extra sortem communis periculi habuissent. Curt. IV, 15. Et quota pars nostri tot obire terras potest ? Curt. V, 18. In this example the Genitive nostri approaches very nearly nostrum. Rem. 2. The same forms mei, tui, sui, &c., must be used when the refer¬ ence is distinctly to possession or property. In this case mei, sui, &c., are the Genitives of meum, suum. &c., in the sense of my possession or prop- erty, that which belongs to and not that which pertains to me. —e. g., Militibus suis commendavit ne qui eorum violarentur neu quid sui desiderarent. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 98. Here quid sui=a.nything of cheirs=that belonged to them. Tetigin’ tui quicquam ? Si attigisses, ferres infortuniam. Ter. Ad. II, 1, 24. 471. The Partitive Genitive is sometimes represented by the preposition inter and the Accusative and the preposi¬ tion in and the Ablative after the Superlative.—e. g., Rectum putabat pro eorum honestate se pugnare propter quos ipse honestissimus inter suos numerabatur. Cic. Rose. Am. 6, 16. Silanion Apollodorum fudit inter cunctos diligentissimum artis. Plin. N. H. XXXIV, 8, 81. Acerrimus inter recusantes Callisthenes fuit. Just. XII, 7, 2. Thales qui sapientissimus in septem fuit. Cic. Leg. II, 11, 26. 472. When the relation of the Partitive Genitive of an indeclinable word, as a numeral, is to be expressed, this must be done by a preposition.—e. g., 296 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Thales qui sapicntissimus in septem fuit. CIc. Leg. II, 11, 26. Solon, qui et sapientissimus fuit ex septem et legum scriptorsolus ex septem. Cic. Brut. I, 15, 3. 473. To the Partitive Genitive must be referred the Gen¬ itives, particularly terrarum, gentium, loci (locorum), in connection with the forms ibi, ubi, ubicumque, longe, us- quam, nusquam, quo, minime—the Genitive eius with quo¬ ad (quod) &c.—e. g., Ibi loci terrarum orbe portis discluso. Plin. N. H r VI, 11, 30. Di immortales, ubi loci sunt spes meae? Plaut. Rud. II, 5, 12. Ubi ubist gentium, investigabo (eum): operae non parcam meae. Plaut. M. G. IV, 9, 3 (1379). Quid ageres, ubi terrarum esses ne suspicabar quidem. Cic. Att. V, 10, 4. Ubicumque terrarum et gentium violatumius Civium Romanorum est, &c. Cic. Verr. II, V, 55,143. Ubicumqueerit gentium, a nobisdiligetur. Cic.N.D.I, 44, 121. Nee habent ducem boni, nostrique tyrannoctoni longe gentium absunt. Cie. Fam. XII, 22, 2. Quis homo te exsupera- vit usquam gentium impudentia? Vid. Cic. Tusc. IV. 36, 77. Nombona uxor, si qua educta sic sit usquam gentium, ubi ea pos- sit inveniri? Plaut. M. G. Ill, 1, 88. Perfugium sibi nusquam gentium esse ait. Liv. XL, 12, 5. Primum fratrem nusquam invenio gentium. Ter. Ad. IV, 2, 1. Non hercle quo hinc nunc gentium aufugiam scio. Piaut. Rud. Ill, 5, 44. Nihil est quod se moveant, quoad perspiciamus quo loci sit res. Cic. Att. VII, 16, 3. (Cf. Quapropter quoquo pacto tacito est. opus. Ah! minime gentium: Non faciam. Ter. Ad. Ill, 2, 43. Si provinc- iam,quod (quoad) eius facere potueris,expeditam mihi tradideris. Cic. Fam. Ill, 2,2. Ut, quod (quoad) eius fieri possit, praesentiae tuae desiderium minuatur. Cic. Fam. V. 8. 5. Velim ne inter- mittas, quoad (quod) eius facere potueris, scribere ad me. Cic. Att. XI, 12, 4. The form quod is more usual than quoad in this connec¬ tion. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 297 The Genitive of Quantity. 474 . The Genitive of Quantity clearly presents the office of the Genitive as the case of specific limitation or restric¬ tion. It furnishes specifically the limits within which a given measure or quantity is to be taken. As in this use of the Genitive the material or general relation stated in the Genitive is taken in a given quantity or amount ex¬ pressed by the word upon which the Genitive depends, and as this word of quantity or amount embraces, in a given ease, the whole of the material considered, there is no par¬ tition, and hence the Genitive cannot be the Genitive of the Part. (Partitive Genitive). If it is intended by the word of quantity to express a part of the material in the Genitive, the same form of expression is employed. Hence with a different, but essentially different conception, and meaning the same expression may be interpreted as stat¬ ing all of a given material, or only a part of it. The con¬ text alone can determine whether the whole or a part of t the material is meant. The difference, however, between the Genitive of quantity and the Genitive of the part may be clearly presented in the translation. Medimnum tritici =A bushel of wheat. Here the Genitive is the Genitive of quantity. Medimnum tritici=A bushel of the wheat. Here the Genitive is Partitive, or, more exactly, states that of which a part (medimnum) is taken. As may be gathered from the preceding examples, the two relations (Partitive and Quantitive) of the Genitive are liable to be confounded only when the Genitive must be used to express both ; but in this case the context re¬ moves all ambiguity. 475 . The Genitive of quantity occurs associated with a substantive expressing quantity or measure both definite and indefinite, and presents the material which is taken in the quantity or measure indicated by the substantive, as 298 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. amphora, congius, libra, medimnum, modius, pondo, un- cia, iugerutn, copia, acervus, numerus, multitudo, vis, &c. —e- g-t In iugero Leontini agri medimnum fere tritici seritur. Cie. Verr. II, III, 47, 112. Cives Romanos sibi HS CLXXX et ar- genti pondo XX milia, tritici modios CXX milia polliceri coegit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 18. (In this sentence milia is in apposition with modios). Magna vis missa telorum multa nostris imped- itis vulnera inferebant. Caes. B. Civ. II, 6. Captivorum XX milia Aeduis Arvernisque reddit. Caes. B. G. VII, 90. Dico te maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis exportasse. Cie. Verr. II, II, 72, 177. Vix videtur locus esse qui tantos acervos pecuniae capiat. Cie. Leg. Agr. II, 22, 59. Aut libris me delecto, quorumhabeocopiam, aut fluctus numero. Cie. Att. II, 6, 1. Ludi diem unum instaurati et congii olei in vicos singulos dati. Liv. XXV, 2, 8, &c. GENITIVE OF QUANTITY WITH NEUTER ADJECTIVE ( 476 - 482 .) 476 . As the Genitive of Quantity is often to be explained the Genitive with the neuter singular of an adjective of the Second Declension, and pronoun expressing quantity, as aliquantum, paulum, minus, minimum, nimium, multum, plus, plurimum, nihil, tantum, quantum, aliquid, aliud, hoc, id, idem, illud, quiequid, quid, quod,nescio quid, quic- quam.—e. g.. Jam aliquantum altitudinis opus creverat, cum barbari suam gentem dedidere. Curt. VI, 17. Explicitius videbatur Ilerdam reverti, quod ibi paulum frumenti reliquerant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 78. (Dixit) sua esse eiusmodi imperia ut non minus ha- beret iuris in se multitudo, quam, &c. Caes. B. G. V, 27. Hue contenderunt ut quam minimum spatii ad se armandos Romanis daretur. Caes. B. G. Ill, 19. Nimium boni est, cui nihil est. mali. Cic. Fin. II, 13, 41. Neque multum ad solis occasum tem- poris supererat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 51. (Dixit) nec quemquam ex eo plus quam se doloris capere. Caes. B. G. I, 20. Cupio nos¬ trum in tribunatu quam plurimum habere, gravitatis. Cic. Fam. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 299 VII, 32, 3. (Dicit), qui prior has angustias occupaverit, ab hoc hostem prohiberi nihil esse negotii. Caes. B. Civ. I, 66. Abs te tam diu nihil litterarum ? Cic. Att. I, 2, 1. Nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris, neque tantum molestiae, quan¬ tum gloriae. Cic. Rep. 4, 7. Potest exercitatio in senectute con- servare aliquid pfistini roboris. Cic. Sen. 10, 34. Ad quern quas litteras miseram, quantum honoris significantes, quantum amo- ris! Cie. Att. VIII, 4, 1. Sed aliud esse causae suspicamur ne isti parum versuti esse videantur. Cic. Flac. 18, 39. Neque aliud periclitantihus auxilii, quam in fratrum constantia fuit, qui vades exstitere. Tac. Ann. V, 8. Sicilia, quae mihi hoc oneris ne- gotiique imposuit. Cic. Verr. II, I, 24, 62. Responsum est, nunc quando verba vana ad id locorum fuerint, rebus standum ■esse. Liv. IX, 45, 2. Caesar ei classi attribuerat (eos), qui sibi id muneris depoposcerant. Caes. B. Civ. I, 57. Tibi idem consi- lii do quod mihimet ipsi ut vitemus oculos hominum. Cic. IX, 2, 2. Nunquam postea publico se illud horae sine tribunis commisit occulte subsequentibus. Suet. Nero. 26. Dent operam consules ne quid respublica detrimenti capiat. Caes. B. Civ. I. 5. Velim videas quid viatici, quid instrumenti satis sit. Cic. Att. XII, 32, 2. Nam quod est molestiae, non sane multo levius est, cum te non video: quod esse potuit voluptatis, certe, si vidissem te, plus fuisset. Cic. Fam. XIII, 1, 1. A tuis et nummorum accepi HS LXX et vestimentorum quod opus fuit. Cic. Att. XI, 2, 4. Rom- anus exercitus, quod inter Palatinum Capitolinumque collern campi est, compleverat. Liv. I, 12, 1. Mihi persuadeo me, quic quid habuerim iudicii, in ilium librum contulisse. Cic. Fam. VI, 18, 4. Quasi quicquam redivivi ex opere illo tolleretur ac non totum opus ex redivivis constitueretur. Cic. Verr. II, I, 56, 148. Dicunt eos errare, si quicquam ab his praesidii sperent. Caes. B. G. V, 41. Bibulus in Amano nescio quid cohorticularum amisit. Cic. Fam. VIII, 6, 4. Novi tibi quidnam scribam ? quid? etiam. Cic. Att. I, 13, 6. Quid potest esse in calamitate residui, quod non ad aratores pervenerit? Cic. Verr. II, III, 97. 477 . The neuter singular of a quantitative adjective of the Second Declension, or pronoun, is retained, with the Genitive, only in the Nominative and Accusative. In any 300 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. other case the adjective or pronoun agrees, as a rule, with the substantive, the case of which is determined by the context. The relation of the Genitive is rare and irregu¬ lar. Thus, tantumprudentiae (Nominative or Accusative), but tantae prudentiae, tanta prudentia (Ablative), not tanti prudentiae, tanto prudentiae.—e. g., (Dixit) testibus se militibus uti posse, quanto studio pacam pe- tisset. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 90. Neque tanto spatio, certi quid esset, explorare posset. Caes. B. G. VII, 45. M. Cethegum quanto studio exerceri in dicendo videbamus etiam senem ! Cic. Sen. 14, 50. But. Cf. Res eodem est loci quo reliquisti. Cic. Att. I, 13, 5. (Eodem loco, the regular form.) 478 . When associated with a preposition, the adjective or a pronoun in the Accusative must agree, as an attribu¬ tive, with the substantive. In such a case the employ¬ ment of the Genitive of quantity with the neuter adjective or pronoun is irregular, as, Ad tantam spem (not ad tantum spei). In tantum studium (not in tantum studii). In aliquam spem (not in aliquid spei). Cf. oppidanos ad ultimum inopiae adduxerat. Liv. XXIII. 19. 2. (Cf in ultimam inopiam). 479 . For the Genitive, Dative, and Ablative of plus and nihil, which, in the Nominative and Accusative, allow the Genitive of quantity, the attributives maioris, nullius, &c., are regularly employed, and not pluris and nihili. Hence not pluris virtutis, but maioris virtutis, notnihilo virtute, but nulla virtute.—e. g., Trebonius ea, quae sunt amissa, maiore militum studio reficere instituit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 15. 480 . The neuter adjective or pronoun in the Nominative and Accusative does not require the substantive to be ex¬ pressed in the Genitive. It may be employed as an attribu¬ tive agreeing with the substantive.—e. g., LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 301 Multum erat frumentum provisum superioribus temporibus. Caes. B. Civ. I, 49. Exercitui incessit tantum studium infamiae s’arciendae, tit, &c. Caes. B. Civ. 111,74. Ariovistus tantarn ar- rogantiam stimpserat ut ferendns non videretur. Caes B. G. I, 33. Hoc anno mnltum futurum sirpe et laserpieium. Plaut. Rud. Ill, 2, 16. Nnm aliquis dolor aut omnino post mortem sensus in eorpore est? Cic. Tusc. I, 34, 82. « 481 . The neuter of an adjective of the Second Declensive often occurs in the Genitive associated as a Genitive of Quantity with the word of quantity, as nihil and the neuter of a pronoun, as quid, aliquid, &c., in the Nomina¬ tive and Accusative. Instead of the Genitive the Nomina¬ tive or Accusative of the neuter adjective may be used in the relation of a predicate attributive to nihil, quid, &c. Hence nihil novi, nihil novum : aliquid mali, aliquid malum. The neuter of an adjective of the third Declension is not thus associated in the Genitive of quantity with nihil, quid, &c., but agrees regularly as predicate attributive with the word of quantity nihil, &c., as, nihil grave, &c.—e. g., Ego laborabam ne, si improbi essent, falsi aliquid dicerent. Cic. Caecin. 1, 3. (Hie (quaesivi) ecquid forte Roma novi (attulisset.) Cic. Acad. I, 1, 2. Nihil cognovi ingratius,in quo vitio nihil mali non inest. Cic. Att. VIII, 4, 2. De omnibus quaeritur, nihil certi dicitur. Cic. Acad. I, 12, 46. Mihi ne diuturnum quidem quic- quam videtur, in quo est aliquid extremum. Cic. Sen. 19, 69. Non solum audire sed etiam referre domum aliquid illustre vo- lunt. Tac, De Or. 20 (not illustris.) 482 . When an adjective of the Third Declension is asso¬ ciated with an adjective of the Second Declension, the ad¬ jective of the Second conforms to that of the Third and agrees, regularly, as a predicate attributive, with the word of quantity, nihil, quicquam, &c.—e. g., Nihil iratum habet, nihil inuidum, nihil atrox, nihil miserabile, nihil astutum. Cic. Or. 19, 64. 302 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Rem. 1. It rarely occurs that the adjective of the Third Declension con¬ forms to the construction of the adjective of the Second, and is written in the Genitive.—e. g., Si quicquam in vobis non dico civilis sed humani esset. Liv. V, 3, 9. Rem. 2. The Genitive of an Adjective of the Second Declension is rarely found associated with the Neuter Nominative or Accusative of an adjective of the Third.—e. g., Nihil novi nihilque difficile. Apul. m. X, 21. (In this example the repetition of nihil is to be observed. ) 483. (Caution.) In English, to express the whole , we often use an adjective of quantity, or a numeral followed by of, and a Substantive or Relative. In Latin, however, the relation is expressed by the adjective agreeing with the Substantive or Relative, the Case of which is determined by the Context. In such a sentence there is no division of the relation implied in the Substantive or Relative — and no relation of Part.—e. g., Trecenti coniuravimus principes inventutes Romani, ut, &c. Liv. II, 12, 15. In this sentence trecenti comiuravimus=Three hundred of us have conspired, &c. As three hundred represent nil of us who have conspired , there can be no partition, and hence not nostrum. Amici, quos multos habebat, aderant. In this sentence the phrase, Quos multos habebat is translated, “ Of whom he had many,” “ Many of whom he had.” But aderant is predicated of all his friends, who are many—there is no partition. Veniamus ad vivos, qui duo de consularium numero reliqui sunt. Cic. Phil. II, 6, 13. Qui duo represent all of whom reliqui sunt is predicated. There is no partition, while the phrase is translated two of whom. Nee Tarquinios spe auxilii, quod nullum in me est, frustrabor. Liv. II, 15, 5. (Cf. Hominibus opus est, qui adhuc in hoc genere nostri nulli fuerunt. Cic. Or. Ill, 24, 95.) 484. In conflict with the preceding statement the Geni¬ tive of a Substantive rarely and irregularly occurs with adjectives expressing quantity, particularly omnes and cuncti, where we look for the adjective (omnes, cuncti) in agreement with the Substantive in the Case required by the Context. This use of the Genitive is not to bernm.^^ LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 303 The Case may be explained as the Genitive of Quantity or better, perhaps, as presenting a relation in apposition with omnes, cuncti, and, hence, as the Appositive Genitive.—e. g., Attalus Macedonian fere omnibus ut manerent persuasit. Liv. XXXI, 45, 7. Praetorum, nisi qui inter tumultum effugerent, omnes interficiuntur. Liv. XXIV, 32, 8. Baetica cunctas pro- vinciarum diviti cultu praecedit. Plin. N. H. Ill, 1. 7. 485, This Genitive representing the whole is not to be confounded with the Genitive representing the part with similar adjectives expressing quantity. When the Genitive with an attributive depends upon omnes and such adjec¬ tives, the Genitive is neither quantitative nor partitive Genitive, but the Genitive of the specific restriction, or the Subjective Genitive, furnishing the exact explanation or definition (Cf. 367). The explanation of such a Genitive as the Genitive of Description would perhaps be unobjec¬ tionable.—e. g., Id ubi accepit Marcellus, cum paucis tribunorum militum collo- cutus, ceteris signum dari iubet. Liv. XXV, 23, 15. In this ex¬ ample, Cum paucis tribunorum militum, must be rendered “With a few of the military tribunes,’’ &c., and not “With a few mili¬ tary tribunes.’’ The Genitive is clearly Partitive. Brutus ad po- pulum tulit ut omnes Tarquiniae gentis exsules essent, Liv. II, 2, 11. In this example, “Omnes Tarquiniae gentis,’’ may be trans¬ lated, “All belonging to the family of the Tarquins,’’ or, “All, namely, the family of the Tarquins.’’ 486. To the Genitive of Quantity refer the Genitive of a Substantive, generally expressing an abstract relation, with the adverbial forms hue, eo, quo, turn with temporis = id temporis=eo temporis—postea with loci. The employ¬ ment of hue, eo, quo with the Genitive of a Substantive expressing an abstract relation is not Ciceronian.—e. g., Postremo eo furoris venere, ut tres legiones miscere in unam agitaverint. Tac. Ann. I, 18. With eo furoris compare in tan- 304 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA, turn (eum) furorem. Hue malorum vertum est, ut verba mea eo- dem tempore et Alexandro excusem et Antiphani. Curt. VII, 5, Qui mihi ne hodie quidem scire videmini, quo amentiae progress! sitis. Liv. XXVIII, 27, 12. Turn temporis eonsulem in foro ex- spectabant. Just. XXXI, 2, 6. Auctor est ut hominem id actatis ; minime litigiosum adoriantur. Cie. Verr. II, II, 14, 37. Postea (Postea loci) Consuli iam victor pervenit in oppidum Cirtam. Sail. Jug. 102. (Cf. Me tibi istuc aetatis homini facinora puerilia obicere. Plaut. M. G. Ill, 1, 23. At quidem illuc aetatis qui sit r non invenies alteruin lepidiorem. Plaut. M. G. Ill, 1, 64.) 487. To the Genitive of Quantity refer the Genitive with abunde, satis, affatim, nimis, parum.—e. g., (Dixit) se iam pridem potentiae gioriaeque abunde adeptum. Suet. Caes. 86. Si praesidii ad beate vivendum in virtute satis est. Cic. Tusc. V, 1, 2. Agri affatim materiae praebebant ad nova molienda opera. Liv. XXXII, 16, 10. Turn te hoc facere oportet. Tibi divitiarum affatimst. Plaut. M. G. V, 1, 34. Nimis insidiarum ad capiendas aures adhiberi videtur. Cic. Or. 51,170. In hac (actione) satis erat copiae, in ilia autem leporis parum. Cic. Brut. 68, 240. Ardens in cupiditatibus: satis eloquentiae, sapientiae parum. Sail. Cat. 5. ( Cf. Credo edepol ego illicinesse argenti et auri largiter. Plaut. Rud. IV, 4, 143.) V. The Genitive of Quality or Description. 488. To express this relation the Genitive of a Substan¬ tive is employed with an attributive (adjective, participle or pronoun). The addition of an attributive is necessary to the regular and proper expression of the Descriptive relation. The Genitive in its office of describing states a property, quality, or characteristic modified by the attribu¬ tive. In other words, it classifies by presenting a quality, &c., modified. This office is consistent with the funda¬ mental sense of the case, which furnishes the specific limits within which a general term is to be taken. The relation in the Genitive presents the limits to which the word defined is restricted. In this office the Genativemay very properly LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 305 be regarded as referable to the general Subjective Genitive. Parallel with the Descriptive Genitive is the Descriptive Ablative, presented also by a substantive with anattribu tive (Cf. 311). The general character of description ex¬ pressed by the Genitive and Ablative is the same. The Descriptive Genitive differs from the Descriptive Ablative in the following respects: The Genitive is the rule to ex¬ press description by number , time, space , measure , or the class to which a thing belongs. Hence, in the phrase “a boy of ten years,” the Genitive (decern annorum) must be employed; the Ablative is used to express an external, transient, accidental characteristic : Hence, in the phrase, “the Sabine women with dishevelled hair,” the Ablative (crinibus passis) must be employed. Apart from the re¬ strictions stated, or to express a permanent, internal, in¬ herent or essential quality, or characteristic either the De¬ scriptive Genitive or Ablative may be employed. The Gen¬ itive of Description is employed in the following rela¬ tions : 1. To express a permanent, internal or essential quality or pro¬ perty.—e. g., Neque tanti sum animi, ut—neque tanti timoris, ut—Caes. B. Civ. II, 31. Hegesaretos, veteris homo potentiae, Pompeianis rebus studebat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 35. Petraeus summae no- bilitatis adolescens Caesarem iuvabat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 35. 2. To express description by measure in space and time, and hence description by age. —e. g., A fronte contra hostem pedum quindecim fossam hen iussit. Caes. B. Civ. 1,41. Pueri annorum senum septenumque denum senatorium nomen nundinati sunt" Cic. Verr. II, II, 49, 122. Ab instituta nostra paucorum dierum consuetudine longe refu- git. Cic. Att. I, 1, 4. Eumenes annorum quinque et quadra- ginta talem habuit exitum vitae. Nep. Bum. 13. Fama est Hannibalem annorum ferme novem altaribus admotum. Liv. XXI, 1, 4. 3. To describe by reference to a given time or period.—e. g., 306 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. Ab hominibus sui temporis parutn intellegebatur. Quint. XI. 1, 10. (Cf. Publicanis, ut in Syria fecerant, insequcntis anni vectigal promutuum. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 32.) 4. To describe by giving the Party, Faction, Class, or Order, to which the subject is referred. This Genitive may very properly be referred to the Subjective (Possessive) Genitive.—e. g., L. Cassium partis adversae obvium sibi non refugit. Suet. Caes. 63. Nunquam se Philo inferioris ordinis amicis antepos- suit, Cic. Am. 19, 69. Una cum iis L. Pupius, primi pili cen- turio, adducitur. Caes. B. Civ. I, 13. 489. The Genitive after a numeral must sometimes be explained as Descriptive and not as the Partitive Genitive. —e- g-, Brant quinque ordinis senatorii L. Domitius, P. Lentulus Spin- ther, &c. Caes. B. Civ. I, 23. 490. The words bidui, tridui, quadridui, biennii, &c. furnish no exceptions to the statement that an attribu¬ tive is necessary to the construction of the Descriptive Genitive. The word bidui=duorum dierum.—e. g., Bidui iter progressus ad flumen Bagradam pervenit. Caes. B. Civ. II, 24. In this example bidui iter=duorum dierum iter. A publicanis suae provinciae debitam biennii pecuniam exegerat. Caes. B. Civ. Ill, 31. In this example biennii pecuniam=duorum annorum pecuniam. 491. (Caution.) The Descriptive relation in English, when not associated with an attributive, must not be ex¬ pressed in Latin by the Genitive of the Substantive, but by the adjective suggested by the Substantive. Hence, “A man of courage,” is not to be expressed in Latin by Vir fortitudinis, but by Vir fortis. It follows, then, that an adjective in this descriptive sense is often associated with the Descriptive Genitive.—e. g., Caesar reperiebat esse homines feros magnaeque virtutis. Caes. LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 307 B. G. II, 15. In this example if feros be translated of fierceness, it must not in Latin be rendered by the Substantive (feritatis.) T. Balventio viro forti et magnae auctoritatis utrumque femur traicitur. Caes. B. G. V, 35. In this example viro forti may be translated “ a man of courage," but must not in Latin be render¬ ed by viro fortitudinis. Senones quae est civitas firma et mag¬ nae inter Gallos auctoritatis. Caes. B. G. V, 54. 492. The Descriptive Genitive with esse, videri and oth¬ er verbs is to be observed. This Genitive relation is par¬ allel with Subjective Genitive. (Cf. 401.) —e.g., Multum ei detraxit inter eos viventi,quod alienae erat civitatis. Nep. Eum. 1. Turn rex: Qualis, inquit, ergo, animi vobis videtur? Curt. VI, 33. (Cf. Juvenis evasit vere indolis regiae. Liv. I, 39, 4.) 493. The so-called Genitive of the Material is properly the Genitive of Quantity, and is not to be interpreted as Descriptive.—e. g., Turn argenti montes non massas habet. Plaut. M. G. V, 3, 75, (1065.) In this sentence the quantity (montes) of silver, and not the character of the montes is intended to be expressed. (Cf. Ter. Phorm. 68. montes auri.) Talentum argenti inerat in crumina. Plaut. Rud. V, 2, 31. 494. The Descriptive Genitive is sometimes found asso¬ ciated with the Descriptive Ablative in the same sentence. *— e- go Thuyn hominem maximi corporis terribilique facie optima veste texit. Nep. Dat. 3. 495. (Caution.) The use of the Simple Genitive, that is, the Genitive without an Attributive, in Description, is not to be imitated.—e. g., Homo iustus et morum. Homo litterarum. 308 UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. VI. The Genitive of Price. 496. The Genitive of Price defines by stating value, cost, or price. The designations of value or price are indefinite. When definite and appreciable they are of the least consid¬ eration. The Genitive of Price or Value occurs— 1. With verbs, as esse, ducere, existimare, aestimare, emere, ha¬ bere, facere,locare, pendere, putare, referre, interesse, &c., and gen¬ erally with verbs to buy, to sell, to estimate, to rent, or with any verb the sense of which allows definition by price or value. 2. The terms of indefinite value, cost, or price are: Dispendi, huius, magni (multi), permagni, pluris, maximi, plurimi, parvi, minoris, nihili, tanti, tantidem, quanti, quantivis, quanticumque, pensi, pretii with an attributive. The Genitive pretii with an at¬ tributive may well be explained as the Descriptive Genitive, when defining Subject or Object. 3. The terms of definite and appreciable value, but of least worth, are: Flocci, pili, terunci, trioboli, nauci, assis. These with pensi and huius occur, as a rule, in a negative sentence—e. g., Neque dispendi facit. Enn. Tu quod te posterius purges. huius non faciam. Ter. Ad. II, 1, 8. Hoc ipsum magni aesti- mo, quod pollicetur. Cic. Tusc. V, 7, 20. Me magni pendi postulo. Ter. Ad. V, 4, 25. Verum ecastor ut multi facit, ita probe curavit Plesidippus. Plaut. Rud. II, 3, 50. In this ex¬ ample multi is the equivalent of magni the regular and proper form. Permagni interesse. Cic. De Part. 24, 84. Pluris ven- dere. Cic. Verr. II, III, 63, 147. Pluris emere. Cic. Verr. II, III, 64, 151. Respondit senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi vi- deri. Cic. Att. I, 14, 2. Terentia, quae te facit plurimi. Cic. Fam. XVI, 9, 2. Parvi sunt foris arma. Cic. Fam. I, 22, 76. Parvi id ducere. Cic. Fin. II, 8, 24. Parvi alios facere. Plaut. M. G. IV, 8, 41. Parvi aestimare. Plaut. Capt. 111,5,24. Pluris vendere et minoris tradere. Cic. Verr. II, 111,63,148. Minoris vendere. Cic. Verr. II, III, 64, 151. Non minoris aut etiam pluris emere. Cic. Verr. II, IV, 7, 14. Minoris existimare. Cic. Fam. IV, 5,2. Pater nihili pendit. Ter. Ad. Ill, 4, 6. (Cf- Loquere, dum non nihili factu’s. Plaut. M. G. V, 9, 16.) Tanti venire. Cic. Verr. II, III. 49, 117. Tanti emere. Cic. Verr. II, LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. 309 III, 83, 192. Tanti esse. Cic. Ycrr. II, III, 84, 194. Et aiebat se tantidem aestimasse, quanti saeerdotem, neque mentiebatur. Cic. Verr. II, III, 92, 215. Audistis quanti decumas acceperit civitas. Cic. Verr. II, III, 36, 83. Quanti esse. Cic. Verr. II, III, 82, 189. Cum faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis pretii. Ter. And. V, 2, 15. Tu non concupisces quanticumque ad libertatem pervenire qui te in ilia putas natum ? Sen. Ep. 80, 4. Neque fas neque fidem pensi habere. Tac. Ann. XIII, 15. Aveo scire nec tamen flocci facio. Cic. Att. XIII, 50, 3. Non facere pili cohortem. Catul. X, 13. Rumores senum unius aes- timemus assis. Catul. V, 3. Moecha putida, redde codicillos. Non assis facis? Catul. XLII, 13. Neque ridiculos iam terunci faciunt. Plaut. Capt. Ill, 1, 17. Non ego homo trioboli sum, nisi ego illi mastigiae exturbo oculos. Plaut. Poen. I, 2, 171. Non habeo denique nauci Marsum angurem. Cic. Div. I, 58, 132. Cave tu ullam flocci faxis mulierem. Plaut. Most. Ill, 2, 121. (Observe use of flocci in quasi-negative sentence.) Cave quisquam, quod illic minitetur, vostrum flocci fecerit. Plaut. Men. V, 7, 5. (Observe use of flocci in quasi-negative sentence.) Dum tibi ego placeam,meum flocci facio tergum. Plaut. Epid. Ill, 2, 12. In this sentence flocci occurs with no negative ex¬ pressed or implied. 497. For the Ablative of the indefinite values see 294. With the Genitive nihili compare the Ablative nihilo with the preposition pro with putare. The phrase “To be of great or small value,” may be expressed by magni, parvi pretii esse: “ To be of some value,” by in pretio esse; “ To consider of some value,” in pretio habere,—e. g., Cetera, permulti sunt qui pro nihilo putent. Cic. Am. 23, 86. Cum id visum pro nihilo habendum esse duxisset. Cic. Div. 1,27, 57. Nec in pretio fertilis hortuserat. Ov. Fast. V, 316. (In pre- tio—of value, in repute.) Proximi, ob usum comtnercioruin, au- rum et argentum in pretio habent. Tac. Germ. 5. 498. The Genitive pretii with an attributive in effect de- finii t the subject or object is to be distinguished from the 310 LATIN CASE-RELATIONS. Ablative pretio, with and without an attributive, present¬ ing the price at which, or for which, in fact, the means by which the verb's action is accomplished.—e. g., Nam turpitudinem summam esse arbitrantur, referri in tabulas publicas ,pretio adductam civitatem, et ea, quae accepisset a mai- oribus, vendidisse. Cic. Yerr. II, IV, 60, 134. 499. Instead of the Genitive or Ablative of Price (see 295) the adverbs bene, male, care , may be used and rend¬ ered cheaply or dearly , or at a low or high figure (price), according to the sense of the verb with which they are as¬ sociated.—e. g., Bene vendere=to sell at a high figure (price). Bene emere=to buy at a low figure (price). Male vendere=to sell at a low fig¬ ure (price). Male emere=to buy at a high figure (price). Care emere=to buy at a high figure (price). Care vendere=to sell at a high figure (price). 500. To the Genitive of Price must be referred the Geni¬ tives aequi, aequi boni, aequi bonique.—e. g., Aequi istuc faciam, dum modo earn des quae sit quaestuosa, Plaut. M.G.III,1, 189. Tranquilissimus animus meus, qui totum istuc aequi boni facit. Cic. Att. VII, 7, 4. Si tu aliquam partem aequi bonique dixeris. Ter. Phorm. IV, 3, 32. VII. The Genitive in imitation of the Greek. 501. The Exclamatory Genitive not found in the Classi¬ cal prose.—e. g., Foederis heu taciti! Cuius fallacia verba non audituri diripuere Noti. Prop. V, 7, 21. Venisti, O mihi nuntii beati! Visam te in- columem. Catul. IX, 5. 502. The Genitive occurs (but rarely in the Classical Latin) with verbs, contrary to the regular case-construc¬ tion. With such verbs as studere, cupere, vereri, fastidire, mirari, desinere, regnare, Arc.—e. g., UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA. 311 Parentem habere avarum, difficilem, qni tc necamet nee studeat tui. Vid. Cic. N. D. Ill, 29, 72. Te, qui ingenius satis responsare nequeas, quae cupiunt tui. Plaut, M. G. IV, 1, 17. Dionysius ne tui quidem testimonii veritus superbum se praebuit in fortuna. Cic. Att. VIII, 4, 1. Abiit neque me certiorem fecit: fastidit mei. Plaut. Aul. 11,2,68. [ustitiaene prius mirer belline laborum ? Verg. Aen. XI, 126, Desine querelarum. Hor. Od. II, 9, 17- Daunus regnavit populorum. Hor. Od. Ill, 30, 12. 503. The Genitive with the Comparative. Not found in Classical Latin.—e. g., Digniores meique maiores. Apnl. Met. Maior Asiae et Africae terra. Tertul. Index. The figures refer to the sections. A, Ab, w. abl. of place from which distance is measured, 78, 81,209 (3); off ., 81; whence relation in space, 299 foil.; in time, 221 foil. ; ffom the country of, 201; -from the house of, 201, R. 1; from the vicinity, port of 209 (1) ; point of view from which, 218 foil.; a manu, a pedi- bus, etc., 219; w. participles of birth, 231 foil.; w. procul, longe, 246; w. abl. of cause, 249 (1); of agent, 267 foil.; w. adjs.,266, R. 1, 427 foil. Abesse, 76, 79. Abhinc, 167-8. Ablative, 99-315; general offices, 99; of general at relation (100- 197) in space, 100-150, in time, 151-189 in abstract relations, 190-197; of accompaniment, 118; with names of towns, and small islands, (locative), 121-130 v (place whence), 208-217; cases of omission of in, 119, 131-150; citations from books, etc., names of authors, 140-143; qualifica¬ tions of place where , 149 ; sum¬ mary of temporal relations, 173 ; calendar, 178-189; of excess or difference, 196-197; ol whence relation (198-315) in space 199- 220, in time, 221-223, in abstract relations, 224-315; of point of view from which, 218-220; with verbs of removing, freeing, ab¬ staining, differing, etc., 228-9; of origin and descent, 230-235; of material, 236-243 ; with adjs. and ad vs. of separation, 245-6 , of cause, 247-290; of restriction; 256-257; with vbs. of mental action, 258 ; w. vbs. and adjs. ol plenty and want, 265-6; ol personal agent, 267-273; with the comparative, 274-283; w. opus ( usus ) est, 284-287; with niti and stare, 288-9; absolute, 290,303 ; of means, 291-306 ; with sundry verbs, 292 ; of price, 294-296; of penalty and charge, 297-8; of gerund, 303; of in¬ strument, 304-5; of manner, 307-310; of quality or descrip¬ tion, 311-315 ; with ex, de, in for partitive gen., 468-9, 471-2. Abnormal characteristics, w. cum, 312. Absolute ablative, 177, 290. Abundare, w.abl., 265. Abunde, w. gen., 487. Abutor, 292. Accusare, constr., 297-8, 447 loll. Accusative, 6-98; general offices, 6 ; direct object, inner, outer ob¬ ject, 7-46; cognate, 17; with compound verbs, 18; Greek ac- cus., 19; adverbial, 20-1; in ex¬ clamation, 22; of infinitive as obj. of verb or adj., 23 ; of infini¬ tive in questions and exclama¬ tions, 24; accus. and infill, in questions and exclamations, 25 ; of supine,26 ; accus.andinfin.with verbs of saying, etc., 27,46 ; with verbal adjs. in — bundus, 28 ; double, 29-46; of terminus 01 - end (47-73) in space, 48-60, in time, 61-65, in abstract relations, 66-73 ; with names of towns and small islands, 53-56; of extent (74-98) in space, 74-84, in time. 85-96, in abstract relations, 97 ; differs from dat., 333. Accusing, acquitting, vbs. ol, w. abl., 297-8, w. gen. 447 foil. INDEX. 9 /X Actum esse de, 244. Ad, iu terminal relations, 47 toll., w. names of towns, etc., 54; to the vicinity of, 54(2); to the house of, 58, R., 59, R. 1 ; in temporal relations, 61 foil.; hence, 62,172-3; by, against a given time, 63; about, approx¬ imate time, 65, 174 R. 1 ; in abstract relations, 66 foil.; ad final, 67; ad causal, 68, 253; at, near (local), 120, 145; in military operations, 145; in cau¬ sal sense, 253 ; w. opus est, 286 ; w. musical instrument + canere, 305 R. 1; w. interest, 406; ad modum, 309; w. vbs. of con¬ demning, 448. Adaeque, w. abl., 279. Adduci, 39(2). Addesse scribendo, 349. Adigere insiurandum, 42(5). Adjectives, of dimension, 83; for abl. of material, 240; in military operations, 146; for name of city as birth-place, etc., 216; w. abl. 245, 259, 261 foil.; w. dat. 355 foil.; w. gen. 421-431. Adiutare 40(1). Adiuvare, 40(2). Admonere, 37(2), 432. Admonishing, vbs. of, 37, 432. Adolescentia, w. in, 156. Adulari,w. accus. and dat., 333(14) Advantage, dat. of, 324 loll. Adverbial accus., 20; abl., 307(1). Adverbs, 2(2); derivative, w. dat., 346. Adversus, w. accus. for obj. gen., 415(3). Advertere animum, 42(1). Aeger, w. abl., 257; w. gen., 429 foil. N Aemulari, w. accus. and dat., 333(2). Aequare, w. abl., 263. Aeque, w. compar. abl., 279. Aequi boni, etc., 500. Aequo, w. comparatives, 281. Aestimare, w. abl., 294; w. gen., 496. Aetate, w. in, 156. Affatim, w. gen., 487. Afficere, w. abl., 299. Afhnis, w. dat., 355; w. gen., 426. After (temporal), 162, 169-173. Against, a given time, 63. Age, how to express, 90-96. Agent, abl of, w. a ( ab ), 267 foil.; dat. of, 352-4. Ago, 161, 167, 173. Alienus, w. abl., 245; w. dat.,355, for gen. of alius, 373, 377. Aliquatenus, w. comparatives, 196, R. 1. Aliquid, w. gen., 476. Alius, w. compar. abl., 279. Altus, 83. Amans, w. gen., 421. Amicus, w. dat. 355. Amplius, 80, 93-4, 283. Angi, w. abl. 260 foil.; w. animi, 429, R. 2. Animi, constr., 429 R. 1-2. Annus, w.ordinal cum (ex quo), 222, R. 4. —Ans, verbals in, w. gen., 421. Ante, 161, R. 3, 167-171. Antecedere, antecellere, etc., w. abl., 263, of excess, 197. Apage, 22 (end). Apposition, w. nomen 328, 2 and R.; ipsius, etc., in apposit,w. in¬ volved gen., 380-1. Appositive gen., 366 foil, Approximate time, about, 65,174, R. 1. Aptus, 355, 361. Apud, w. names of persons, au¬ thors, etc., 141-2; at the house of, 125, R. 2,144: in military operations, 145. Arbitratu, 256. Arbitrio, 256. Arguere, 41(1), 447 foil. Arte, 307. Asking, verbs of, 30, 43-4. Aspergere, constr., 332. Assis, 496, (3). Assuefacere, assuescerc, 300, R Attraction, of names of persons, 328; of pred. attrib. w. licet, etc., 329. Audiens, esse, w. dicto, 351. Authors, names of, 141-2; gen. of, 364. Auxilio,in military operations,350 —Ax, verbals in, w. gen., 421. INDEX. •> \ > B Before, of place, 110; of time, 161, 16S, 178. Belli, 128. Bene, w., aceus., 22, R. 1, w. vbs. of buying, etc., 295. 499. Beseeching, vbs. of w. two aceus., 36 foil. ' Bidui, tridui, etc., 82, (3), 430. Birth, parts, of, 231 foil.; place of, in abl., 214. Bis, etc., w. in and abb, 166. —Bundus, verbal adjs. in, w. aceus. 28. Buying, vbs. of, w. abb 294; w. gen., 496. By, a given time, 63; of place,120; by way of, 148. C Calendar, 178-189. Calenns, 179 loll. Canere, w. abb, 305; w ad -j- ac- cus., 305, R. 1; w. final dat.,348. Cantare, w. abl, 305. Capax. w. gen., 421. Capitis, 447. Captus animi, 429, R. 1. Care, w. vbs. of buving, etc., 295, 499. Carere, w. abb, 265; w. gen., 436. Case, 3 foil.; in the case of, 103, 195, 407, R. 2. Casu, 307. Causa, gratia, w. gen., 248,377-9. Cause, abl. of, 247-290. Cavere, w. aceus. and dat., 333(1 ) Cedere, preposit. omitted with,206 Celare, 31. Certiorem faeere, 422, R 1. Changing, vbs. of, 69, R. 1, 241. Circiter, 174, R. 1-2. Circum, 74 (5). Circumdare, constr., 332. Citations, in abb, 140 foil. Citra, to a point this side of, 4S,R.l Clam, 116. Claudus, w. abb, 257. Coelo, in heaven, 132. Cogere, w. two aceus., 39. Cognate, aceus., 17. Comitari, w. aec. and dat., 333, (14). Commonefaeere, 37 (5), 432. Commonere, 37(4), 432. Communis, constr., 360. Coniparare, w. abb, 263. Comparative degree, w. abb, and quatn, 274-283; w, gen. 503. Compelling, vbs. of, 39. Complere, w. abl, 265; w. gen., 436. Compos, w. gen., 425. Compounds of preposit, w. ace., 18; w. dat., 326-7, 331. Concretum,confeetum esse, w. abb, 236. Condemning, vbs. of, w. abb, 297- 8; w. gen., 447. Condonare, w. two aceus.,41(2). Conducere, w. abb, 294; v\ gen., 496. Confidere, 260, R. 4. Confusus animi, 429, R. 1. Conscius, w. gen., 422. Consensu, 256. Consors, w. gen'., 426. Constanter, w. dat., 346. Constare, w. abb of material, 236; to depend upon, etc., 237 ; w.abl. of price, 294, w. gen., 496. Consuetudine, 256. Consulere, w. ace. and dat., 333(9); w. two accus., 35(1). Consultus, 422 and R. Contentus, w. abb, 261. Contingere, constr.. 329, R. 3. Convenienter, w. dat., 346. Convicting, vbs. of, w. abb, 297-8; w. gen.,447 foil. Coram, 114. Crimine, w. gen. of charge, 453. Cuius-a-um, for gen. of qui, 373. Cum, in company with, 118; in temporal relations, 176; havimg, hearing, 306, 314; attended by etc., 302, R. 1; weariug, etc., 313-4; w. abnormal character¬ istic, 312; w. abb of manner, 308. Cupere, w. gen., 502. Cupidus, w. gen., 422. Cupiens, w.gen., 421; eupienti, w. esse, 339. D Damnare, 297-8, 447. Dare, w. operam and id, 42(3); w. final dat., 348; w. double dat., 350. Dates, 178-189. Dative, 316-361; general offices (in- 0 4 INDEX. direct object, dat. of interest), 316-323 ; of advantage and dis¬ advantage, 321; with transitive verbs, simple and compound, 325- 327; in statement of name, 328; • by attraction w. licet , etc., 329; w. intrans. vbs., simple and com¬ pound, 330, 331; w. vbs. of giv¬ ing and putting, donare, circum- dare, aspergere , etc., 332; differs from accus., 333; after a phrase, 334, 335; of possessor, 336-7; esse, with dat. and abl. -j- cum = to have to do with 338; of participle ( nolenti , etc.), w. esse, 339; ethical dat., 340,341; w. interjection, 342; dat. implying deference, respect, etc., 343; of participle with intrans. expres¬ sion in local relations, 344; w. derivative nouns and ad vs., 345; of terminus, 347; final dat. with esse, dare, etc., 348 ; of gerund, 349; double dat., 350-1; ot agent, 352-4; with adjs., 355-361. Day, divisions of, 186. De, while yet, 175; w. abl. ol whence relation in space,204 foil.; of material, 236 foil.; of cause, 249 foil.; w. judicial vbs., 298, 447 foil.; for obj. gen., 415 (4); for part, gen., 468-9, 472. Dedocere, 30 (3). Definite price, 294. Demanding, vbs. of, 30, 38. Demonstrative and relative, for subj. gen., 379; for obj.gen.,419, 420. Depriving, desisting, vbs. of, 228. Derivative nouns and adverbs., w. dat., 345-6. Descriptive abl. 311—315; gen., 488-495. Desire, adjs. of, w. gen., 422. Dextra, 133. Dicere, w. gen., 401. Dicto, w. comparatives, 281. Difference, abl. of, 196-7, w. corn- par. abl., 280. Differing, vbs. of, 229. Dignus, 259. R. 1, 430. Diligens, 221 (2). Direct object, 7 foil. Disadvantage, dat. of, 324 (2) foil, Dispar, 357. Disproportion, 282. Distance, measure of, 76-81. Distare, 76-81. Ditionis w. facere, 399. Dives, w. abl., 266; w. gen., 427. Docere, 30 (1). | Dodrans horae, 186. Dolere, w. acc., 16; w. abl., 260. Dolo, 307. Domi, in domo, etc., 123-5. Domo, 212. Domos, domum, 57-60. Donare, eonstr., 332; w. two ac¬ cus., 41 (2). Double acc., 29-46; abl., 310; dat. 350; gen., 370—2, 110 Ducere, w. gen., 401, 492; w. abl. and gen. of price. 294,496; w. double dat., 350. E. E (ex), w. abl., in measure of dist¬ ance, 78; in whence relation, 202 foil.; ex parte, partibus, 220; ex parte, adverbially, 20, R. 1-2; of time, 221 (2); ex quo, 222; of origin, 230-5; of material, 236 foil.; of cause, 249 foil.; w. vbs. of motion, 260, R. 1; for part, gen., 468-472. Ecce, edepol, 22. Edocere, 30 (2). Efllagitare, 38(7). Egenus, 266,427. Egere, w. abl. 265; w. gen., 436. Eius w. quoad, 473. Ellipsis, gen. by, 390. Emere, w. abl., 294; w. gen., 496. Emotion, vbs. of, w. acc., 16; w. gen., 437-446; vbs. and adjs. of, w. abl., 260-1. En, 22(2). —Ens, verbals in, w. gen., 421. Epistola, w. and without in, 140. Equality, vbs. and adjs. of, w. abl. 263-4; adjs. of, w. dat., 355-7. Erga, w. acc. for obj. gen., 415(2.) Ergo, with gen., 248, 377. Erudire, 30 (4). Esse, w. abl., to become of, 243; w. abl. and gen. of price, 294,496; w. dat. and gen. of possessor, 336-7, 386 foil.; w. cum, to have to do with, 338; w. final dat., 348; w. dat. of gerund, 349; to be the mark, etc., 391-8; to be¬ long to the party, e tc., 400; w. descriptive gen., 492, INDEX. O Ethical dat., 340-1. Excess, abl. of, 196-7, w. compar. abl., 280. Exclamations, acc. in, 22; gen. in, 501. Exigere 38, (8). Exorare, 36 (2). Expers, w. abl., 266; w. gen.,426. Expetere, 43 (2). Exposcere, 38 (3). Expostnlare, 38 (5). Exquirere, 44 (2). Exsequias ire, 72. Expectatione, exspectato, \v. com¬ paratives, 281. Extent, accus. of, 74-98. External qualities. 311-315. Extorris, w. abl., 245. Extra, to a point without, 48, R.l F 5 Facere, w. abl. of material, 238; to do with, to become of, 242 ; w. gen. of price, 496. Farcire, w. abl. 265. Favere, w. dat. 330. Fecundus, w, gen., 427. Ferox, w. abl., 261. Fertilis, w. gen., 427. Fidere, 260, R. 4, 330. Filius, ellipsis of, 390. Filling, vbs. of, 265, 436. Final, dat. 348 ; ad and in, 67, 69, R. 2. Fingere. w. abl. of material, 238. Fitness, adjs. of, 355, 361. Flagitare, 38 (6). Flocci, 496 (3); Bocco, 294. Forgetting, vbs. of, 433 foil. Fraude, 307. Freeing, vbs. of, 228. Fretus, w. abl., 261. Friendliness, adjs. of, 355. From, the country of, vicinity of, port of, etc., 200-9. Fruor, 292. Fuat, constr., 243. Fulness, adjs. of, 266. Fungor, 292. G Gaudere, w. abl., 260. Genitive, 362-503 ; general offices, 362; subjective gen., 363-407; appositive gen. and gen. epexige- tieus, 366-7, (21, 453); with noun as attributive, 368; pos¬ sessive for gen. of pers. pronoun, 369, 374-5, 387-8,399,413; two gen., 370-2, 410; alienus for gen. of alius, 373 ; adjs. for subj. gen. 376; with causa, gratia, etc., 377-9 ; ipsius, etc., in apposit, w. gen. involved in possessive,380-3; this or that of, how to express, 384; gen. of possessor, 385-390; with esse to express source, au thorship,affiliation to party, etc., 383-9, 400; with ellipsis of sub¬ stantive, 390; w. esse=to be the mark of, etc., 391-8 ; ditionis and potestatis with facere, 399 ; with verbs videri, ducere,etc., 401,492; with interest and refert, 402-7; objective gen. (408 — 453) with nouns, 409-420; of pers. pro¬ nouns, 411-2; inuria with pos- sessives,413 ; substitutes for obj. gen., 415-417; adjs., demonst. and rel. pronouns representing obj. gen., 418-420; obj.gen. with adjs., 421-431; with verbs of memory, 432-435, of filling, lack¬ ing, etc., 436, of emotion, 437- 446, judicial, 447-453 ; partitive gen., 454-473; substitutes (ex, e/e-fiabl., etc.),468-9,471-2;part, gen. of nos, vos, se, 470; gen. w. ibi, ubi, etc., 473 ; gen. of quan¬ tity, 474-487; with neuter adjs., 476-482, 21; of quality or de¬ scription, 488-495; of price, 496- 500; in imitation of the Greek, 501-3. Genitus, 231 foil. Gentium, w. ibi, ubi, etc., 473. Genus, w. particip. of birth, 234. Gerund, abl. of, 303; dat. of, w. esse, adesse, 349. Giving, vbs. of, 332. Glorior, w. abl., 260. Gnarus, w. abl., 259; w. gen.,422. Gratia, w. gen., 248, 377-9. Gravis, w. abl., 266. Greek accus., 19; gen., 501-3. H Habere, to denote possession, 337. Habilis, 361, 365. Having, bearing, 306, 314. Hence, 62. 172-3. Heri, 152, R. 2. 0 INDEX. Hen, 22. Hie, of time, 161, R. 1. Horrere, w. ace., 16. Humi, 123. Humo, 212. I Ibi, w. part, gen., 473. Id temporis, etc., 21, 486. Ides, 179 foil. Idoneus, 355, 361. Ignarus, w. gen., 422. Ignorance, adj. of, w. gen, 422. Ignoscere, constr., 333 (17). Ille, of time, 161, R. 2. Illud, that well-known saying , w. gen., 364, Immemor, with gen., 422. Immunis, w. abl., 266; w. gen., 428. Imperare, w. dat., 330. Imperium, w. in and acc., 417. Impersonal vbs., w. dat., 322,330, R. 1; w. gen., 437-446. Implere, w. abl., 265; w. gen., 436. Implorare, 36 (5). In, w. terminal acc., 47-73; final, 69, R. 2; in altitudinem, etc., 84; w. abl. of at relation, 100-197; in the country of, 102, 130; in the case or matter of, 103, 195, 407, R. 2; on the occasion of, 104; omitted, 119, 131-150, w. abl. of time when, 154 foil.; w. tempore, temporibus, 155, 158 ; w .pueritia, etc., 156; time with¬ in which, 164-6; in causal, con¬ cessive, and conditional relations, 255 foil.; w. vbs. of emotion,260, R. 3; w. vbs. to be equal, etc., 263, R. 2; in modum, 309; w. acc. for obj. gen., 415 (1). Inanis, w. abl., 266; w. gen., 427. Indefinite price, 496. Indigere, w. abl., 265; w. gen., 436. Indignus, 259, R. 1, 430. Indigus,w. abl., 266; w. gen.,427. Indirect object, 316 foil. Inducere animum, 42 (4). Induere, constr., 332; indui, with Gr. acc., 19, R. 2. Inesse, w. dat. and abl. of posses¬ sor, 337. Inferior, w. abl., 264. Infinitive, as obj. of vbs. and adjs., 23; acc. and inf. in questions and exclamations, 24-5; w. vbs of saying, arraigning, etc., 27, 46, 449. Infitias ire, 42 (2), 72. Infra, to a point below, 48, R 1. Ingens animi, 429, R. 2. Iniuria, w. possessive adjs., 413. Inner object, 12 foil. Inops, w. abl., 266; w. gen., 427. Inquiry, vbs. of, 30 foil. Insignis, w. abl., 259. Instar, w. gen., 377. Instrument, abl. of 304-5. Insuetus, w. gen. 422. Inter, 74 (6), inter se with distare 76, R. 1; of time within which, 87, 165, R. 1; w. acc. for part, gen.,471. Interdicere, constr., 333 (18). Interest, constr., 402-7. Interiectus, intermissus, in measure of distance, 82 (4). Interjections, w. acc. 22; w. dat. 342. Interrogare, 34. Intervallo, 82 (2). Intra, w. acc., of extent in time, within, less than, etc., 88, 165, R. 2. Intransitive vbs., w. dat., 330. Invidere, constr., 333 (16). Ipse, w. suus, 382. Ipsius, in apposit.w. involved gen. 380. Irasci, w. dat., 330. Islands, names of smaller, in acc. 53 foil.; in abl., 208 foil. Inter -(- gen., in measure of dist¬ ance, 82. Itinere, 147. jr Joco, 307. Jubere, 38 (9). Judicio, 256. Jure (juris), w . peritus and consul- tus, 422, R. 1; abl. of manner, 307. Jussu, 256. Justo, w. comparative, 281. Juventute, w. in, 156. . K. Knowledge, adjs. of, 422 foil. INDEX. i L. Labi, preposit omitted with, 206. Lacking, vbs. of, 265, 436. Laetns, w. abb, 261; w. gen., 429. Lamentor, w. ace., 16. Latus, constr., 83. Leap year, 188. Liber, w. abl., 266 ; w. gen-, 428. Liberare, 228. Libro, with and without in, 140. Licere, constr., 294, 496. Licet, constr., 329. Likeness, adjs. of, 355-6. Literary work, reference to, 140-1, 143. Litteris, w. and without in, 140. Locare, constr., 294, 496. Locative, 121-130. Loco, w. and without in, 134-5; in the right place, 136; in place of, 137; w. particip. of birth, 234. Longe, w. comparative, 196, R. 1; w. abb, 246. Longius, 80. Longus, w. accus.. 83. Ludere, w. abb, 305. Macte, 262. Maestus, w. abb, 261. Magni, 496; magno, 294. Maior natu, 92, 264. Making, vbs. of, w. two accus.,45. Male, w.vbs. of buying, etc., 295, 499. Malle, w. abb of excess, 197. Manner, abb of, 307-310. Manu, w. a , 219. Material, abb of, 236 foil. Means, abb of, 291-306. Measure of distance, 76-83. Mederi, w. dat., 330. Medius, 131, 462. Meminisse, w. gen., 433 foil. Memor, w. gen., 422. Memory, vbs. of, 432 foil. Mental action or state, verbs and adjs. of, w. abb, 258-9; w. gen., 429. Mentionem facere, 435. Military operations, place of, 145- 146. Military force or material, abb of, 301-2*. Milite, abb of means, 301. Militiae, 123. Minari, w. dat., 330. Minor natu, 92, 264. Minoris, 496 (2). Minus, 80, 93-4, 283. Mirari, w. acc., 16; w. gen., 502. Miseret, 437 foil.; miseretur, 444-5 Mittere, w. two dat., 350. Moderari, w. acc. and dat., 333, ( 12 ). Modo, 309, R. 1; modum, w. ad and in, 309. Monere, 37 (1), 432. Movere, prep, omitted with, 206. More, 307, 256. Multare, constr., 297. Munus, w. esse and gen., 398. N Name, statement of, 328; of city, etc., as place of birth or resi¬ dence, 214-6. Names of cities and small islands, constr., 53-6, 121-130, 208-217. Naming, vbs. of, w. two accus., 45. Natus, w. acc., 90 foil.; w. abb, 231 foil. Nauci, 496 (3); nauco, 294. Navibus, means, 301; manner, 307. —Ne, 24-5. Nearness, adjs., of, 355, 359. Necessario, w. comparatives, 381. Necesse est., constr., 329. Nemo, for nullus, 455. R. Neuter adjs. and pronouns, w.gen. 476, 481-2. Nihil, w. comparatives, 277; w. gen., 476, 479 foil.; nihili, 496, ( 2 ). Nimis, w. gen., 487. Niti, w. abb, 288. Nobilis, w. abb, 259. Nocere, w. dat., 330. Nomen, in statement of a name, 328; w. appos. gen., 366; no¬ mine, w. gen. of charge, 453. Nominative, 4. Nones, 179 foil. Nostri, nostrum, 374, 378, 383, 470. Noun, as attributive, 368. Nubere, w. dat., 330. Nudare, w. abb, 228. Numero, 138, 256. 8 INDEX. O 0, w. voc., 5; w. acc., 22. Ob, in causal sense, 251. Object, direct, 7 foil.; indirect, 316 foil. Objective gen., 408 foil.; substi¬ tutes for, 415-420. Oblivisci, 433 foil. Obsecrare, 36 (2). Off, 81. Officium, w. esse and gen., 398. Omission of preposition, in at re¬ lation, 119, 131-150: in whence relation, 206. Omnium, w. nostrum and vestrum, 383. Operam dare, 42 (3). Opinione, w. comparatives, 281. Oppidum, w.name of town, in acc., 55-6; in loc., 129; in abl., 128, 211 . Opus (usus) est., constr., 284. Orare, 36 (1). Orbus, w. abl., 245. Ordine, 307. Origin, abl. of, 230 foil. • Ortus, w. abl., 231 loll. Outer object, 10 foil. F> Paenitet, 437 foil. Palam, 115. Par, w. abl., 264; w. dat, 357. Parcere, w. dat., 330. Parere, w. dat., 330. Part affected, acc. of, 19. Parte, w. ex and in, 220 ; ex parte, adverbially, 20, R. 1-2; without in, 139. Particeps, w. gen., 426. Participation, adjs. of, 426. Participles, of birth, 231 foil; dat. of, 339, 344; w. animi, 429, R.l. Particles, 2. Partim, w. gen., 456 Partitive gen.. 454-473; substi¬ tutes for, 468-9, 471-2; of nos, vos, se, 470. Parum, w. gen., 487. Parvi, 496 (2); parvo, 294. Pascor, w. abl., 292. Pedibus, abl. of manner, 307. Pellere, preposit. omitted with, 206. Pendere, w. atiiini, 429 foil.; w. gen. of price, 496 (2). Per, w. acc., of extent, 74, 86, 97; by way of, 148 ; of time within, during which, 165, 166, R. 2; in causal sense, under the guise of, with no hindrance from, 250; of agent, 273. Percontari, 34 (3). Peregri, 123. Peritus, w. abl., 259; w. gen., 422 Perrogare, 34 (2). Personal pronouns, gen. of, 374 foil., 411-2. Pessum dare, abire, 72. Petere, 43 (1). Phrase, dat. after, 334. Piget, 437 foil. Place, whither, 47-73; where , 100- 197; as cause, manner, or means, 150, 207; whence, 198-315 ; at which a letter is written, 213. Placere, w. dat., 330. Plenty, vbs. and adjs. of, w. abl., 265-6; w. gen., 427, 436. Plenus, 266, 427. Plurimi, pluris, 496 (2). Plus, 93-4, 283; w. gen., 476,479. Point of view from which, 218 foil. Poscere, 38 (1). Possessive adjs. for gen. of pers. pronouns, 375, 377, 387-8, 403, 413. Possessor, dat. of, 336-7; gen. of, 385 foil. Post, to a point behind, 48, R. 1; of time, 162, R. 1, 169-172. Postulare, 38 (4). Potens, w. abl., 264 ; w. gen., 425. Potestatem, w. in and acc., 417. Potestatis, w. facere, 399. Potior, 292. Power, adjs. of, 425. Prae, 112-3 ; preventing cause,252 Praeditus, w. abl., 259, R. 1. Praesens, praesentia, w. in, 156. Praesidio, abl. of means, 301; dat. in military operations, 350. Praesto esse, w. dat., 346, R 1. Praeter. 74 (4). Precari, 36 (6). Prepositions, w. abl. of excess,196; compds. of, w. acc., 18; w. dat., 326-7, 331. Pretii, 497-8; pretio, 294. Preventing cause, 252. Price, abl. of, 294-6; gen. of., 496- 500. , Pro, interjection. 22. INDEX. 9 Pro,\v. abl. (place), 110-1; instead of, 192; pro nihilo w. vbs. of rating, 497. Procul, w. abl., 246. Promptus, w. animi , 429, R. 1. Prope, w. abl., 246; w. acc., 359. Propior, propius, 359. Proprius, w. esse and gen., 398. Propter, in causal sense, 251. Prospicere, w. acc. and dat., 333 (7) . Providere, w. acc. and dat., 333 ( 8 ) . Providus, w. gen., 422. Proximus, proxime, 359. Pudet, 437, foil. Putare, w. gen., 401, 492; w. abl. and gen. of price, 294, 496. Pueritia, w. in, 156. Putting, vbs. of, 332. © Qua, quacumque, 133. Ouadrans horae, 186. Quaerere, 41 (1). Qualifications, of place whither, 51; where, 149; whence, 217. Quality, abl. of, 311-315; gen. of, 488-495. Quam pro, 282. Quanti, 496 (2). Quantitative gen., 474-487. Quoad, w. gen., 473. Quod, w. gen., 476. R Rating, vbs. of, w. abl., 294; w. gen., 496. Ratione, 307. Recordari 433 foil. Refert, constr., 402-7. Refertus, constr., 265, R. 2, 427. Regione, without in, 139. Regnare, w. gen., 502. Relative, w. comparatives, 275. Relinquere, w. two dat., 350. Reliquus, 462. Remembering, vbs. of, 433, foil. Reminding, vbs. of, 37, 432. Reminiscor, 433 (end). Removing, vbs. of, 228. Repetere, 43 (3). Reposcere, 38 (2). Requirere, 44 (3). Restrictive abl., 256-7. Reum facere, 297-8, 447 foil. Reus, w. gen., 426. Rogare, 32-3. Rogatu, 256. Rudis, w. gen., 422. Rure, 212; rus, 57. Ruri, 123. s Satis, w. gen., 487. Secundum, 74 (3). Semihora, 186. Sententia, 256. Separation, abl. of, 228 ; adjs. and advs. of, 245-6. Servire, w. dat.. 330. Servus a manu, etc., 219. Silentio, 307. Similis, 355-6. Sinistra, 133. Skill, adjs. of, 422 foil. Solito, w. comparatives, 281. Space, extent in, 74-84. Spatio, 82 (2). Spe, w. comparatives, 281. Spoliare, w. abl., 228. Sponte, 256. Stare, w. abl., 288-9; w. abl. and gen. of price. 294, 496. Stirps, w. particip. of birth, 234. Studere, w. gen,, 502. Studiosus, w. gen., 422. Suadere, w. dat., 330. Sub., w. acc., 48, R. 1; of time, 64; figurative, 70; w. abl., 105-7; of time, 174; in abstract relations, 193. Subjective gen., 363 foil. Subsidio, 350. Subter, 108. Super, w. acc., 48, R. 1; w. abl., 109, 254. Superior, w. abl., 264. Superlatives, w. abl. of excess,196, R. 2; summus, etc., 462. Superstes, 358. Supine, acc. of, 26. Suppetias advenire, 72. Supra, w. acc., 48, R. 1. Surpassing, vbs. of, w. abl., 263; w. dat., 331. T Taedet, 437, foil. Tanti, 496 (2). Teaching, vbs. of, 30. 10 INDEX. Temperare, w. acc. and dat., 333 (13). Templum, ellipsis of. 390. Temporal relations, summary ot, 173. Tempore, at the right time , 158; w. in, 155. Tenus, 117. Ter, w. in and abl., 166. Terminus, acc. of, 47-73; dat. ot, 347. Tarra marique, 132. Terrae, 123. Terrarum, w. ibi, ubi, etc., 473. That of, this of, 384. Time, how long, 85-96, 159; when 151-189; implied in word in abl., 153, 194, 223. Timere, w. acc. and dat., 333 (3). Totus, in omitted with, 131, 160. Trans, 74 (2). Transactum esse de, 244. Triens horae, 186. Tristis, w. abl., 261. Turbidus animi, 429, R. 1. Tutus, w. abl., 245. U Ubi, w. gen., 473. Ultra, w. acc., 48, R. 1. Uncia horae, 186. Unius, in apposit. w. involved gen., 380. Unus, constr., 463. Urbs, w. name of city, in acc., 55, 56, in loc., 129, in abl., 128, 211 . Usque, w. ad, 61; w. a, 221. Usus est, constr., 287. Uterque, 459. Utilis, w. abl., 257; w. dat., 355, 361. Utor, 292. V Vacare, w. abl., 265. Vacuus, 266, 428. Vae, 342. Validus, w. abl., 264. Value, gen. of, 496. Velle, 35 (2). Venalis, 296. Vendo,294, 496. Veneo, 294, 496. Venerari, 36 (5). Venire in mentem, 434. Venum dare, ire, 72. Veritum est, 441. Verum, w. similis, 356 R. 1. Vescor, 292. Vestri, vestrum, 374, 378, 470. Vi, 307. Via, gen. in measure of distance, 82; abl. of, 147. Via et ratione, 307. Vicem, meam, etc., 20. Viciniae, 123. Videri, w\ gen., 401, 492. Vilis, 296. Vita, w. in, 156. Vivo, w. abl., 292. Vocative, 5. Voti damnari, 450. W Want, vbs. and adjs. of, w. abl., 265-6; w. gen., 427, 436. Warning, vbs. of, 37 foil, 432 foil. Wearing, 313-4. While yet, 175. ft*- J ■ TS* Rrha-s. I jJliI ] Lc. 1 '1. 1 O O ^ L 0? J[ Cl v) c, AUTHOR ( TITLE 1A* ■irn. < i v) BOSTON COLLEGE LIBRARY UNIVEPSITY HEIGHTS CHESTNUT HILL, MASS. ' *> Books may be kept for two weeks and may be renewed for the same period, unless re¬ served. Two ce ts a day is charged for each book kept overtime. , If you cannot find what you want, ask the Librarian who will be glad to help you. The borrower is responsible for books drawn on his card and for all fines accruing on the sfime.